Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
F O R M  10 - K
 
 
þ       ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
OR
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from          to
Commission file number 1-4879
 
Diebold, Incorporated
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Ohio   34-0183970
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (IRS Employer Identification Number)
     
5995 Mayfair Road,
P.O. Box 3077, North Canton, Ohio
(Address of principal
executive offices)
  44720-8077
(Zip Code)
REGISTRANT’S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (330) 490-4000
 
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:
 
     
Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered:
     
Common Shares $1.25 Par Value   New York Stock Exchange
 
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT:
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  o   No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes  o   No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ   No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
             
Large accelerated Filer  þ
  Accelerated Filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o   Smaller reporting company  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o   No  þ
 
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2008, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. The aggregate market value was computed by using the closing price on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2008 of $35.58 per share.
 
         
Common Shares, Par Value $1.25 per Share
  $ 2,321,224,755  
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
 
     
Class
Common Shares $1.25 Par Value
  Outstanding at February 13, 2009
66,187,798
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Listed hereunder are the documents, portions of which are incorporated by reference, and the parts of this Form 10-K into which such portions are incorporated:
 
  (1)  Diebold, Incorporated Proxy Statement for 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 23, 2009, portions of which are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
    3  
      BUSINESS     3  
      RISK FACTORS     6  
      UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS     14  
      PROPERTIES     14  
      LEGAL PROCEEDINGS     14  
      SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS     16  
       
PART II     17  
      MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES     17  
      SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA     19  
      MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS     20  
      QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK     40  
      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA     41  
      CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE     86  
      CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES     86  
      OTHER INFORMATION     90  
       
PART III     91  
      DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE     91  
      EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION     92  
      SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS     92  
      CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE     92  
      PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES     92  
       
PART IV     93  
      EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES     93  
    96  
    99  
  EX-10.1
  EX-10.5(i)
  EX-10.5(iii)
  EX-10.5(iv)
  EX-10.5(v)
  EX-10.5(vi)
  EX-10.7(iv)
  EX-10.10
  EX-10.24
  EX-10.25
  EX-10.28
  EX-10.29
  EX-10.30
  EX-21.1
  EX-23.1
  EX-24.1
  EX-31.1
  EX-31.2
  EX-32.1
  EX-32.2


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
ITEM 1: BUSINESS
(Dollars in thousands)
 
GENERAL
 
Diebold, Incorporated (collectively with its subsidiaries, the Company) was incorporated under the laws of the state of Ohio in August 1876, succeeding a proprietorship established in 1859.
 
The Company develops, manufactures, sells and services self-service transaction systems, electronic and physical security systems, software and various products used to equip bank facilities and voting equipment. The Company’s primary customers include banks and financial institutions, as well as public libraries, government agencies, utilities and various retail outlets. Sales of systems and equipment are made directly to customers by the Company’s sales personnel and by manufacturers’ representatives and distributors globally. The sales and support organization works closely with customers and their consultants to analyze and fulfill the customers’ needs.
 
The Company’s vision is, “To be recognized as the essential partner in creating and implementing ideas that optimize convenience, efficiency and security.” This vision is the guiding principle behind the Company’s transformation of becoming a more services-oriented company. Today, service comprises more than 50 percent of the Company’s revenue and the Company expects that this percentage will grow over time as the Company’s integrated services business continues to gain traction in the marketplace. Financial institutions are eager to reduce costs and optimize management and productivity of their ATM (automated teller machine) channels — and as a result they are increasingly exploring outsourced solutions. The Company remains uniquely positioned to provide the infrastructure necessary to manage all aspects of an ATM network — hardware, software, maintenance, transaction processing, patch management and cash management — through its integrated product and services offerings.
 
We are people-oriented, not product-oriented. We strive to be an essential partner to our customers, not a seller. Our products and services enhance our customers’ businesses. This reflects our commitment to solving each customer’s individual needs. In 2008, the Company remained focused on five key priorities: increase customer loyalty; improve quality; strengthen the supply chain; enhance communications and teamwork and rebuild profitability. The Company met or exceeded its targets within each of these priorities through a number of operational and supply chain initiatives designed to increase customer satisfaction, improve productivity, streamline processes, enhance efficiency and decrease costs.
 
PRODUCT AND SERVICE SOLUTIONS
 
The Company has three product and service solutions: Self-Service Solutions, Security Solutions and Election Systems. Financial information for the product and service solutions can be found in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company’s sales of products and services related to its financial self-service and security solutions accounted for 95.1, 97.8 and 92.0 percent, respectively, of consolidated net sales.
 
Self-Service Solutions
 
Self-service is technology that empowers people worldwide to access services when, where and how they may choose. One popular example is the automated teller machine (ATM). The Company offers an integrated line of self-service technologies and services, including comprehensive ATM outsourcing, ATM security and fraud, ImageWay ® ATM check imaging, RemoteTeller tm system and teller cash automation. The Company is a leading global supplier of ATMs and related services and holds the leading market position in many countries around the world.
 
Self-Service Hardware
The Company offers a wide variety of self-service solutions. Self-service products include a full range of ATMs including increasing deposit automation technology, cash dispensers, check-cashing machines, bulk cash recyclers and bulk check deposit technology.


Table of Contents

Self-Service Software
The Company offers software solutions consisting of multiple applications that process events and transactions. These solutions are delivered on the appropriate platform, allowing the Company to meet customer requirements while adding new functionality in a cost-effective manner.
 
Self-Service Support and Managed Services
From analysis and consulting to monitoring and repair, the Company provides value and support to its customers every step of the way. Services include installation and ongoing maintenance of our products, OpteView ® remote services, branch transformation and distribution channel consulting. Outsourced and managed services include remote monitoring, troubleshooting for self-service customers, transaction processing, currency management, maintenance services and full support via person to person or online communication.
 
Integrated Self-Service Solutions
Each unique solution may include hardware, software, services or a combination of all three components. The Company provides value to its customers by offering a comprehensive array of integrated services and support. The Company’s service organization provides strategic analysis and planning of new systems, systems integration, architectural engineering, consulting, and project management that encompass all facets of a successful financial self-service implementation.
 
Security Solutions
 
From the safes and vaults that the Company first manufactured in 1859, to the full range of advanced security offerings it provides today, the Company’s integrated security solutions contain best-in-class products and award-winning services for its customers’ unique needs. The Company provides its customers with the latest technological advances to better protect their assets, improve their workflow and increase their return on investment. These solutions are backed with experienced global sales, installation and service teams. The Company is a global leader in providing physical and electronic security systems as well as facility transaction products that integrate security, software and assisted-service transactions, providing total security systems solutions to financial, retail, commercial and government markets.
 
Physical Security and Facility Products
The Company provides security solutions and facility products, including in-store bank branches, pneumatic tube systems for drive-up lanes, vaults, safes, depositories, bullet-resistive items, teller-assist systems, cash-handling automation, plus a global service organization that supports Diebold and non-Diebold security products.
 
Electronic Security Products
The Company provides a broad range of security products including digital surveillance, card systems, biometric technologies, alarms and remote monitoring and diagnostics.
 
Integrated Security Solutions
The Company provides global sales, service, installation, project management and monitoring of original equipment manufacturer (OEM) electronic security products to financial, government, retail and commercial customers.
 
Election Systems
 
The Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries Premier Election Solutions, Inc. (PESI) and Procomp Industria Eletronica S.A. (in Brazil), is a provider of voting equipment and related products. The Company provides elections equipment, software, training, support, installation and maintenance. The election systems contracts contain multiple deliverable elements and custom terms and conditions.
 
OPERATIONS
 
The principal raw materials used by the Company are steel, plastics, and electronic parts and components, which are purchased from various major suppliers. These materials and components are generally available in ample quantity at this time.


Table of Contents

The Company’s operating results and the amount and timing of revenue are affected by numerous factors including production schedules, customer priorities, sales volume and sales mix. During the past several years, the Company has dramatically changed the focus of its self-service business to that of a total solutions and integrated services approach. The value of unfilled orders is not as meaningful an indicator of future revenues due to the significant portion of revenues derived from the Company’s growing service-based business, for which order information is not available. Therefore, the Company believes that backlog information is not material to an understanding of its business.
 
The Company carries working capital mainly related to trade receivables and inventories. Inventories, generally, are only manufactured as orders are received from customers. The Company’s normal and customary payment terms are net 30 days from date of invoice. The Company generally does not offer extended payment terms. The Company’s government customers represent a small portion of the Company’s business. Domestically, with the exception of PESI, the Company’s contracts with its government customers do not contain fiscal funding clauses. In the event that such a clause exists, revenue would not be recognizable until the funding clause was satisfied. Internationally, contracts with Brazil’s government are subject to a twenty-five percent quantity adjustment prior to purchasing any raw materials under the contracted purchasing schedule. In general, with the exception of PESI, the Company recognizes revenue for delivered elements only when the fair values of delivered and undelivered elements are known, uncertainties regarding customer acceptance are resolved and there are no customer-negotiated refunds or return rights affecting the revenue recognized for the delivered elements.
 
SEGMENTS AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
 
The Company’s segments are comprised of its three main sales channels: Diebold North America (DNA), Diebold International (DI) and Election Systems (ES) & Other. The DNA segment sells financial and retail systems, and also services financial and retail systems, in the United States and Canada. The DI segment sells and services financial and retail systems over the remainder of the globe through wholly-owned subsidiaries, majority-owned joint ventures and independent distributors in every major country throughout Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Latin America and in the Asia Pacific region (excluding Japan and Korea).The ES & Other segment includes the operating results of PESI and the voting and lottery related business in Brazil. Segment financial information can be found in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Sales to customers outside the United States in relation to total consolidated net sales continued to trend upward and were $1,603,963 or 50.6 percent in 2008, $1,417,574 or 48.1 percent in 2007 and $1,354,878 or 46.4 percent in 2006.
 
Property, plant and equipment, at cost, located in the United States totaled $437,524, $424,657 and $398,425 as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and property, plant and equipment, at cost, located outside the United States totaled $142,427, $151,139 and $152,072 as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Additional financial information regarding the Company’s international operations is included in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference.
 
The Company’s non-U.S. operations are subject to normal international business risks not generally applicable to domestic business. These risks include currency fluctuation, new and different legal and regulatory requirements in local jurisdictions, political and economic changes and disruptions, tariffs or other barriers, potentially adverse tax consequences and difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations.
 
COMPETITION
 
All phases of the Company’s business are highly competitive. Some of the Company’s products are in competition directly with similar products and others competing with alternative products having similar uses or producing similar results. The Company believes, based upon outside independent industry surveys, that it is a leading manufacturer of self-service systems in the United States and is also a market leader internationally. In the area of automated transaction systems, the Company competes on a global basis primarily with NCR Corporation and Wincor-Nixdorf. On a regional basis, the Company competes with many other hardware and software companies such as Grg Equipment Co. in Asia Pacific and Itautec in Latin America. In serving the security products market for the financial services industry, the Company competes with national, regional and local security

5


Table of Contents

companies. Of these competitors, some compete in only one or two product lines, while others sell a broader spectrum of products competing with the Company. The unavailability of comparative sales information and the large variety of individual products make it difficult to give reasonable estimates of the Company’s competitive ranking in or share of the market in its security product fields of activity. However, the Company is ranked as one of the top integrators in the security market.
 
In the election systems market, the Company provides product solutions and support for customers within the United States and Brazil. Competition in this market is typically from a variety of hardware, software and service companies.
 
RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND ENGINEERING
 
In order to meet customers’ growing demand for self-service and security technologies faster, the Company is focused on delivering innovation to its customers by continuing to invest in technology solutions that enable customers to reduce costs and improve efficiency. Expenditures for research, development and engineering initiatives were $79,070, $73,950 and $71,625 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Opteva ® ATMs are designed with leading technology to meet our customers’ growing deposit automation needs and provide maximum value. All full function Opteva ATMs support intelligent check and automated cash deposits. Key features include check imaging with intelligent depository module tm and bulk document intelligent depository modules.
 
PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, LICENSES
 
The Company owns patents, trademarks and licenses relating to certain products in the United States and internationally. While the Company regards these as items of importance, it does not deem its business as a whole, or any industry segment, to be materially dependent upon any one item or group of items.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL
 
Compliance with federal, state and local environmental protection laws during 2008 had no material effect upon the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
At December 31, 2008, the Company employed 16,658 associates globally. The Company’s service staff is one of the financial industry’s largest, with professionals in more than 600 locations and representation in nearly 90 countries worldwide.
 
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
This annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports are available, free of charge, on or through the Company’s website, www.diebold.com , as soon as practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Additionally, these reports can be furnished free of charge to shareholders upon written request to Diebold Global Communications at the corporate address, or call +1 330 490-3790 or [800] 766-5859. The public may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov .
 
ITEM 1A: RISK FACTORS
 
The following are certain risk factors that could affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows. These risk factors should be considered in connection with evaluating the forward-looking statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K because they could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statement. The risk factors highlighted below are not the only ones we face. If any of these events actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flows could be negatively affected.


Table of Contents

We caution the reader to keep these risk factors in mind and refrain from attributing undue certainty to any forward-looking statements which speak only as of the date of this annual report.
 
Demand for and supply of our products and services may be adversely affected by numerous factors, some of which we cannot predict or control. This could adversely affect our operating results.
 
Numerous factors may affect the demand for and supply of our products and services, including:
 
  •  changes in the market acceptance of our products and services;
 
  •  customer and competitor consolidation;
 
  •  changes in customer preferences;
 
  •  declines in general economic conditions;
 
  •  changes in environmental regulations that would limit our ability to sell products and services in specific markets; and
 
  •  macro-economic factors affecting banks, credit unions and other financial institutions may lead to cost-cutting efforts by customers, which could cause us to lose current or potential customers or achieve less revenue per customer.
 
If any of these factors occur, the demand for and supply of our products and services could suffer, and this would adversely affect our results of operations.
 
Increased raw material and energy costs could reduce our income.
 
The primary raw materials in our financial self-service, security and election systems product and service solutions are steel, plastics and electronic parts and components. The majority of our raw materials are purchased from various local, regional and global suppliers pursuant to long-term supply contracts. However, the price of these materials can fluctuate under these contracts in tandem with the pricing of raw materials.
 
In addition, energy prices, particularly petroleum prices, are cost drivers for our business. In recent years, the price of petroleum has been highly volatile, particularly due to the unstable political conditions in the Persian Gulf and increasing international demand from emerging markets. Any increase in the costs of energy would also increase our transportation costs. Although we attempt to pass on higher raw material and energy costs to our customers, given the competitive markets in which we operate, it is often not possible to do this.
 
Our business may be affected by general economic conditions and uncertainty that may cause customers to defer or cancel sales commitments previously made.
 
Recent economic difficulties in the United States credit markets and the global markets have led to an economic recession in some or all of the markets in which we operate. A recession or even the risk of a potential recession may be sufficient reason for customers to delay, defer or cancel purchase decisions, including decisions previously made. Under difficult economic conditions, customers may seek to reduce discretionary spending by forgoing purchases of our products and services. This risk is magnified for capital goods purchases such as ATMs and physical security products. As a result of economic conditions and other factors, financial institutions have failed and may continue to fail resulting in a loss of current or potential customers, or deferred or cancelled sales orders. Any customer delays or cancellations could materially affect our level of revenue and operating results.
 
Our sales and operating results are sensitive to global economic conditions and cyclicality, and could be adversely affected during economic downturns.
 
Demand for our products is affected by general economic conditions and the business conditions of the industries in which we sell our products and services. The business of most of our customers, particularly our financial institution and election systems customers, is, to varying degrees, cyclical and has historically experienced periodic downturns. Any future downturns in general economic conditions could adversely affect the demand for our products and services, and our sales and operating results. In addition, downturns in our customer’s industries, even during periods of strong general economic conditions, could adversely affect our sales and operating results. As a result of economic conditions and other factors, financial institutions have failed and


Table of Contents

may continue to fail resulting in a loss of current or potential customers, or cause them to defer or cancel sales orders. Additionally, the unstable political conditions in the Persian Gulf could lead to further financial, economic and political instability, and this could lead to an additional deterioration in general economic conditions.
 
We may be unable to achieve, or may be delayed in achieving, our cost-cutting initiatives, and this may adversely affect our operating results and cash flow.
 
We have launched a number of cost-cutting initiatives, including restructuring initiatives, to improve operating efficiencies and reduce operating costs. Although we are anticipating a substantial amount of annual cost savings associated with these cost-cutting initiatives, we may be unable to sustain the cost savings that we have achieved. In addition, if we are unable to achieve, or have any unexpected delays in achieving additional cost savings, our results of operations and cash flow may be adversely affected. Even if we meet the goals pursuant to these initiatives, we may not receive the expected financial benefits of these initiatives.
 
We face competition that could adversely affect our sales and financial condition.
 
All phases of our business are highly competitive. Some of our products are in direct competition with similar or alternative products provided by our competitors. We encounter competition in price, delivery, service, performance, product innovation, product recognition and quality.
 
Because of the potential for consolidation in any market, our competitors may become larger, which could make them more efficient and permit them to be more price-competitive. Increased size could also permit them to operate in wider geographic areas and enhance their abilities in other areas such as research and development and customer service. As a result, this could also reduce our profitability.
 
Our competitors can be expected to continue to develop and introduce new and enhanced products. This could cause a decline in market acceptance of our products. In addition, our competitors could cause a reduction in the prices for some of our products as a result of intensified price competition. Also, we may be unable to effectively anticipate and react to new entrants in the marketplace competing with our products.
 
Competitive pressures can also result in the loss of major customers. An inability to compete successfully could have an adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows in any given period.
 
In international markets, we compete with local service providers that may have competitive advantages.
 
In a number of international markets, especially those in Asia Pacific and Latin America, we face substantial competition from local service providers that offer competing products and services. Some of these companies may have a dominant market share in their territories and may be owned by local stakeholders. This could give them a competitive advantage. Local providers of competing products and services may also have a substantial advantage in attracting customers in their country due to more established branding in that country, greater knowledge with respect to the tastes and preferences of customers residing in that country and/or their focus on a single market. Further, the local providers may have greater regulatory and operational flexibility since we are subject to both U.S. and foreign regulatory requirements.
 
Because our operations are conducted worldwide, they are affected by risks of doing business abroad.
 
We generate a significant percentage of revenue from sales and service operations conducted outside the United States. Revenue from international operations amounted to approximately 50.6 percent in 2008, 48.1 percent in 2007 and 46.4 percent in 2006 of total revenue during these respective periods.
 
Accordingly, international operations are subject to the risks of doing business abroad, including the following:
 
  •  fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
 
  •  transportation delays and interruptions;
 
  •  political and economic instability and disruptions;


Table of Contents

 
  •  restrictions on the transfer of funds;
 
  •  the imposition of duties and tariffs;
 
  •  import and export controls;
 
  •  changes in governmental policies and regulatory environments;
 
  •  labor unrest and current and changing regulatory environments;
 
  •  the uncertainty of product acceptance by different cultures;
 
  •  the risks of divergent business expectations or cultural incompatibility inherent in establishing joint ventures with foreign partners;
 
  •  difficulties in staffing and managing multi-national operations;
 
  •  limitations on the ability to enforce legal rights and remedies;
 
  •  reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; and
 
  •  potentially adverse tax consequences.
 
Any of these events could have an adverse effect on our international operations by reducing the demand for our products or decreasing the prices at which we can sell our products, thereby, adversely affecting our financial condition or operating results. We may not be able to continue to operate in compliance with applicable customs, currency exchange control regulations, transfer pricing regulations or any other laws or regulations to which we may be subject. In addition, these laws or regulations may be modified in the future, and we may not be able to operate in compliance with those modifications.
 
We may expand operations into international markets in which we may have limited experience or rely on business partners.
 
We continually look to expand our products and services into international markets. We have currently developed, through joint ventures, strategic investments, subsidiaries and branch offices, sales and service offerings in over 90 countries outside of the United States. As we expand into new international markets, we will have only limited experience in marketing and operating products and services in such markets. In other instances, we may rely on the efforts and abilities of foreign business partners in such markets. Certain international markets may be slower than domestic markets in adopting our products and services, and our operations in international markets may not develop at a rate that supports our level of investment.
 
The failure of governments to certify election systems products may hinder our growth and harm our business.
 
Our election system products must go through rigorous federal and state certification processes in order for them to be sold in various states. As a result, there is a risk that our products will not be certified for use or will be decertified. Our election systems products could also be subject to differing and inconsistent laws, regulations and certification requirements which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. As a result, we may find it necessary to eliminate, modify or cancel components of our services, and this could result in additional development costs and the possible loss of revenue. Future legislative changes or other changes in law could also have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
 
Our election systems products might not achieve market acceptance, which could adversely affect our growth.
 
Because of the political nature of our election systems business, various individuals and advocacy groups may raise challenges, including legal challenges, in the media and elsewhere, about the reliability and security of our election systems products and services. Our election systems business is vulnerable to these types of challenges because the electronic election systems industry is emerging.

9


Table of Contents

Our ability to grow will depend on the extent to which potential customers accept our products. This acceptance may be limited by:
 
  •  the failure of prospective customers to conclude that our products are valuable and should be used;
 
  •  the reluctance of prospective customers to replace their existing solutions with our products; and
 
  •  marketing efforts of our competitors.
 
Furthermore, adverse publicity, whether directed at our products or a competitor’s products due to processing errors or other system failures, could adversely affect the electronic election systems industry as a whole, and this would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, these efforts may adversely affect our relations with our election systems customers.
 
We are currently subject to shareholder class action litigation, the unfavorable outcome of which might have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, operating results and cash flow.
 
A number of shareholder class action lawsuits have been filed against us and certain current and former officers and directors alleging violations of the federal securities laws and breaches of fiduciary duties with respect to our 401(k) savings plan. The securities class action was dismissed and the court entered a judgment in favor of the defendants in August 2008, but the plaintiffs have appealed the court’s decision. We believe that these lawsuits are without merit, and we intend to vigorously defend against these claims. We cannot, however, determine with certainty the outcome or resolution of these claims or any future related claims, or the timing for their resolution. In addition to the expense and burden incurred in defending this litigation and any damages that we may suffer, management’s efforts and attention may be diverted from the ordinary business operations in order to address these claims. If the final resolution of this litigation is unfavorable, our financial condition, operating results and cash flows could be materially affected.
 
Any failure to manage acquisitions, divestitures and other significant transactions successfully could harm our operating results, business and prospects.
 
As part of our business strategy, we frequently engage in discussions with third parties regarding possible investments, acquisitions, strategic alliances, joint ventures, divestitures and outsourcing arrangements, and we enter into agreements relating to such extraordinary transactions in order to further our business objectives. In order to pursue this strategy successfully, we must identify suitable candidates, successfully complete extraordinary transactions, some of which may be large and complex, and manage post-closing issues such as the integration of acquired companies or employees. Integration and other risks of extraordinary transactions can be more pronounced in larger and more complicated transactions, or if multiple transactions are pursued simultaneously. If we fail to identify and successfully complete extraordinary transactions that further our strategic objectives, we may be required to expend resources to develop products and technology internally. This may put us at a competitive disadvantage, and we may be adversely affected by negative market perceptions any of which may have a material adverse effect on our revenue, gross margin and profitability.
 
Integration issues are complex, time-consuming and expensive and, without proper planning and implementation, could significantly disrupt our business. The challenges involved in integration include:
 
  •  combining product offerings and entering into new markets in which we are not experienced;
 
  •  convincing customers and distributors that the transaction will not diminish client service standards or business focus, preventing customers and distributors from deferring purchasing decisions or switching to other suppliers (which could result in additional obligations to address customer uncertainty), and coordinating sales, marketing and distribution efforts;
 
  •  consolidating and rationalizing corporate information technology infrastructure, which may include multiple legacy systems from various acquisitions and integrating software code;
 
  •  minimizing the diversion of management attention from ongoing business concerns;

10 


Table of Contents

 
  •  persuading employees that business cultures are compatible, maintaining employee morale and retaining key employees, integrating employees into the Company, correctly estimating employee benefit costs and implementing restructuring programs;
 
  •  coordinating and combining administrative, manufacturing, research and development and other operations, subsidiaries, facilities and relationships with third parties in accordance with local laws and other obligations while maintaining adequate standards, controls and procedures; and
 
  •  achieving savings from supply chain and administration integration.
 
We evaluate and enter into extraordinary transactions on an ongoing basis. We may not fully realize all of the anticipated benefits of any transaction, and the timeframe for achieving benefits of a transaction may depend partially upon the actions of employees, suppliers or other third parties. In addition, the pricing and other terms of our contracts for extraordinary transactions require us to make estimates and assumptions at the time we enter into these contracts, and, during the course of our due diligence, we may not identify all of the factors necessary to estimate costs accurately. Any increased or unexpected costs, unanticipated delays or failure to achieve contractual obligations could make these agreements less profitable or unprofitable.
 
Managing extraordinary transactions requires varying levels of management resources, which may divert our attention from other business operations. These extraordinary transactions could result in significant costs and expenses and charges to earnings, including those related to severance pay, early retirement costs, employee benefit costs, asset impairment charges, charges from the elimination of duplicative facilities and contracts, in-process research and development charges, inventory adjustments, assumed litigation and other liabilities, legal, accounting and financial advisory fees, and required payments to executive officers and key employees under retention plans. Moreover, we could incur additional depreciation and amortization expense over the useful lives of certain assets acquired in connection with extraordinary transactions, and, to the extent that the value of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives acquired in connection with an extraordinary transaction becomes impaired, we may be required to incur additional material charges relating to the impairment of those assets. In order to complete an acquisition, we may issue common stock, potentially creating dilution for existing shareholders, or borrow funds, affecting our financial condition and potentially our credit ratings. Any prior or future downgrades in our credit rating associated with an acquisition could adversely affect our ability to borrow and result in more restrictive borrowing terms. In addition, our effective tax rate on an ongoing basis is uncertain, and extraordinary transactions could impact our effective tax rate. We also may experience risks relating to the challenges and costs of closing an extraordinary transaction and the risk that an announced extraordinary transaction may not close. As a result, any completed, pending or future transactions may contribute to financial results that differ from the investment community’s expectations.
 
System security risks and systems integration issues could disrupt our internal operations or services provided to customers, and any such disruption could adversely affect revenue, increase costs, and harm our reputation and stock price.
 
Experienced computer programmers and hackers may be able to penetrate our network security and misappropriate confidential information or that of third parties, create system disruptions or cause shutdowns. As a result, we could incur significant expenses in addressing problems created by network security breaches. Moreover, we could lose existing or potential customers, or incur significant expenses in connection with customers’ system failures. In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we produce or procure from third parties may contain defects in design or manufacture, including “bugs” and other problems that could unexpectedly interfere with the operation of the system. The costs to eliminate or alleviate security problems, viruses and bugs could be significant, and the efforts to address these problems could result in interruptions, delays or cessation of service that could impede sales, manufacturing, distribution or other critical functions.
 
Portions of our information technology infrastructure also may experience interruptions, delays or cessations of service or produce errors in connection with systems integration or migration work that takes place from time to time. We may not be successful in implementing new systems, and transitioning data and other aspects of the process could be expensive, time consuming, disruptive and resource-intensive. Such disruptions could adversely impact the ability to fulfill orders and interrupt

11


Table of Contents

other processes. Delayed sales, lower margins or lost customers resulting from these disruptions could adversely affect financial results, stock price and reputation.
 
Our inability to attract, retain and motivate key employees could harm current and future operations.
 
In order to be successful, we must attract, retain and motivate executives and other key employees, including those in managerial, professional, administrative, technical, sales, marketing and information technology support positions. We also must keep employees focused on our strategies and goals. Hiring and retaining qualified executives, engineers and qualified sales representatives are critical to our future, and competition for experienced employees in these areas can be intense. The failure to hire or loss of key employees could have a significant impact on our operations.
 
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flows to fund our operations and make adequate capital investments.
 
Our cash flows from operations depend primarily on sales and service margins. To develop new product and service technologies, support future growth, achieve operating efficiencies and maintain product quality, we must make significant capital investments in manufacturing technology, facilities and capital equipment, research and development, and product and service technology. In addition to cash provided from operations, we have from time to time utilized external sources of financing. Depending upon general market conditions or other factors, we may not be able to generate sufficient cash flows to fund our operations and make adequate capital investments. In addition, due to the recent economic downturn there has been a tightening of the credit markets, which may limit our ability to obtain alternative sources of cash to fund our operations.
 
New product developments may be unsuccessful.
 
We are constantly looking to develop new products and services that complement or leverage the underlying design or process technology of our traditional product and service offerings. We make significant investments in product and service technologies and anticipate expending significant resources for new product development over the next several years. There can be no assurance that our product development efforts will be successful, that we will be able to cost effectively manufacture these new products, that we will be able to successfully market these products or that margins generated from sales of these products will recover costs of development efforts.
 
An adverse determination that our products or manufacturing processes infringe the intellectual property rights of others could have a materially adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.
 
As is common in any high technology industry, others have asserted from time to time, and may also do so in the future, that our products or manufacturing processes infringe their intellectual property rights. A court determination that our products or manufacturing processes infringe the intellectual property rights of others could result in significant liability and/or require us to make material changes to our products and/or manufacturing processes. We are unable to predict the outcome of assertions of infringement made against us. Any of the foregoing could have a materially adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.
 
Anti-takeover provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us.
 
Certain provisions of our charter documents, including provisions limiting the ability of shareholders to raise matters at a meeting of shareholders without giving advance notice and permitting cumulative voting, may make it more difficult for a third party to gain control of our Board of Directors and may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. This could have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. Additionally, Ohio corporate law provides that certain notice and informational filings and special shareholder meeting and voting procedures must be followed prior to consummation of a proposed “control share acquisition,” as defined in the Ohio Revised Code. Assuming compliance with the prescribed notice and information filings, a proposed control share acquisition may be made only if, at a special meeting of shareholders, the acquisition is approved by both a majority of our voting power represented at the meeting and a majority of the voting power remaining after excluding the combined voting power of the “interested shares,” as defined in the Ohio Revised Code. The application of these provisions of the Ohio Revised Code also could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control.

12 


Table of Contents

Any SEC investigation and Department of Justice investigation could result in substantial costs to defend enforcement or other related actions that could have a materially adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.
 
We have incurred substantial expenses for legal and accounting services due to the SEC and the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) investigations. We could incur substantial additional costs to defend and resolve litigation or other governmental investigations or proceedings arising out of, or related to, the completed investigations. In addition, we could be exposed to enforcement or other actions with respect to these matters by the SEC’s Division of Enforcement or the DOJ.
 
In addition, these activities have diverted the attention of management from the conduct of our business. The diversion of resources to address issues arising out of the investigations may harm our business, operating results and financial condition in the future.
 
Our ability to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting may be insufficient to allow us to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, and this could cause our financial statements to become materially misleading and adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.
 
We require effective internal control over financial reporting in order to provide reasonable assurance with respect to our financial reports and to effectively prevent fraud. Internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of its inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud. Therefore, even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. If we cannot provide reasonable assurance with respect to our financial statements and effectively prevent fraud, our financial statements could become materially misleading which could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.
 
Management determined that, in certain instances, misapplication of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (US GAAP) reflected a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. Our material weaknesses could harm stockholder and business confidence in our financial reporting, our ability to obtain financing and other aspects of our business. We have enhanced, and continue to enhance, our internal controls in order to remediate the material weaknesses. Implementing new internal controls and testing the internal control framework will require the dedication of additional resources, management time and expense. If we fail to establish and maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, including any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or if we experience difficulties in their implementation, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.
 
Any material weakness or unsuccessful remediation could affect investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial statements. As a result, our ability to obtain any additional financing, or additional financing on favorable terms, could be materially and adversely affected. This, in turn, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and the market value of our securities and require us to incur additional costs to improve our internal control systems and procedures. In addition, perceptions of the Company among customers, lenders, investors, securities analysts and others could also be adversely affected.
 
We can give no assurances that the measures we have taken to date, or any future measures we may take, will remediate the material weaknesses identified or that any additional material weaknesses will not arise in the future due to our failure to implement and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting. In addition, even if we are successful in strengthening our controls and procedures, those controls and procedures may not be adequate to prevent or identify irregularities or ensure the fair presentation of our financial statements included in our periodic reports filed with the SEC.
 
Low investment performance by our domestic pension plan assets may require us to increase our pension liability and expense, which may require us to fund a portion of our pension obligations and divert funds from other potential uses.
 
We sponsor several defined benefit pension plans which cover certain eligible employees. Our pension expense and required contributions to our pension plans are directly affected by the value of plan assets, the projected rate of return on plan assets, the actual rate of return on plan assets and the actuarial assumptions we use to measure the defined benefit pension plan obligations.

13


Table of Contents

Due to the significant market downturn occurring in 2008, the funded status of our pension plans has declined and actual asset returns were below the assumed rate of return used to determine pension expense. If plan assets continue to perform below expectations, future pension expense will increase. Further, as a result of the global economic instability, our pension plan investment portfolio has recently incurred greater volatility.
 
We establish the discount rate used to determine the present value of the projected and accumulated benefit obligations at the end of each year based upon the available market rates for high quality, fixed income investments. We match the projected cash flows of our pension plans against those generated by high-quality corporate bonds. The yield of the resulting bond portfolio provides a basis for the selected discount rate. An increase in the discount rate would reduce the future pension expense and, conversely, a decrease in the discount rate would increase the future pension expense.
 
Based on current guidelines, assumptions and estimates, including stock market prices and interest rates, we anticipate that we will make a cash contribution of approximately $12 million to $15 million to our pension plans in 2009. Changes in the current assumptions and estimates could result in a contribution in years beyond 2009 that is greater than the projected 2009 contribution required. We cannot predict whether changing market or economic conditions, regulatory changes or other factors will further increase our pension expenses or funding obligations, diverting funds we would otherwise apply to other uses.
 
ITEM 1B: UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
None.
 
ITEM 2: PROPERTIES
 
The Company’s corporate offices are located in North Canton, Ohio. The Company owns manufacturing facilities in Canton, Ohio, Lynchburg, Virginia, and Lexington, North Carolina. The Company also has manufacturing facilities in Belgium, Brazil, China, Hungary and India. The Company has selling, service and administrative offices in the following locations: throughout the United States, and in Australia, Austria, Barbados, Belgium, Belize, Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Czech Republic, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, France, Greece, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Italy, Malaysia, Mexico, Namibia, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Philippines, Portugal, Poland, Romania, Russia, Singapore, Slovakia, South Africa, Spain, Switzerland, Taiwan, Thailand, Turkey, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Venezuela and Vietnam. The Company leases a majority of the selling, service and administrative offices under operating lease agreements.
 
The Company considers that its properties are generally in good condition, are well maintained, and are generally suitable and adequate to carry on the Company’s business.
 
ITEM 3: LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
At December 31, 2008, the Company was a party to several lawsuits that were incurred in the normal course of business, none of which individually or in the aggregate is considered material by management in relation to the Company’s financial position or results of operations. In management’s opinion, the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements would not be materially affected by the outcome of any present legal proceedings, commitments, or asserted claims.
 
In addition to the routine legal proceedings noted above, the Company has been served with various lawsuits, filed against it and certain current and former officers and directors, by shareholders and participants in the Company’s 401(k) savings plan, alleging violations of the federal securities laws and breaches of fiduciary duties with respect to the 401(k) plan. These complaints seek compensatory damages in unspecified amounts, fees and expenses related to such lawsuits and the granting of

14


Table of Contents

extraordinary equitable and/or injunctive relief. For each of these lawsuits, the date each complaint was filed, the name of the plaintiff and the federal court in which such lawsuit is pending are as follows:
 
  •  Konkol v. Diebold Inc., et al. , No. 5:05CV2873 (N.D. Ohio, filed December 13, 2005).
 
  •  Ziolkowski v. Diebold Inc., et al . , No. 5:05CV2912 (N.D. Ohio, filed December 16, 2005).
 
  •  New Jersey Carpenter’s Pension Fund v. Diebold, Inc. , No. 5:06CV40 (N.D. Ohio, filed January 6, 2006).
 
  •  Rein v. Diebold, Inc., et al. , No. 5:06CV296 (N.D. Ohio, filed February 9, 2006).
 
  •  Graham v. Diebold, Inc., et al. , No. 5:05CV2997 (N.D. Ohio, filed December 30, 2005).
 
  •  McDermott v. Diebold, Inc., et al. , No. 5:06CV170 (N.D. Ohio, filed January 24, 2006).
 
  •  Barnett v. Diebold, Inc., et al., No. 5:06CV361 (N.D. Ohio, filed February 15, 2006).
 
  •  Farrell v. Diebold, Inc., et al. , No. 5:06CV307 (N.D. Ohio, filed February 8, 2006).
 
  •  Forbes v. Diebold, Inc., et al. , No. 5:06CV324 (N.D. Ohio, filed February 10, 2006).
 
  •  Gromek v. Diebold, Inc., et al. , No. 5:06CV579 (N.D. Ohio, filed March 14, 2006).
 
The Konkol , Ziolkowski , New Jersey Carpenter’s Pension Fund , Rein and Graham cases, which allege violations of the federal securities laws, have been consolidated into a single proceeding. The McDermott , Barnett , Farrell , Forbes and Gromek cases, which allege breaches of fiduciary duties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 with respect to the 401(k) plan, likewise have been consolidated into a single proceeding. The Company and the individual defendants deny the allegations made against them, regard them as without merit, and intend to defend themselves vigorously. On August 22, 2008, the court dismissed the consolidated amended complaint in the consolidated securities litigation and entered a judgment in favor of the defendants. On September 16, 2008, the plaintiffs in the consolidated securities litigation filed a notice of appeal with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit.
 
The Company, including certain of its subsidiaries, filed a lawsuit on May 30, 2008 ( Premier Election Solutions, Inc., et al. v. Board of Elections of Cuyahoga County, et al. , Case No. 08-CV-05-7841, (Franklin Cty. Ct Common Pleas)) against the Board of Elections of Cuyahoga County, Ohio, the Board of County Commissioners of Cuyahoga County, Ohio, (collectively, the County), and Ohio Secretary of State Jennifer Brunner (Secretary) regarding several Ohio contracts under which the Company provided voting equipment and related services to the State of Ohio and a number of its counties. The lawsuit was precipitated by the County’s threats to sue the Company for unspecified damages. The complaint seeks a declaration that the Company met its contractual obligations. In response, on July 15, 2008, the County filed an answer and counterclaim alleging that the voting system was defective and seeking declaratory relief and unspecified damages under several theories of recovery. In addition, the County is trying to pierce the Company’s “corporate veil” and hold Diebold, Incorporated directly liable for acts and omission alleged to have been committed by its subsidiaries (even though Diebold, Incorporated is not a party of the contracts.) The Secretary has also filed an answer and counterclaim seeking declaratory relief and unspecified damages under several theories of recovery. The Butler County Board of Elections has joined in, and incorporated by reference, the Secretary’s counterclaim. The Company has not yet responded to the counterclaims.
 
The Company has filed motions to dismiss and for more definite statement of the counterclaims. The motions are fully briefed and are awaiting a decision by the court. The Secretary has also added ten Ohio counties as additional defendants, claiming that those counties also experienced problems with the voting systems, but many of those counties have moved for dismissal.
 
Management is unable to determine the financial statement impact, if any, of the federal securities class action, the 401(k) class action and the electronic voting systems action.
 
The Company was informed during the first quarter of 2006 that the staff of the SEC had begun an informal inquiry relating to the Company’s revenue recognition policy. In the second quarter of 2006, the Company was informed that the SEC’s inquiry had been converted to a formal, non-public investigation. In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company also learned that the DOJ had

15 


Table of Contents

begun a parallel investigation. The Company is continuing to cooperate with the government in connection with these investigations. The Company cannot predict the length, scope or results of the investigations, or the impact, if any, on its results of operations.
 
ITEM 4: SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
The Company’s annual meeting of shareholders was held November 12, 2008. At the meeting, the following actions were taken:
 
1. The ten nominees for director were elected by the following votes:
 
                 
    For   Withheld
Louis V. Bockius III
    53,622,656       6,445,112  
Phillip R. Cox
    46,543,977       13,523,791  
Richard L. Crandall
    53,912,122       6,155,646  
Gale S. Fitzgerald
    47,262,269       12,805,499  
Phillip B. Lassiter
    45,502,168       14,565,600  
John N. Lauer
    45,441,405       14,626,363  
Eric J. Roorda
    53,897,386       6,170,382  
Thomas W. Swidarski
    58,640,517       1,427,251  
Henry D.G. Wallace
    52,120,361       7,947,407  
Alan J. Weber
    53,887,143       6,180,625  
 
2. Ratification of appointment of KPMG as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008 was approved by the following vote:
 
                 
For   Against   Abstained
57,394,762
    2,466,490       206,516  

16 


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
ITEM 5: MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
The common shares of the Company are listed on the New York Stock Exchange with a symbol of DBD. The price ranges of common shares of the Company for the periods indicated below are as follows:
 
                                                 
    2008     2007     2006  
    High     Low     High     Low     High     Low  
1st Quarter
  $ 39.30     $ 23.07     $ 48.42     $ 42.50     $ 43.84     $ 36.40  
2nd Quarter
    40.44       35.44       52.70       47.25       46.35       39.15  
3rd Quarter
    39.81       30.60       54.50       42.49       44.90       36.93  
4th Quarter
    34.47       22.50       45.90       28.32       47.13       41.41  
Full Year
  $ 40.44     $ 22.50     $ 54.50     $ 28.32     $ 47.13     $ 36.40  
 
There were approximately 75,397 shareholders at December 31, 2008, which includes an estimated number of shareholders who have shares held in their accounts by banks, brokers, and trustees for benefit plans and the agent for the dividend reinvestment plan.
 
On the basis of amounts paid and declared, the annualized quarterly dividends per share were $1.00, $0.94 and $0.86 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Information concerning the Company’s share repurchases made during the fourth quarter of 2008:
 
                                 
                Total Number of
    Maximum Number of
 
    Total Number
          Shares Purchased as
    Shares that May Yet
 
    of Shares
    Average Price
    Part of Publicly
    Be Purchased Under
 
 Period   Purchased(1)     Paid Per Share     Announced Plans     the Plans(2)  
October
    3,194     $ 33.34             2,926,500  
November
                      2,926,500  
December
                      2,926,500  
                                 
Total
    3,194     $ 33.34             2,926,500  
                                 
 
(1) Includes 3,194 shares surrendered or deemed surrendered to the Company in connection with the Company’s stock-based compensation plans.
 
(2) The total number of shares repurchased as part of the publicly announced share repurchase plan was 9,073,500 as of December 31, 2008. The plan was approved by the Board of Directors in April 1997 and authorized the repurchase of up to two million shares. The plan was amended in June 2004 to authorize the repurchase of an additional two million shares, and was further amended in August and December 2005 to authorize the repurchase of an additional six million shares. On February 14, 2007, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the Company’s share repurchase program by authorizing the repurchase of up to an additional two million of the Company’s outstanding common shares. The plan has no expiration date.

17 


Table of Contents

 
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
 
Set forth below is a line graph comparing the yearly percentage change in the cumulative shareholder return, which includes the reinvestment of cash dividends, of the Company’s common shares with the cumulative total return of (i) the S&P 500 index, (ii) the S&P Midcap 400 index, and (iii) a Custom Composite Index (28 stocks) made up of companies selected by the Company based on similarity to the Company’s line of business and similar market capitalization. The comparison covers the five-year period starting December 31, 2003 and ended December 31, 2008. The comparisons in this graph are required by rules promulgated by the SEC and are not intended to forecast future performance of the Company’s common shares.
 
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Diebold, Inc., The S&P 500 Index,
The S&P Midcap 400 Index And A Custom Composite Index (28 Stocks)
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
* $100 invested on 12/31/03 in stock & index-including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31.
 
Copyright © 2009 S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the Custom Composite Index included 28 stocks as follows: Affiliated Computer Services Inc.; Ametek Inc.; Benchmark Electronics Inc.; Cooper Industries Limited; Corning Inc.; Crane Company; Deluxe Corp.; Donaldson Company Inc.; Dover Corp.; Fiserv Inc.; FMC Technologies Inc.; Harris Corp.; Hubbell Inc.; International Game Technology; Lennox International Inc.; Mettler Toledo International Inc.; NCR Corp.; Pall Corp.; Perkinelmer Inc.; Pitney-Bowes Inc.; Rockwell Automation Inc.; Rockwell Collins Inc.; Sauer Danfoss Inc.; Teleflex Inc.; Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc.; Thomas & Betts Corp.; Unisys Corp.; and Varian Medical Systems Inc.

18 


Table of Contents

 
ITEM 6: SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following table should be read in conjunction with “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Part II — Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
 
                                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004(1)  
    (In millions, except per share data)  
Results of operations
                                       
Net sales
  $ 3,170     $ 2,947     $ 2,921     $ 2,569     $ 2,388  
Cost of sales
    2,375       2,265       2,186       1,919       1,715  
                                         
Gross profit
    795       682       735       650       673  
                                         
Income from continuing operations, net of tax
    102       45       109       95       177  
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
    (13 )     (5 )     (4 )     7       2  
                                         
Net Income
  $ 89     $ 40     $ 105     $ 102     $ 179  
                                         
Basic earnings per common share:
                                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 1.54     $ 0.68     $ 1.63     $ 1.34     $ 2.46  
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
    (0.20 )     (0.08 )     (0.06 )     0.11       0.03  
                                         
Net Income
  $ 1.34     $ 0.60     $ 1.57     $ 1.45     $ 2.49  
                                         
Diluted earnings per common share:
                                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 1.52     $ 0.67     $ 1.62     $ 1.33     $ 2.43  
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
    (0.19 )     (0.08 )     (0.07 )     0.10       0.03  
                                         
Net Income
  $ 1.33     $ 0.59     $ 1.55     $ 1.43     $ 2.46  
                                         
Number of weighted-average shares outstanding
                                       
Basic shares
    66       66       67       71       72  
Diluted shares
    66       67       67       71       73  
Dividends
                                       
Common dividends paid
  $ 67     $ 62     $ 58     $ 58     $ 54  
Common dividends paid per share
  $ 1.00     $ 0.94     $ 0.86     $ 0.82     $ 0.74  
Consolidated balance sheet data
                                       
(as of period end)
                                       
Current assets
  $ 1,614     $ 1,594     $ 1,658     $ 1,528     $ 1,291  
Current liabilities
    735       701       746       728       853  
Net working capital
    879       893       912       800       438  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    204       220       208       226       219  
Total long-term liabilities
    856       779       816       568       140  
Total assets
    2,538       2,595       2,560       2,341       2,119  
Shareholders’ equity
    947       1,115       998       1,045       1,126  
 
(1) The data for the year ended December 31, 2004 is derived from unaudited financial statements.

19


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
ITEM 7: MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
OVERVIEW
 
The MD&A is provided as a supplement and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes that appear elsewhere in this annual report.
 
Introduction
 
Diebold, Incorporated is a global leader in providing integrated self-service delivery and security systems and services to the financial, retail, commercial and government markets. Founded in 1859, and celebrating 150 years of innovation in 2009, the Company today has more than 16,000 employees with representation in nearly 90 countries worldwide.
 
During the past three years, the Company’s management continued to execute against its strategic roadmap developed in 2006 to strengthen operations and build a strong foundation for future success in its two core lines of business: financial self-service and security solutions. This roadmap was built around five key priorities: increase customer loyalty; improve quality; strengthen the supply chain; enhance communications and teamwork; and rebuild profitability. In 2008, the Company met or exceeded its targets within each of these priorities through a number of operational and supply chain initiatives designed to increase customer satisfaction, improve productivity, streamline processes, enhance efficiency and decrease costs. As a result, in 2008, income from continuing operations was $101,537 or $1.52 per share, up 126 percent and 127 percent, respectively, from 2007. Total revenue in 2008 was $3,170,080 up 8 percent from 2007.
 
In connection with the Company’s filing of the restated financial statements, the Company incurred significant legal, audit and consultation fees during 2007 and 2008. In addition, the Company incurred advisory fees in 2008 as a result of the withdrawal of the unsolicited takeover bid from United Technologies Corp.
 
Looking ahead to 2009, management has positioned the Company well to withstand the challenges of a very difficult global economy. The turmoil in the financial industry, in particular, may take some time to subside, but the Company is in a unique position to deliver value to its customers by enabling them to reduce costs and improve efficiency. Based on its solid performance in 2008, the Company believes demand for financial self-service solutions remains relatively stable. However, demand in the security business is being affected by weak new bank branch construction and retail store openings in the United States. Also, the Company will focus on remediation of its material weaknesses in its internal controls. Management estimates the total cost for remediation efforts to be approximately $3,000, which includes $2,400 of consultation fees and $600 of internal costs, including software purchases.
 
Vision and strategy
 
The Company’s vision is, “To be recognized as the essential partner in creating and implementing ideas that optimize convenience, efficiency and security.” This vision is the guiding principle behind the Company’s transformation of becoming a more services-oriented Company. Today, service comprises more than 50 percent of the Company’s revenue, and the Company expects that this percentage will grow over time as the Company’s integrated services business continues to gain traction in the marketplace. For example, financial institutions are eager to reduce costs and optimize management and productivity of their ATM channels — and they are increasingly exploring outsourced solutions. The Company remains uniquely positioned to provide the infrastructure necessary to manage all aspects of an ATM network — hardware, software, maintenance, transaction processing, patch management and cash management — through its integrated product and services offerings.

20


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Another area of focus within the financial self-service business is broadening the Company’s deposit automation solutions set, including check imaging, envelope-free currency acceptance, teller automation, payment and document imaging solutions. For example, check imaging is not only a regulatory compliance imperative for financial institutions but a significant potential driver of cost-savings. The Company’s ImageWay ® check-imaging solution fulfills an industry-wide demand for cutting-edge technologies that enhance efficiencies. In 2008, the Company solidified its competitive position in deposit automation technology with an increase in shipments of deposit automation solutions by more than 50 percent from 2007 and expanded its solutions set with the launch of a bulk check deposit capability. And in 2009, a new bulk cash acceptor will be rolled out later in the year.
 
Within the security business, the Company is diversifying by expanding and enhancing service offerings in its financial, government, commercial and retail markets. A critical area of focus is bringing thought leadership to customers while becoming a long-term business partner in the key growth areas of internet protocol security solutions, credential management, enterprise security integration and expanded integrated solutions. One new customer relationship that characterizes the progress made in 2008 is the United States Postal Service’s selection of the Company to implement a multi-site, technologically-advanced security program. This relationship underscores the Company’s commitment to elevate its presence and security integration capabilities beyond the financial market, opening up new avenues of opportunity. For example, the Company is in the early phases of introducing an energy management solution that can control and monitor heating, ventilation, air conditioning and lighting for its customers. This is another value-added service that can help relieve customers of the every-day challenges in managing their facilities while also reducing their costs and increasing environmental efficiency.
 
The focus during 2009 will be to continue to enhance and diversify the Company’s offerings, realize synergies where sensible and make prudent decisions — taking swift action wherever necessary to capture profitable growth opportunities.
 
The Company continues to face a variety of challenges and opportunities in responding to customer needs within the election systems market. While the company fully supports the subsidiary, Premier Election Solutions, it continues to pursue strategic alternatives to ownership of the subsidiary.
 
Cost savings initiatives
 
In 2006, the Company launched the SmartBusiness (SB) 100 initiative to deliver $100,000 in cost savings by the end of 2008. This key milestone was achieved in November 2008 with significant progress made in areas such as rationalization of product development, streamlining procurement, realigning the Company’s manufacturing footprint and improving logistics.
 
In September 2008, the Company announced a new goal to achieve an additional $100,000 in cost savings called SB 200 with a goal of eliminating $70,000 by the middle of 2010 and the remainder to be eliminated by the end of 2011. More specifically, as part of cost saving initiatives, during 2008, the Company transitioned from four global Opteva manufacturing plants to two based in China and Hungary, further reduced redundancy and waste across the supply chain, rationalized its U.S. warehouse network from 89 down to three major distribution centers, and initiated a product optimization and simplification program. In addition, the Company exited unprofitable business segments in Japan and Europe as well as reduced its global workforce by more than 800 full-time positions.
 
The Company is committed to making the strategic decisions that not only streamline operations, but also enhance its ability to serve its customers. The Company remains confident in the ability to continue to execute on cost-reduction initiatives, delivering solutions that help improve customers’ businesses and creating shareholder value.
 
The Company incurred significant restructuring charges in 2008 and 2007 related to severance and reorganization costs from the previously announced reduction in the Company’s global workforce. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company decided to discontinue its enterprise security operations in the Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) region. As a

21


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $16,658 related to previously recorded goodwill and certain intangible assets. In addition, the Company incurred severance expenses and other charges incidental to the closure of $1,734 in 2008. These charges, along with the results of operations of this enterprise security business, are included in loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The Company anticipates incurring additional charges associated with this closure of approximately $2,200 during 2009.
 
The following discussion of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations provide information that will assist in understanding the financial statements and the changes in certain key items in those financial statements.
 
The business drivers of the Company’s future performance include several factors that include, but are not limited to:
 
  •  timing of a self-service upgrade and/or replacement cycle in mature markets such as the United States;
 
  •  high levels of deployment growth for new self-service products in emerging markets, such as Asia Pacific;
 
  •  demand for new service offerings, including outsourcing or operating a network of ATMs; and
 
  •  demand beyond expectations for security products and services for the financial, retail and government sectors.

22 


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
The table below presents the changes in comparative financial data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. Comments on significant year-to-year fluctuations follow the table. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying Notes that appear elsewhere in this annual report.
 
                                                                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
          % of
    %
          % of
    %
          % of
 
    Dollars     Net Sales     Change     Dollars     Net Sales     Change     Dollars     Net Sales  
    (In thousands, except percentages)  
Net sales
                                                               
Products
  $ 1,562,948       49.3       9.3     $ 1,429,646       48.5       (4.8 )   $ 1,500,998       51.4  
Services
    1,607,132       50.7       5.9       1,517,835       51.5       6.9       1,419,976       48.6  
                                                                 
      3,170,080       100.0       7.6       2,947,481       100.0       0.9       2,920,974       100.0  
                                                                 
Cost of sales
                                                               
Products
    1,145,225       36.1       7.0       1,070,286       36.3       1.2       1,057,375       36.2  
Services
    1,230,239       38.8       2.9       1,195,286       40.6       5.9       1,128,428       38.6  
                                                                 
      2,375,464       74.9       4.9       2,265,572       76.9       3.6       2,185,803       74.8  
                                                                 
Gross profit
    794,616       25.1       16.5       681,909       23.1       (7.2 )     735,171       25.2  
Selling and administrative expenses
    534,486       16.9       15.4       463,354       15.7       1.3       457,267       15.7  
Research, development and engineering expense
    79,070       2.5       6.9       73,950       2.5       3.2       71,625       2.5  
Impairment of assets
    4,376       0.1       (90.6 )     46,319       1.6       139.5       19,337       0.7  
Loss (gain) on sale of assets, net
    403       0.0       (106.3 )     (6,392 )     (0.2 )     (2,048.8 )     328       0.0  
                                                                 
      618,335       19.5       7.1       577,231       19.6       5.2       548,557       18.8  
Operating profit
    176,281       5.6       68.4       104,678       3.6       (43.9 )     186,614       6.4  
Other expense, net
    (28,906 )     (0.9 )     85.6       (15,575 )     (0.5 )     (15.0 )     (18,324 )     (0.6 )
Minority interest
    (8,413 )     (0.3 )     0.6       (8,365 )     (0.3 )     29.6       (6,452 )     (0.2 )
                                                                 
Income from continuing operations before taxes
    138,962       4.4       72.1       80,738       2.7       (50.1 )     161,838       5.5  
Taxes on income
    37,425       1.2       4.5       35,797       1.2       (32.4 )     52,916       1.8  
                                                                 
Income from continuing operations
    101,537       3.2       125.9       44,941       1.5       (58.7 )     108,922       3.7  
Loss from discontinued operations — net of tax
    (12,954 )     (0.4 )     139.9       (5,400 )     (0.2 )     23.6       (4,370 )     (0.1 )
                                                                 
Net income
  $ 88,583       2.8       124.0     $ 39,541       1.3       (62.2 )   $ 104,552       3.6  
                                                                 

23 


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
2008 Comparison with 2007
 
Net Sales
 
The following table represents information regarding our net sales for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
 
                                 
    Year ended
       
    December 31,        
    2008   2007   $ Change   % Change
Net sales
  $ 3,170,080     $ 2,947,481     $ 222,599       7.6  
 
The increase in net sales included a net positive currency impact of approximately $48,205. Financial self-service revenue in 2008 increased by $169,456 or 8.2 percent over 2007. Within the geographic areas, there was particularly strong growth in the Americas of $125,051 and Asia Pacific of $68,226. The increase in the Americas was due to higher revenue in Brazil of $90,300 in relation to several large orders as well as positive currency impact of 8.7 percent. The Asia Pacific increase was due to higher volume, with approximately two-thirds of the total growth coming from China and with additional contributions from India and Thailand. Security solutions revenue decreased by $37,262 or 4.6 percent for 2008. Weakness in the banking segment accounted for much of the year-over-year decrease. In addition, security revenue was impacted by reduced spending by major customers in the retail market. However, the government and commercial security business, in total, was up slightly for the year. Election systems/lottery net sales of $154,108 increased by $90,405 or 141.9 percent compared to 2007. The year-over-year increase was related to increases in voting equipment revenue of $90,670, with Brazil accounting for two-thirds of the growth. The Brazilian lottery systems revenue of $4,308 was down $265 from 2007.
 
Gross Profit
 
The following table represents information regarding our gross profit for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
 
                                 
    Year ended December 31,   $ Change/
   
    2008   2007   % Point Change   % Change
Gross profit
  $ 794,616     $ 681,909     $ 112,707       16.5  
Gross profit margin
    25.1 %     23.1 %     2.0          
 
Product gross margin was 26.7 percent in 2008 compared to 25.1 percent in 2007. Product gross margin was adversely impacted by $15,982 of restructuring charges in 2008 and $27,349 in 2007. The 2007 restructuring charges were primarily related to the closure of the manufacturing plant in Cassis, France. In addition, product gross margin for 2008 was positively affected by the Brazilian election systems business and increased profitability in the U.S. election systems business, despite an inventory write down of $12,969 in 2008 compared to $3,713 in 2007. Benefits realized from cost savings initiatives were partially offset by unfavorable sales mix within North America, higher steel and commodity costs, and price erosion in certain international markets. Service gross margin for 2008 was 23.5 percent compared with 21.3 percent for 2007. Service gross margin was adversely affected by $9,663 of restructuring charges in 2008 and $1,319 in 2007. The increase in service gross margin reflects savings from our cost savings initiatives, productivity and efficiency gains, and improved product quality. These gains came despite significant year-over-year increases in fuel costs.

24


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Operating Expenses
 
The following table represents information regarding our operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
 
                                     
      Year ended December 31,                
      2008     2007       $ Change     % Change  
Selling and administrative expense
    $ 534,486     $ 463,354       $ 71,132       15.4  
Research, development, and engineering expense
      79,070       73,950         5,120       6.9  
Impairment of assets
      4,376       46,319         (41,943 )     (90.6 )
Loss (gain) on sale of assets, net
      403       (6,392 )       6,795       (106.3 )
                                     
Total operating expenses
    $ 618,335     $ 577,231       $ 41,104       7.1  
                                     
 
Selling and administrative expense was adversely impacted by $11,780 of restructuring charges in 2008 compared to $1,299 of restructuring charges in 2007. In addition, selling and administrative expenses were adversely affected by non-routine expenses of $45,145 in 2008 and $7,288 in 2007. These non-routine expenses consisted of legal, audit and consultation fees, primarily related to the internal review of other accounting items, restatement of financial statements and the ongoing SEC and DOJ investigations and related advisory fees. Included in the non-routine expenses for 2008 was a $13,500 fee owed to financial advisor Goldman Sachs as a result of the withdrawal of the unsolicited takeover bid from United Technologies Corp. Selling and administrative expense in 2008 was also unfavorably impacted by a weakening of the U.S. dollar. Finally, in 2007, the Company reduced the reserve for the election systems trade receivable mainly related to two counties in California by $10,090, due to payments received. Research, development and engineering expense for both 2008 and 2007 were 2.5 percent of net sales. Restructuring charges of $63 were included in research, development and engineering expense for 2007 as compared to $3,712 of restructuring charges in 2008 related to product development rationalization. The Company incurred a charge of $4,376 for the impairment of intangible assets related to the 2004 acquisition of TFE Technology Holdings, a maintenance provider of network and hardware service solutions to federal and state government agencies and commercial firms. The impairment of assets in 2007 was a non-cash charge of $46,319 related to the goodwill impairment for PESI. The gain on sale of assets for 2007 of $6,392 was related to the sale of the Company’s manufacturing facility in Cassis, France, of which $6,438 was associated with the Company’s restructuring initiatives. Restructuring charges of $435 were included in the loss/(gain) on sale of assets in 2008.
 
Operating Profit
 
The following table represents information regarding our operating profit for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
 
                                 
    Year ended December 31,   $ Change/
   
    2008   2007   % Point Change   % Change
Operating profit
  $ 176,281     $ 104,678     $ 71,603       68.4  
Operating profit margin
    5.6 %     3.6 %     2.0          
 
The increase in operating profit resulted from the Brazilian election systems business, higher revenue and profitability in the U.S. and international service markets, and lower expense related to the goodwill impairment for PESI of $46,319 in 2007. This was partially offset by the increase in non-routine expenses as well as higher restructuring charges.

25 


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Other Income (Expense) and Minority Interest
 
The following table represents information regarding our other income (expense) and minority interest for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
 
                                       
      Year ended December 31,       $ Change/
       
      2008       2007       % Point Change     % Change  
Investment income
    $ 25,228       $ 22,489       $ 2,739       12.2  
Interest expense
      (45,247 )       (42,200 )       (3,047 )     7.2  
Miscellaneous, net
      (8,887 )       4,136         (13,023 )     (314.9 )
                                       
Other income (expense)
    $ (28,906 )     $ (15,575 )     $ (13,331 )     85.6  
                                       
Percentage of net sales
      (0.9 )       (0.5 )       (0.4 )        
Minority interest
    $ (8,413 )     $ (8,365 )     $ (48 )     0.6  
 
The change in miscellaneous income/(expense) between years was due to moving from a foreign exchange gain in 2007 of $1,587 to a foreign exchange loss in 2008 of $9,341.
 
Income from Continuing Operations
 
The following table represents information regarding our income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
 
                                       
      Year ended December 31,     $ Change/
   
      2008     2007     % Point Change   % Change
Income from continuing operations
    $ 101,537       $ 44,941       $ 56,596       125.9  
Percent of net sales
      3.2         1.5         1.7          
Effective tax rate
      26.9 %       44.3 %       (17.4 )        
 
The increase in income from continuing operations was related to the Brazilian election systems business, lower expense related to the impairment of assets, and a more favorable tax rate. This was partially offset by an unfavorable change in foreign exchange gain/(loss) between years within other income (expense). The decrease in the 2008 effective tax rate is attributable to an increase in foreign earnings in jurisdictions with lower effective tax rates. Additionally, in 2007, the Company had a significant goodwill impairment that negatively impacted the 2007 effective tax rate by 20 percent.
 
Loss from Discontinued Operations
 
The following table represents information regarding our loss from discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
 
                                       
      Year ended December 31,     $ Change/
   
      2008     2007     % Point Change   % Change
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
    $ (12,954 )     $ (5,400 )     $ (7,554 )     139.9  
Percent of net sales
      (0.4 )       (0.2 )       (0.2 )        

26


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Discontinued operations in the EMEA based enterprise security business negatively impacted net income. This business was not achieving an acceptable level of profitability and therefore, the operations were closed entirely. Included in the 2008 discontinued operations was a non-cash pre-tax asset impairment charge of $16,658.
 
Net Income
 
The following table represents information regarding our net income for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
 
                                       
      Year ended December 31,     $ Change/
   
      2008     2007     % Point Change   % Change
Net income
    $ 88,583       $ 39,541       $ 49,042       124.0  
Percent of net sales
      2.8         1.3         1.5          
 
Based on the results from continuing and discontinued operations discussed above, the Company reported net income of $88,583 and $39,541 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
Segment Revenue and Operating Profit Summary
 
DNA net sales of $1,535,989 for 2008 decreased $7,066 or 0.5 percent from 2007 net sales of $1,543,055. The decrease in DNA net sales was due to decreased revenue from the security solutions product and service offerings. DI net sales of $1,479,983 for 2008 increased by $139,260 or 10.4 percent over 2007 net sales of $1,340,723. The increase in DI net sales was due to revenue growth across most international markets, led by growth of $90,300 in Brazil and $62,714 in Asia Pacific. ES & Other net sales of $154,108 for 2008 increased $90,405 or 141.9 percent over 2007 net sales of $63,703. The increase was due to higher Brazilian voting revenue of $61,560 and U.S.-based election systems revenue of $29,110. Revenue from lottery systems was $4,308 for 2008, a decrease of $265 over 2007.
 
DNA operating profit for 2008 decreased by $26,054 or 23.1 percent compared to 2007. Operating profit was unfavorably affected by higher non-routine expenses, workforce optimization restructuring charges, and increased commodity costs. This was partially offset by higher service profitability and the Company’s ongoing cost reduction efforts. DI operating profit for 2008 increased by $32,727 or 62.2 percent compared to 2007. The increase was due to higher volume in Brazil and China as a result of several large orders. Operating profit for ES & Other increased by $64,930, moving from an operating loss of $60,890 in 2007 to an operating profit of $4,040 in 2008. The increase resulted from the goodwill impairment for PESI of $46,319, which occurred in 2007, and higher revenue in the Brazilian election systems business in 2008. In 2007, the Company reduced the reserve for the election systems trade receivable related to two counties in California by $10,090, primarily due to payments received.
 
Refer to Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details of segment revenue and operating profit.
 
2007 Comparison with 2006
 
Net Sales
 
The following table represents information regarding our net sales for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                                 
    Year ended
       
    December 31,        
    2007   2006   $ Change   % Change
Net sales
  $ 2,947,481     $ 2,920,974     $ 26,507       0.9  

27


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The increase in net sales included a net positive currency impact of approximately $98,589. Financial self-service revenue in 2007 increased by $132,486 or 6.8 percent over 2006, due to solid growth in the international market segments and a weakening of the U.S. dollar, which accounted for 4.6 percent of the growth. Security solutions revenue increased by $63,609 or 8.5 percent for 2007. Election systems/lottery net sales of $63,703 decreased by $169,588 or 72.7 percent compared to 2006. The year-over-year decline was related to decreases in both voting equipment revenue of $137,723 and decreased Brazilian lottery systems revenue of $31,865.
 
Gross Profit
 
The following table represents information regarding our gross profit for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                                 
    Year ended December 31,   $ Change/
   
    2007   2006   % Point Change   % Change
Gross profit
  $ 681,909     $ 735,171     $ (53,262 )     (7.2 )
Gross profit margin
    23.1 %     25.2 %     (2.1 )        
 
Product gross margin was 25.1 percent in 2007 compared to 29.6 percent in 2006. Product gross margin was adversely impacted by $27,349 of restructuring charges in 2007 compared to $3,299 of restructuring charges in 2006. The 2007 restructuring charges were primarily related to the closure of the manufacturing plant in Cassis, France. In addition, product gross margin was adversely affected by lower election systems/lottery revenue and decreased profitability in the U.S. election systems business in 2007 compared to 2006 which included an inventory write down of $3,713 in 2007. Service gross margin for 2007 was 21.3 percent compared with 20.5 percent for 2006. The increase in service gross margin was due to higher revenue and profitability in DNA, which was partly attributable to a decrease in restructuring charges of $2,640 from 2006 to 2007.
 
Operating Expenses
 
The following table represents information regarding our operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                                     
      Year ended December 31,                
      2007     2006       $ Change     % Change  
Selling and administrative expense
    $ 463,354     $ 457,267       $ 6,087       1.3  
Research, development, and engineering expense
      73,950       71,625         2,325       3.2  
Impairment of assets
      46,319       19,337         26,982       139.5  
(Gain) loss on sale of assets, net
      (6,392 )     328         (6,720 )     N/M  
                                     
Total operating expenses
    $ 577,231     $ 548,557       $ 28,674       5.2  
                                     
 
Selling and administrative expense for 2007 was 15.7 percent of net sales, flat from 15.7 percent for 2006. Selling and administrative expense included $1,299 of restructuring charges in 2007 compared to $14,866 of restructuring charges in 2006 associated with the termination of the information technology outsourcing agreement, realignment of global service, and relocation of the Company’s European headquarters. In addition, non-routine expenses of $7,288, which consisted of legal, audit and consultation fees related to the internal review of other accounting items, restatement of financial statements and the ongoing SEC and DOJ investigations and related advisory fees, adversely impacted 2007 compared with $791 of similar expenses

28


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
for 2006. Selling and administrative expense in 2007 was also unfavorably impacted by a weakening of the U.S. dollar and incremental spend related to acquisitions. In 2007, the Company reduced the reserve for the election systems trade receivable related to two counties in California by approximately $10,090 due to payments received. Research, development and engineering expense for 2007 was 2.5 percent of net sales as compared to 2.5 percent in 2006. Restructuring charges of $63 were included in research, development and engineering expense for 2007 as compared to $4,950 of restructuring charges in 2006 related to product development rationalization. The impairment of assets in 2007 was a non-cash charge of $46,319 related to the goodwill impairment for PESI. In 2006, the non-cash charge of $19,337 related to the impairment of a portion of the costs previously capitalized relative to the Company’s enterprise resource planning system implementation. The gain on sale of assets for 2007 of $6,392 was related to the sale of the Company’s manufacturing facility in Cassis, France, of which $6,438 was associated with the Company’s restructuring initiatives.
 
Operating Profit
 
The following table represents information regarding our operating profit for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                                 
    Year ended December 31,   $ Change/
   
    2007   2006   % Point Change   % Change
Operating profit
  $ 104,678     $ 186,614     $ (81,936 )     (43.9 )
Operating profit margin
    3.6 %     6.4 %     (2.8 )        
 
The decrease in operating profit resulted from lower election systems/lottery revenue, decreased profitability in the U.S. election systems business in 2007 compared to 2006, and higher expense related to the impairment of assets. Additional contributing factors were increased operating expenses resulting from a weakening of the U.S. dollar and incremental spend related to acquisitions. Restructuring charges of $23,592 or 0.8 percent of net sales related to the closure of the manufacturing plant in Cassis, France, adversely affected the operating profit in 2007 compared to $27,074 or 0.9 percent of net sales for in 2006. The 2006 restructuring charges were associated with the consolidation of global research and development and other service consolidations, termination of the information technology outsourcing agreement, relocation of the Company’s European headquarters, realignment of the Company’s global manufacturing operations and product development rationalization. In addition, non-routine expenses as described previously of $7,288 or 0.2 percent of net sales affected the operating profit in 2007 compared to $791 for 2006.

29 


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Other Income (Expense) and Minority Interest
 
The following table represents information regarding our other income (expense) and minority interest for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                                       
      Year ended December 31,       $ Change/
       
      2007       2006       % Point Change     % Change  
Investment income
    $ 22,489       $ 19,069       $ 3,420       17.9  
Interest expense
      (42,200 )       (35,305 )       (6,895 )     19.5  
Miscellaneous, net
      4,136         (2,088 )       6,224       (298.1 )
                                       
Other income (expense)
    $ (15,575 )     $ (18,324 )     $ 2,749       (15.0 )
                                       
Percentage of net sales
      (0.5 )       (0.6 )       0.1          
Minority interest
    $ (8,365 )     $ (6,452 )     $ (1,913 )     29.6  
 
The increase in interest expense was the result of higher interest rates year-over-year. The change in miscellaneous income / (expense) between years was due to movement from a position of foreign exchange loss in 2006 to a foreign exchange gain in 2007.
 
Income from Continuing Operations
 
The following table represents information regarding our income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                                       
      Year ended December 31,     $ Change/
   
      2007     2006     % Point Change   % Change
Income from continuing operations
    $ 44,941       $ 108,922       $ (63,981 )     (58.7 )
Percent of net sales
      1.5         3.7         (2.2 )        
Effective tax rate
      44.3 %       32.7 %       11.6          
 
The decrease in income from continuing operations was related to lower election systems/lottery revenue, decreased profitability in the U.S. election systems business in 2007 compared to 2006, and higher expense related to the impairment of assets between years. For the reconciliation between the U.S. statutory rate and the Company’s effective tax rate, see Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Loss from Discontinued Operations
 
The following table represents information regarding our loss from discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                                       
      Year ended December 31,     $ Change/
   
      2007     2006     % Point Change   % Change
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
    $ (5,400 )     $ (4,370 )     $ (1,030 )     23.6  
Percent of net sales
      (0.2 )       (0.1 )       (0.1 )        

30 


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Discontinued operations in the EMEA based enterprise security business negatively impacted net income, moving from a loss of $4,370 net of tax in 2006 to a loss net of tax of $5,400 in 2007. This business was not achieving an acceptable level of profitability and therefore the operations were closed entirely in 2008.
 
Net Income
 
The following table represents information regarding our net income for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                                       
      Year ended December 31,     $ Change/
   
      2007     2006     % Point Change   % Change
Net income
    $ 39,541       $ 104,552       $ (65,011 )     (62.2 )
Percent of net sales
      1.3         3.6         (2.3 )        
 
Based on the results from continuing and discontinued operations discussed above, the Company reported net income of $39,541 and $104,552 for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.
 
Segment Revenue and Operating Profit Summary
 
DNA net sales of $1,543,055 for 2007 increased $23,386 or 1.5 percent over 2006 net sales of $1,519,669. The increase in DNA net sales was due to increased revenue from the security solutions product and service offerings. DI net sales of $1,340,723 for 2007 increased by $172,709 or 14.8 percent over 2006 net sales of $1,168,014. The increase in DI net sales was due to revenue growth across all international markets, led by growth of $51,560 in EMEA and $46,910 in Asia Pacific. ES & Other net sales of $63,703 for 2007 decreased $169,588 or 72.7 percent compared to 2006. The decrease was due to decreases in Brazilian voting revenue of $24,728 and U.S.-based election systems revenue of $112,995, as political debates over electronic voting negatively impacted the U.S. election systems business, resulting in decreased sales of election systems products. Revenue from lottery systems was $4,573 for 2007, a decrease of $31,865 over 2006.
 
DNA operating profit for 2007 decreased by $6,796 or 5.7 percent compared to 2006. The decrease was due to higher operating expenses consisting of incremental spend related to acquisitions as well as higher non-routine expenses associated with the legal, audit and consultation fees for the internal review of other accounting items, restatement of financial statements, and the ongoing SEC and DOJ investigations and related advisory fees. DI operating profit for 2007 increased by $25,974 or 97.6 percent compared to 2006. The increase was due to strong financial self-service revenue growth and increased profitability. The improvement was partially offset by an increase in restructuring charges from 2006 to 2007 of $3,949 and higher non-routine expenses previously mentioned. Operating profit for ES & Other decreased by $101,114, moving from an operating profit of $40,224 in 2006 to an operating loss of $60,890 in 2007. The decrease in ES & Other operating profit resulted from the goodwill impairment for PESI of $46,319 in 2007 and lower revenue associated with the sales of election systems/lottery products and services. In 2007, the Company reduced the reserve for the election systems trade receivable related to two counties in California by approximately $10,090 due to payments received.
 
Refer to Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details of segment revenue and operating profit.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
Capital resources are obtained from income retained in the business, borrowings under the Company’s senior notes, committed and uncommitted credit facilities, long-term industrial revenue bonds, and operating and capital leasing arrangements. Refer to Notes 9 and 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements regarding information on outstanding and available credit

31


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
facilities, senior notes and bonds. Management expects that the Company’s capital resources will be sufficient to finance planned working capital needs, investments in facilities or equipment, and the purchase of the Company’s shares for at least the next 12 months. Part of the Company’s growth strategy is to pursue strategic acquisitions. The Company has made acquisitions in the past and intends to make acquisitions in the future. The Company intends to finance any future acquisitions with either cash provided from operations, borrowings under available credit facilities, proceeds from debt or equity offerings and/or the issuance of common shares.
 
The following table summarizes the results of our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
 
                               
      Year ended December 31,  
      2008       2007       2006  
Net cash flow provided (used) by:
                             
Operating activities
    $ 284,691         150,260       $ 232,926  
Investing activities
      (142,484 )       (80,370)         (171,324 )
Financing activities
      (87,689 )       (135,276)         (23,774 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
      (19,416 )       17,752         5,747  
                               
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    $ 35,102       $ (47,634)       $ 43,575  
                               
 
During 2008, the Company generated $284,691 in cash from operating activities, an increase of $134,431 or 89.5 percent from 2007. Cash flows from operating activities are generated primarily from operating income and controlling the components of working capital. The primary reasons for the increase were the $49,042 increase in net income, a $30,149 increase in accounts payable and a $175,832 net change in certain other assets and liabilities, offset by a lower decrease of $110,316 in trade receivables, a $62,605 increase in inventory and a $41,943 decrease in asset impairments. The change in certain other assets and liabilities was primarily the result of a $16,000 increase in accruals for legal, audit and consultation fees, an $11,100 increase in warranty reserves, a $10,600 increase in restructuring accruals, an $11,976 change in notes receivable collections, net, as well as increases in VAT taxes and freight accruals as a result of increased product revenue and a $70,661 foreign currency translation impact on certain assets and liabilities. The decrease in trade receivables was $10,633 in 2008 compared to $120,949 in 2007 as a result of continued focus on cash collections. However, there were lower fourth quarter sales and accounts receivable levels in 2008 compared to 2007. Days sales outstanding was 45 days at December 31, 2008 compared to 46 days at December 31, 2007. The movement in inventory is largely due to foreign currency translation impact. The Company impaired $4,376 of intangible assets in 2008 continuing operations related to previously acquired customer contracts compared to $46,319 in 2007 related to PESI goodwill.
 
Net cash used for investing activities was $142,484 in 2008, an increase of $62,114 or 77.3 percent over 2007. The Company had net purchases of investments in 2008 of $53,681 compared to net proceeds from maturities of investments in 2007 of $6,845. Also, the Company’s capital expenditures increased by $14,673 in 2008 compared to 2007, largely due to investments in information technology systems that help focus in improving operational efficiency. This increase was offset by a decrease of $13,661 in payments for acquisitions, moving from $18,122 in 2007 for three domestic acquisitions and earn-out payments to $4,461 in 2008 for earn-out payments related to prior acquisitions.
 
Net cash used for financing activities was $87,689 in 2008, a decrease of $47,587 or 35.2 percent over 2007. The Company had net repayments of $17,771 in 2008 compared to net repayments of $64,059 in 2007. Also, the Company paid $18,236 to

32


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
minority interest holders, offset by issuance of common shares of $8,544 in 2007 and paid $3,523 to minority interest holders in 2008.
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s approximate obligations and commitments to make future payments under contractual obligations as of December 31, 2008:
 
                                                   
              Payment Due by period  
              Less Than
                      More Than
 
      Total       1 Year       1-3 Years       3-5 Years       5 Years  
Operating lease obligations
    $ 218,582       $ 66,058       $ 89,679       $ 38,200       $ 24,645  
Industrial development revenue bonds
      11,900                                 11,900  
Notes payable
      605,184         10,596         294,588         75,000         225,000  
Interest on bonds and notes payable(1)
      156,519         29,414         41,192         37,818         48,095  
Purchase commitments
      19,488         11,403         8,085                  
                                                   
      $ 1,011,673       $ 117,471       $ 433,544       $ 151,018       $ 309,640  
                                                   
(1) Amounts represent estimated contractual interest payments on outstanding bonds and notes payable. Rates in effect as of December 31, 2008 are used for variable rate debt.
 
The Company also has uncertain tax positions of $9,009 recorded in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes  — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48), for which there is a high degree of uncertainty as to the expected timing of payments.
 
The Company expects to contribute $12,000 to $15,000 to its pension plans in the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
In March 2006, the Company issued senior notes in an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The maturity dates of the senior notes are staggered, with $75,000, $175,000 and $50,000 becoming due in 2013, 2016 and 2018, respectively. The Company used $270,000 of the net proceeds from this offering to repay notes payable under its revolving credit facility and used the remaining $30,000 in operations. See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. The Company does not participate in transactions that facilitate off-balance sheet arrangements.
 
The Company has a credit facility with borrowing limits of $509,665, ($300,000 and €150,000, translated), at December 31, 2008. Under the terms of the credit facility agreement, the Company has the ability to increase the borrowing limits an additional $150,000. This facility expires on April 27, 2010. The Company intends to begin the renewal process in the second half of 2009. The private placement investors and financial institutions continue to express support in meeting the credit needs of the Company. The Company believes that its financial position and its strong relationships with its credit group should help facilitate the renewal process, though there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to renew the credit facility on commercially acceptable terms. As of December 31, 2008, $294,588 was outstanding under the Company’s credit facility and $215,077 was available for borrowing.
 
The average interest rate on the Company’s bank credit lines was 3.90 percent, 5.46 percent and 4.66 percent for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Interest on financing charged to expense for the years ended December 31 was $30,137, $33,077 and $34,883 for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
The Company’s financing agreements contain various restrictive financial covenants, including net debt to capitalization and net interest coverage ratios. As of December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants in our debt agreements.

33 


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
 
Management’s discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations are based upon the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events. These estimates and the underlying assumptions affect the amounts of assets and liabilities reported, disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities and reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Such estimates include the value of purchase consideration, valuation of trade receivables, inventories, goodwill, intangible assets, other long-lived assets, legal contingencies, guarantee obligations, indemnifications and assumptions used in the calculation of income taxes, pension and postretirement benefits and customer incentives, among others. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and judgment. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic difficulties in the United States credit markets and the global markets. Management monitors the economic condition and other factors and will adjust such estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Illiquid credit markets, volatile foreign currency and equity, and declines in the global economic environment have combined to increase the uncertainty inherent in such estimates and assumptions. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Changes in those estimates resulting from continuing changes in the economic environment will be reflected in the financial statements in future periods.
 
The Company’s significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Management believes that, of its significant accounting policies, its policies concerning revenue recognition, allowances for doubtful accounts, inventories, goodwill, and pensions and postretirement benefits are the most critical because they are affected significantly by judgments, assumptions and estimates. Additional information regarding these policies is included below.
 
Revenue Recognition The Company’s revenue recognition policy is consistent with the requirements of Statement of Position 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition (SOP 97-2), and Staff Accounting Bulletin 104 (SAB 104). In general, the Company records revenue when it is realized, or realizable and earned. The Company considers revenue to be realized, or realizable and earned, when the following revenue recognition requirements are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, which is a customer contract; the products or services have been accepted by the customer via delivery or installation acceptance; the sales price is fixed or determinable within the contract; and collectability is probable.
 
For product sales, the Company determines that the earnings process is complete when title, risk of loss and the right to use equipment has transferred to the customer. Within the North America business segment, this occurs upon customer acceptance. Where the Company is contractually responsible for installation, customer acceptance occurs upon completion of the installation of all items at a job site and the Company’s demonstration that the items are in operable condition. Where items are contractually only delivered to a customer, revenue recognition of these items is upon shipment or delivery to a customer location depending on the terms in the contract. Within the International business segment, customer acceptance is upon the earlier of delivery or completion of the installation depending on the terms in the contract with the customer. The Company has the following revenue streams related to sales to its customers:
 
Self-Service Product & Service Revenue Self-service products pertain to ATMs. Included within the ATM is software, which operates the ATM. The related software is considered more than incidental to the equipment as a whole. Revenue is recognized in accordance with SOP 97-2. The Company also provides service contracts on ATMs.

34


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Service contracts typically cover a 12-month period and can begin at any given month during the year after the standard 90-day warranty period expires. The service provided under warranty is significantly limited as compared to those offered under service contracts. Further, warranty is not considered a separate element of the sale. The Company’s warranty covers only replacement of parts inclusive of labor. Service contracts are tailored to meet the individual needs of each customer. Service contracts provide additional services beyond those covered under the warranty, and usually include preventative maintenance service, cleaning, supplies stocking and cash handling, all of which are not essential to the functionality of the equipment. For sales of service contracts, where the service contract is the only element of the sale, revenue is recognized ratably over the life of the contract period. In contracts that involve multiple-element arrangements, amounts deferred for services are determined based upon vendor specific objective evidence of the fair value of the elements as prescribed in SOP 97-2. The Company determines fair value of deliverables within a multiple element arrangement based on the price charged when each element is sold separately.
 
Physical Security & Facility Revenue The Company’s Physical Security and Facility Products division designs and manufactures several of the Company’s financial service solutions offerings, including the RemoteTeller tm System (RTS). The business unit also develops vaults, safe deposit boxes and safes, drive-up banking equipment and a host of other banking facilities products. Revenue on sales of the products described above is recognized when the four revenue recognition requirements of SAB 104 have been met.
 
Election Systems Revenue The Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, PESI and Procomp Industria Eletronica S.A. , offers voting equipment. Election systems revenue consists of election equipment, software, training, support, installation and maintenance. The election equipment and software components are included in product revenue. The training, support, installation and maintenance components are included in service revenue. The election systems contracts contain multiple deliverable elements and custom terms and conditions. Revenue on election systems contracts is recognized in accordance with SOP 97-2. The Company recognizes revenue for delivered elements only when the fair value of undelivered elements are known, uncertainties regarding customer acceptance are resolved and there are no customer-negotiated refund or return rights affecting the revenue recognized for delivered elements. The Company determines fair value of deliverables within a multiple-element arrangement based on the price charged when each element is sold separately. Some contracts may contain discounts and, as such, revenue is recognized using the residual value method of allocation of revenue to the product and service components of contracts.
 
Integrated Security Solutions Revenue Diebold Integrated Security Solutions provides global sales, service, installation, project management and monitoring of OEM electronic security products to financial, government, retail and commercial customers. These solutions provide the Company’s customers a single-source solution to their electronic security needs. Revenue is recognized in accordance with SAB 104. Revenue on sales of the products described above is recognized upon shipment, installation or customer acceptance of the product as defined in the customer contract. In contracts that involve multiple-element arrangements, amounts deferred for services are determined based upon the fair value of the elements as prescribed in EITF 00-21, Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.
 
Software Solutions & Service Revenue The Company offers software solutions consisting of multiple applications that process events and transactions (networking software) along with the related server. Sales of networking software represent software solutions to customers that allow them to network various different vendors’ ATMs onto one network and revenue is recognized in accordance with SOP 97-2.
 
Included within service revenue is revenue from software support agreements, which are typically 12 months in duration and pertain to networking software. For sales of software support agreements, where the agreement is the only element of the sale, revenue is recognized ratably over the life of the contract period. In contracts that involve multiple-element arrangements,

35


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
amounts deferred for support are determined based upon vendor specific objective evidence of the fair value of the elements as prescribed in SOP 97-2.
 
Allowances for Doubtful Accounts The Company evaluates the collectibility of accounts receivable based on (1) a percentage of sales, which is based on historical loss experience and current trends, are reserved for uncollectible accounts as sales occur throughout the year and (2) periodic adjustments for known events such as specific customer circumstances and changes in the aging of accounts receivable balances. Since the Company’s receivable balance is concentrated primarily in the financial and government sectors, an economic downturn in these sectors could result in higher than expected credit losses.
 
Inventories The Company primarily values inventories at the lower of cost or market applied on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis, with the notable exceptions of Brazil and PESI that value inventory using the average cost method, which approximates FIFO. At each reporting period, the Company identifies and writes down its excess and obsolete inventory to its net realizable value based on forecasted usage, orders and inventory aging. With the development of new products, the Company also rationalizes its product offerings and will write down discontinued product to the lower of cost or net realizable value.
 
Goodwill Goodwill is the cost in excess of the net assets of acquired businesses. The Company tests all existing goodwill at least annually for impairment using the fair value approach on a “reporting unit” basis in accordance with SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . The Company’s reporting units are defined as Domestic and Canada, Brazil, Latin America, Asia Pacific, EMEA and Election Systems. The Company uses the discounted cash flow method and the guideline company method for determining the fair value of its reporting units. As required by SFAS 142, the determination of implied fair value of the goodwill for a particular reporting unit is the excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities in the same manner as the allocation in a business combination. Implied fair value goodwill is determined as the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the fair value of its assets and liabilities. The Company’s fair value model uses inputs such as estimated future segment performance. The Company uses the most current information available and performs the annual impairment analysis as of November 30 each year. However, actual circumstances could differ significantly from assumptions and estimates made and could result in future goodwill impairment. The Company tests for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the carrying value of a reporting unit below its reported amount.
 
Pensions and Postretirement Benefits Annual net periodic expense and benefit liabilities under the Company’s defined benefit plans are determined on an actuarial basis. Assumptions used in the actuarial calculations have a significant impact on plan obligations and expense. Annually, management and the investment committee of the Board of Directors review the actual experience compared with the more significant assumptions used and make adjustments to the assumptions, if warranted. The healthcare trend rates are reviewed with the actuaries based upon the results of their review of claims experience. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is determined using the plans’ current asset allocation and their expected rates of return based on a geometric averaging over 20 years. The discount rate is determined by analyzing the average return of high-quality (i.e., AA-rated) fixed-income investments and the year-over-year comparison of certain widely used benchmark indices as of the measurement date. The rate of compensation increase assumptions reflects the Company’s long-term actual experience and future and near-term outlook. Pension benefits are funded through deposits with trustees. The market-related value of plan assets is calculated under an adjusted market value method in order to determine the Company’s net periodic benefit obligation. The value is determined by adjusting the fair value of assets to reflect the investment gains and losses (i.e., the difference between the actual investment return and the expected investment return on the market-related value of assets) during each of the last five years at the rate of 20 percent per year.

36 


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Postretirement benefits are not funded and the Company’s policy is to pay these benefits as they become due. The following table represents assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
                 
    December 31,
    2008   2007
Healthcare cost trend rate assumed for next year
    9.00 %     7.57 %
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)
    4.20 %     5.00 %
Year that rate reaches ultimate trend rate
    2099       2014  
 
The healthcare trend rates are reviewed with the actuaries based upon the results of their review of claims experience. In 2007, the Company used healthcare cost trends of 7.14 percent in 2008 reducing linearly to 5 percent in 2014 for medical benefits and 10 percent in 2008 reducing linearly to 5 percent in 2014 for prescription drug benefits. In 2008, the Company used healthcare cost trends of 9 percent in 2009, decreasing to an ultimate trend of 4.2 percent in 2099 for both medical and prescription drug benefits using the Society of Actuaries Long Term Trend Model with assumptions based on the 2008 Medicare Trustees’ projections. Assumed healthcare cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the healthcare plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects:
 
                 
    One-Percentage-
  One-Percentage-
    Point Increase   Point Decrease
Effect on total of service and interest cost
  $ 80     $ (72 )
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
  $ 1,118     $ (1,009 )
 
In accordance with SFAS 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, the Company recognizes the funded status of each of its plans in the consolidated balance sheet. Amortization of unrecognized net gain or loss resulting from experience different from that assumed and from changes in assumptions (excluding asset gains and losses not yet reflected in market-related value) is included as a component of net periodic benefit cost for a year if, as of the beginning of the year, that unrecognized net gain or loss exceeds five percent of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets. If amortization is required, the amortization is that excess divided by the average remaining service period of participating employees expected to receive benefits under the plan.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position No. 132(R)-1 In December 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FSP No. 132(R)-1, Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets , which amends the FASB Statement No. 132 (revised 2003), Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits . FSP No. 132(R)-1 provides guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. It requires companies to disclose more information about how investment allocation decisions are made, major categories of plan assets, including concentrations of risk and fair-value measurements, and the fair-value techniques and inputs used to measure plan assets. FSP No. 132(R)-1 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009.
 
Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 03-6-1 In June 2008, the FASB issued Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position (FSP) Emerging Task Force (EITF) No. 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities. Under the FSP, unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to receive nonforfeitable dividends (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities, and should be included in the two-class method of

37


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
computing earnings per share. The FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. The adoption of FSP EITF No. 03-6-1 will not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 162 In May 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 162 (SFAS 162), The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. SFAS 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (the US GAAP hierarchy). SFAS 162 became effective November 15, 2008. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 162 to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
 
Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position No. 142-3 In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets, which amends the list of factors an entity should consider in developing renewal or extension assumptions used in determining the useful life of recognized intangible assets under SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The position applies to intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets and both intangible assets acquired in business combinations and asset acquisitions. FSP No. 142-3 is effective for financial statements issued for the fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is in the process of determining the effect that adoption of FSP No. 142-3 will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161 In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161 (SFAS 161), Disclosures about Derivatives Instruments and Hedging Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133. SFAS 161 applies to all entities and requires specified disclosures for derivative instruments and related hedged items accounted for under SFAS 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (SFAS 133). SFAS 161 amends and expands SFAS 133’s existing disclosure requirements to provide financial statement users with a better understanding of how and why an entity uses derivatives, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133, and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. SFAS 161 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. The adoption of SFAS 161 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160 In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160 (SFAS 160), Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an Amendment of ARB 51. SFAS 160 applies to all entities that have an outstanding non-controlling interest in one or more subsidiaries or that deconsolidate a subsidiary. Under SFAS 160, non-controlling interests in a subsidiary that are currently recorded within “mezzanine” (or temporary) equity or as a liability will be included in the equity section of the balance sheet. In addition, this statement requires expanded disclosures in the financial statements that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent’s owners and the interest of the non-controlling owners of the subsidiary.
 
SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Application of SFAS 160’s disclosure requirements is retroactive. The Company is in the process of determining the effects that adoption of SFAS 160 will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141(R) In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 141 (revised 2007) (SFAS 141(R)), Business Combinations , which amends the accounting and reporting requirements for business combinations. SFAS 141(R) places greater reliance on fair value information, requiring more acquired assets and liabilities to be measured at fair value as of the acquisition date. The pronouncement also requires acquisition-related transaction and restructuring costs to be expensed rather than treated as a capitalized cost of acquisition. SFAS 141(R) is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after

38 


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
December 15, 2008 and the Company will implement its requirements in future business combinations. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 141(R) to have a material impact on the Company’s historical financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENT DISCLOSURE
 
In this annual report on Form 10-K, statements that are not reported financial results or other historical information are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements give current expectations or forecasts of future events and are not guarantees of future performance. These forward-looking statements relate to, among other things, the Company’s future operating performance, the Company’s share of new and existing markets, the Company’s short- and long-term revenue and earnings growth rates, the Company’s implementation of cost-reduction initiatives and measures to improve pricing, including the optimization of the Company’s manufacturing capacity, and the ongoing SEC and DOJ investigations. The use of the words “will,” “believes,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends” and similar expressions is intended to identify forward-looking statements that have been made and may in the future be made by or on behalf of the Company.
 
Although the Company believes that these forward-looking statements are based upon reasonable assumptions regarding, among other things, the economy, its knowledge of its business, and on key performance indicators that impact the Company, these forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by the forward-looking statements. The Company is not obligated to update forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.
 
Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. Some of the risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
 
  •  the results of the SEC and DOJ investigations;
 
  •  competitive pressures, including pricing pressures and technological developments;
 
  •  changes in the Company’s relationships with customers, suppliers, distributors and/or partners in its business ventures;
 
  •  changes in political, economic or other factors such as currency exchange rates, inflation rates, recessionary or expansive trends, taxes and regulations and laws affecting the worldwide business in each of the Company’s operations, including Brazil, where a significant portion of the Company’s revenue is derived;
 
  •  the effects of the sub-prime mortgage crisis and the disruptions in the financial markets, including the bankruptcies, restructurings or consolidations of financial institutions, which could reduce our customer base and/or adversely affect our customers’ ability to make capital expenditures, as well as adversely impact the availability and cost of credit;
 
  •  acceptance of the Company’s product and technology introductions in the marketplace;
 
  •  the amount of cash and non-cash charges in connection with the planned closure of the Company’s Newark, Ohio facility, and the closure of the Company’s EMEA-based enterprise security operations;
 
  •  unanticipated litigation, claims or assessments;
 
  •  variations in consumer demand for financial self-service technologies, products and services;

39


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS as of December 31, 2008 (Continued)
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
  •  challenges raised about reliability and security of the Company’s election systems products, including the risk that such products will not be certified for use or will be decertified;
 
  •  changes in laws regarding the Company’s election systems products and services;
 
  •  potential security violations to the Company’s information technology systems;
 
  •  the investment performance of our pension plan assets, which could require us to increase our pension contributions;
 
  •  the Company’s ability to successfully execute its strategy related to the elections systems business
 
  •  the Company’s ability to achieve benefits from its cost-reduction initiatives and other strategic changes; and
 
  •  the risk factors described above under “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
 
ITEM 7A: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
(Dollars in thousands)
 
The Company is exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk inherent in its international operations denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. A hypothetical 10 percent movement in the applicable foreign exchange rates would have resulted in a an increase or decrease in 2008 and 2007 year-to-date operating profit of approximately $12,197 and $7,038, respectively. The sensitivity model assumes an instantaneous, parallel shift in the foreign currency exchange rates. Exchange rates rarely move in the same direction. The assumption that exchange rates change in an instantaneous or parallel fashion may overstate the impact of changing exchange rates on amounts denominated in a foreign currency.
 
The Company’s risk-management strategy uses derivative financial instruments such as forwards to hedge certain foreign currency exposures. The intent is to offset gains and losses that occur on the underlying exposures, with gains and losses on the derivative contracts hedging these exposures. The Company does not enter into derivatives for trading purposes. The Company’s primary exposures to foreign exchange risk are movements in the euro/dollar, pound/dollar, dollar/yuan, dollar/forint, and dollar/real rates. There were no significant changes in the Company’s foreign exchange risks in 2008 compared with 2007.
 
The Company manages interest rate risk with the use of variable rate borrowings under its committed and uncommitted credit facilities and interest rate swaps. Variable rate borrowings under the credit facilities totaled $306,488 and $328,164 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, of which $50,000 was effectively converted to fixed rate using interest rate swaps. A one percentage point increase or decrease in interest rates would have resulted in an increase or decrease in interest expense of approximately $3,052 and $2,406 for 2008 and 2007, respectively, including the impact of the swap agreements. The Company’s primary exposure to interest rate risk is movements in the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), which is consistent with prior periods. As discussed in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company hedged $200,000 of the fixed rate borrowings under its private placement agreement, which was treated as a cash flow hedge. This reduced the effective interest rate by 14 basis points from 5.50 to 5.36 percent.

40 


Table of Contents

 
ITEM 8: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
Financial Statements:
       
    42  
    45  
    46  
    47  
    48  
    49  
Financial Statement Schedule:
       
    98  
All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable.
       

41 


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Diebold, Incorporated:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Diebold, Incorporated and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements we have also audited the financial statement schedule, Schedule II “Valuation and Qualifying Accounts”. These consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Diebold, Incorporated and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
 
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 06-10, Accounting for Collateral Assignment Split-Dollar Life Insurance , and EITF Issue No. 06-4, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Post Retirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements , effective January 1, 2008.
 
As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Standard No. 109 , effective January 1, 2007.
 
As discussed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the measurement date provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans , effective January 1, 2008.
 
As discussed in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , effective January 1, 2008.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 27, 2009 expressed an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/  KPMG
 
Cleveland, Ohio
February 27, 2009

42


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Diebold, Incorporated:
 
We have audited Diebold, Incorporated and Subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A(b) of the Company’s December 31, 2008 annual report on Form 10-K. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Material weaknesses related to the Company’s selection, application and communication of accounting policies; monitoring; manual journal entries; contractual agreements; and account reconciliations have been identified and included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A(b) of the Company’s December 31, 2008 annual report on Form 10-K. These material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2008 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated February 27, 2009, which expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

43 


Table of Contents

In our opinion, because of the effect of the aforementioned material weaknesses on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
/s/   KPMG
 
Cleveland, Ohio
February 27, 2009

44


Table of Contents

DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share amounts)
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
ASSETS
Current assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 241,436     $ 206,334  
Short-term investments
    121,387       104,976  
Trade receivables, less allowances for doubtful accounts of $25,060 for 2008 and $33,707 for 2007
    447,079       494,911  
Inventories
    540,971       533,619  
Deferred income taxes
    95,086       80,443  
Prepaid expenses
    42,909       46,347  
Other current assets
    125,250       127,500  
                 
Total current assets
    1,614,118       1,594,130  
                 
Securities and other investments
    70,914       75,227  
Property, plant and equipment at cost
    579,951       575,796  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    376,357       355,740  
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net
    203,594       220,056  
Goodwill
    408,303       465,484  
Deferred income taxes
    69,698        
Other assets
    171,309       239,827  
                 
Total assets
  $ 2,537,936     $ 2,594,724  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities
               
Notes payable
  $ 10,596     $ 14,807  
Accounts payable
    195,483       170,632  
Deferred revenue
    195,164       251,657  
Payroll and benefits liabilities
    75,215       76,995  
Other current liabilities
    258,939       186,956  
                 
Total Current Liabilities
    735,397       701,047  
                 
Notes payable — long term
    594,588       609,264  
Pensions and other benefits
    131,792       36,708  
Postretirement and other benefits
    32,857       29,417  
Deferred income taxes
    35,307       39,393  
Other long-term liabilities
    43,737       50,304  
Minority interest
    17,657       13,757  
Shareholders’ equity
               
Preferred shares, no par value, 1,000,000 authorized shares, none issued
           
Common shares, 125,000,000 authorized shares, 75,801,434 and 75,579,237 issued shares, 66,114,560, and 65,965,749 outstanding shares, respectively
    94,752       94,474  
Additional capital
    278,135       261,364  
Retained earnings
    1,054,873       1,036,824  
Treasury shares, at cost (9,686,874 and 9,613,488 shares, respectively)
    (408,235 )     (406,182 )
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) gain
    (72,924 )     128,354  
                 
Total shareholders’ equity
    946,601       1,114,834  
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 2,537,936     $ 2,594,724  
                 
 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

45 


Table of Contents

DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Net sales
                       
Products
  $ 1,562,948     $ 1,429,646     $ 1,500,998  
Services
    1,607,132       1,517,835       1,419,976  
                         
      3,170,080       2,947,481       2,920,974  
                         
Cost of sales
                       
Products
    1,145,225       1,070,286       1,057,375  
Services
    1,230,239       1,195,286       1,128,428  
                         
      2,375,464       2,265,572       2,185,803  
                         
Gross profit
    794,616       681,909       735,171  
Selling and administrative expense
    534,486       463,354       457,267  
Research, development and engineering expense
    79,070       73,950       71,625  
Impairment of assets
    4,376       46,319       19,337  
Loss (gain) on sale of assets, net
    403       (6,392 )     328  
                         
      618,335       577,231       548,557  
                         
Operating profit
    176,281       104,678       186,614  
Other income (expense)
                       
Investment income
    25,228       22,489       19,069  
Interest expense
    (45,247 )     (42,200 )     (35,305 )
Miscellaneous, net
    (8,887 )     4,136       (2,088 )
Minority interest
    (8,413 )     (8,365 )     (6,452 )
                         
Income from continuing operations before taxes
    138,962       80,738       161,838  
Taxes on income
    37,425       35,797       52,916  
                         
Income from continuing operations
    101,537       44,941       108,922  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
    (12,954 )     (5,400 )     (4,370 )
                         
Net income
  $ 88,583     $ 39,541     $ 104,552  
                         
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding
    66,081       65,841       66,669  
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding
    66,492       66,673       67,253  
Basic earnings per share:
                       
Net income from continuing operations
  $ 1.54     $ 0.68     $ 1.63  
Loss from discontinued operations
  $ (0.20 )   $ (0.08 )   $ (0.06 )
                         
Net income
  $ 1.34     $ 0.60     $ 1.57  
                         
Diluted earnings per share:
                       
Net income from continuing operations
  $ 1.52     $ 0.67     $ 1.62  
Loss from discontinued operations
  $ (0.19 )   $ (0.08 )   $ (0.07 )
                         
Net income
  $ 1.33     $ 0.59     $ 1.55  
                         
 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

46


Table of Contents

DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands)
 
                                                                         
                                        Accumulated
             
                                        Other
             
    Common Shares     Additional
    Retained
    Treasury
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
             
    Number     Par Value     Capital     Earnings     Shares     (Loss) Income     (Loss) Income     Other     Total  
Balance, January 1, 2006     74,726,031     $ 93,408     $ 198,619     $ 1,013,137     $ (256,336 )           $ (3,781 )   $ (287 )   $ 1,044,760  
                                                                         
Net income
                            104,552             $ 104,552                       104,552  
                                                                         
Translation adjustment
                                            50,246                       50,246  
Hedges
                                            2,428                       2,428  
Pensions
                                            (637 )                     (637 )
                                                                         
Other comprehensive income
                                            52,037       52,037                  
                                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                          $ 156,589                          
                                                                         
Stock options exercised
    336,085       420       10,703                                               11,123  
Restricted stock units issued
    4,635       6       (6 )                                              
Performance shares issued
    5,800       7       (7 )                                              
Other share-based compensation
    73,111       91       1,881                                               1,972  
Tax benefit from employee stock plans
                    1,198                                               1,198  
SFAS No. 123(R) reclass
                    4,807                                       287       5,094  
SFAS No. 158 adoption, net
                                                    (35,624 )             (35,624 )
Share-based compensation expense
                    17,195                                               17,195  
Colombia acquisition
                    816               2,592                               3,408  
DIMS acquisition
                    36               905                               941  
Dividends declared and paid
                            (57,964 )                                     (57,964 )
Treasury shares
                                    (150,259 )                             (150,259 )
                                                                         
Balance, December 31, 2006
    75,145,662     $ 93,932     $ 235,242     $ 1,059,725     $ (403,098 )           $ 12,632     $     $ 998,433  
                                                                         
Net income
                            39,541             $ 39,541                       39,541  
                                                                         
Translation adjustment
                                            88,508                       88,508  
Hedges
                                            (1,962 )                     (1,962 )
Pensions
                                            29,176                       29,176  
                                                                         
Other comprehensive income
                                            115,722       115,722                  
                                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                          $ 155,263                          
                                                                         
Stock options exercised
    241,365       302       8,252                                               8,554  
Restricted shares
    8,620       11       295                                               306  
Restricted stock units issued
    84,865       106       (106 )                                              
Performance shares issued
    98,725       123       2,500                                               2,623  
Tax benefit from employee stock plans
                    1,399                                               1,399  
Share-based compensation expense
                    13,782                                               13,782  
Dividends declared and paid
                            (62,442 )                                     (62,442 )
Treasury shares
                                    (3,084 )                             (3,084 )
                                                                         
Balance, December 31, 2007
    75,579,237     $ 94,474     $ 261,364     $ 1,036,824     $ (406,182 )           $ 128,354     $     $ 1,114,834  
                                                                         
Pension beginning retained earnings adjustment (Note 11)
                            (1,387 )                                     (1,387 )
Split-dollar life insurance beginning retained earnings adjustment (Note 1)
                            (2,584 )                                     (2,584 )
                                                                         
Net income
                            88,583             $ 88,583                       88,583  
                                                                         
Translation adjustment
                                            (99,689 )                     (99,689 )
Hedges
                                            (4,910 )                     (4,910 )
Pensions
                                            (96,679 )                     (96,679 )
                                                                         
Other comprehensive loss
                                            (201,278 )     (201,278 )                
                                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                                          $ (112,695 )                        
                                                                         
Stock options exercised
    665       1       16                                               17  
Restricted shares
    121,985       152       5,861                                               6,013  
Restricted stock units issued
    49,526       62       (62 )                                              
Performance shares issued
    50,021       63       719                                               782  
Tax expense from employee stock plans
                    (2,122 )                                             (2,122 )
Share-based compensation expense
                    12,189                                               12,189  
Colombia acquisition earnout
                    170               230                               400  
Dividends declared and paid
                            (66,563 )                                     (66,563 )
Treasury shares
                                    (2,283 )                             (2,283 )
                                                                         
Balance, December 31, 2008
    75,801,434     $ 94,752     $ 278,135     $ 1,054,873     $ (408,235 )           $ (72,924 )   $     $ 946,601  
                                                                         
 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

47 


Table of Contents

DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Cash flow from operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 88,583     $ 39,541     $ 104,552  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Loss from discontinued operations
    12,954       5,400       4,370  
Minority interest
    8,413       8,365       6,452  
Depreciation and amortization
    80,470       69,397       70,726  
Share-based compensation
    12,189       13,782       17,195  
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
    (168 )     (917 )     (890 )
Deferred income taxes
    (12,547 )     (7,250 )     (23,592 )
Impairment of asset
    4,376       46,319       19,337  
Loss (gain) on sale of assets, net
    403       (6,392 )     328  
Cash provided (used) by changes in certain assets and liabilities:
                       
Trade receivables
    10,633       120,949       46,109  
Inventories
    (53,650 )     8,955       (4,258 )
Prepaid expenses
    1,183       (10,256 )     (13,323 )
Other current assets
    (14,706 )     (20,055 )     (1,493 )
Accounts payable
    36,480       6,331       (36,031 )
Deferred revenue
    (49,668 )     (89,921 )     33,691  
Pension and postretirement benefits
    (2,900 )     (20,802 )     14,038  
Certain other assets and liabilities
    162,646       (13,186 )     (4,285 )
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    284,691       150,260       232,926  
                         
Cash flow from investing activities:
                       
Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (4,461 )     (18,122 )     (74,320 )
Proceeds from maturities of investments
    303,410       57,433       79,304  
Payments for purchases of investments
    (357,091 )     (50,588 )     (124,648 )
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
    42       3,242       6,442  
Capital expenditures
    (57,932 )     (43,259 )     (38,514 )
Increase in certain other assets
    (26,452 )     (29,076 )     (19,588 )
                         
Net cash used by investing activities
    (142,484 )     (80,370 )     (171,324 )
                         
Cash flow from financing activities:
                       
Dividends paid
    (66,563 )     (62,442 )     (57,964 )
Notes payable borrowings
    606,269       720,299       1,664,986  
Notes payable repayments
    (624,040 )     (784,358 )     (1,492,658 )
Distribution of affiliates’ earnings to minority interest holder
    (3,523 )     (18,236 )     (716 )
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
    168       917       890  
Issuance of common shares
          8,544       9,745  
Repurchase of common shares
                (148,057 )
                         
Net cash used by financing activities
    (87,689 )     (135,276 )     (23,774 )
                         
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    (19,416 )     17,752       5,747  
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    35,102       (47,634 )     43,575  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
    206,334       253,968       210,393  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
  $ 241,436     $ 206,334     $ 253,968  
                         
Cash paid for:
                       
Income taxes
  $ 42,154     $ 53,176     $ 43,065  
Interest
  $ 30,747     $ 32,706     $ 33,235  
 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

48


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
NOTE 1:   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Principles of Consolidation The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Diebold, Incorporated and its wholly and majority owned subsidiaries (collectively, the Company). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
 
Use of Estimates in Preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements The preparation of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events. These estimates and the underlying assumptions affect the amounts of assets and liabilities reported, disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities, and reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Such estimates include the value of purchase consideration, valuation of trade receivables, inventories, goodwill, intangible assets, and other long-lived assets, legal contingencies, guarantee obligations, indemnifications, and assumptions used in the calculation of income taxes, pension and other postretirement benefits, and customer incentives, among others. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and judgment. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic difficulties in the United States credit markets and the global markets. Management monitors the economic condition and other factors and will adjust such estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Illiquid credit markets, volatile foreign currency and equity, and declines in the global economic environment have combined to increase the uncertainty inherent in such estimates and assumptions. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Changes in those estimates resulting from continuing changes in the economic environment will be reflected in the financial statements in future periods.
 
International Operations The financial statements of the Company’s Diebold International (DI) operations are measured using local currencies as their functional currencies, with the exception of Venezuela, Argentina, Barbados, Ecuador, El Salvador and Panama, which are measured using the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. The Company translates the assets and liabilities of its non-U.S. subsidiaries at the exchange rates in effect at year end and the results of operations at the average rate throughout the year. The translation adjustments are recorded directly as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, while transaction gains (losses) are included in net income. Sales to customers outside the United States approximated 50.6 percent in 2008, 48.1 percent of net sales in 2007 and 46.4 percent of net sales in 2006.
 
Reclassifications During 2008, the Company reclassified deferred product revenue for which it has not received payment as a reduction in trade receivables, net. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, prior year amounts of deferred revenue and trade receivables have been adjusted to conform to current year classification. As a result of applying the accounting change retrospectively, deferred product revenue of $49,591 as of December 31, 2007, has been reclassified to reduce trade receivables, net in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. There was no impact of the accounting change on previously reported cash flows from operations, income from operations, net income or earnings per share of each prior period.
 
The Company has reclassified the presentation of certain prior-year information to conform to the current presentation, including the above reclassification of trade receivables, net.
 
Revenue Recognition The Company’s revenue recognition policy is consistent with the requirements of Statement of Position 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition (SOP 97-2), and Staff Accounting Bulletin 104 (SAB 104). In general, the Company records revenue when it is realized, or realizable and earned. The Company considers revenue to be realized, or realizable and earned, when the following revenue recognition requirements are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, which is a customer contract; the products or services have been accepted by the customer via delivery or installation acceptance; the sales

49 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
price is fixed or determinable within the contract; and collectability is probable. For product sales, the Company determines that the earnings process is complete when title, risk of loss and the right to use equipment has transferred to the customer. Within the Diebold North America (DNA) business segment, this occurs upon customer acceptance. Where the Company is contractually responsible for installation, customer acceptance occurs upon completion of the installation of all items at a job site and the Company’s demonstration that the items are in operable condition. Where items are contractually only delivered to a customer, revenue recognition of these items is upon shipment or delivery to a customer location depending on the terms in the contract. Within the DI business segment, customer acceptance is upon the earlier of delivery or completion of the installation depending on the terms in the contract with the customer. The Company has the following revenue streams related to sales to its customers:
 
Self-Service Product & Service Revenue Self-service products pertain to ATMs. Included within the ATM is software, which operates the ATM. The related software is considered more than incidental to the equipment as a whole. Revenue is recognized in accordance with SOP 97-2. The Company also provides service contracts on ATMs.
 
Service contracts typically cover a 12-month period and can begin at any given month during the year after the standard 90-day warranty period expires. The service provided under warranty is significantly limited as compared to those offered under service contracts. Further, warranty is not considered a separate element of the sale. The Company’s warranty covers only replacement of parts inclusive of labor. Service contracts are tailored to meet the individual needs of each customer. Service contracts provide additional services beyond those covered under the warranty, and usually include preventative maintenance service, cleaning, supplies stocking and cash handling, all of which are not essential to the functionality of the equipment. For sales of service contracts, where the service contract is the only element of the sale, revenue is recognized ratably over the life of the contract period. In contracts that involve multiple-element arrangements, amounts deferred for services are determined based upon vendor specific objective evidence of the fair value of the elements as prescribed in SOP 97-2. The Company determines fair value of deliverables within a multiple element arrangement based on the price charged when each element is sold separately.
 
Physical Security & Facility Revenue The Company’s Physical Security and Facility Products division designs and manufactures several of the Company’s financial service solutions offerings, including the RemoteTeller tm System (RTS). The business unit also develops vaults, safe deposit boxes and safes, drive-up banking equipment and a host of other banking facilities products. Revenue on sales of the products described above is recognized when the four revenue recognition requirements of SAB 104 have been met.
 
Election Systems Revenue The Company, through its wholly owned subsidiaries, Premier Election Solutions, Inc. (PESI) and Amazonia Industria Eletronica S.A. Procomp, offers voting equipment. Election systems revenue consists of election equipment, software, training, support, installation and maintenance. The election equipment and software components are included in product revenue. The training, support, installation and maintenance components are included in service revenue. The election systems contracts contain multiple deliverable elements and custom terms and conditions. Revenue on election systems contracts is recognized in accordance with SOP 97-2. The Company recognizes revenue for delivered elements only when the fair values of undelivered elements are known, uncertainties regarding customer acceptance are resolved and there are no customer-negotiated refund or return rights affecting the revenue recognized for delivered elements. The Company determines fair value of deliverables within a multiple element arrangement based on the price charged when each element is sold separately. Some contracts may contain discounts and, as such, revenue is recognized using the residual value method of allocation of revenue to the product and service components of contracts.
 
Integrated Security Solutions Revenue Diebold Integrated Security Solutions provides global sales, service, installation, project management and monitoring of original equipment manufacturer (OEM) electronic security products to financial, government, retail and commercial customers. These solutions provide the Company’s customers a single-source solution to

50 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
their electronic security needs. Revenue is recognized in accordance with SAB 104. Revenue on sales of the products described above is recognized upon shipment, installation or customer acceptance of the product as defined in the customer contract. In contracts that involve multiple-element arrangements, amounts deferred for services are determined based upon the fair value of the elements as prescribed in EITF 00-21, Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.
 
Software Solutions & Service Revenue The Company offers software solutions consisting of multiple applications that process events and transactions (networking software) along with the related server. Sales of networking software represent software solutions to customers that allow them to network various different vendors’ ATMs onto one network and revenue is recognized in accordance with SOP 97-2.
 
Included within service revenue is revenue from software support agreements, which are typically 12 months in duration and pertain to networking software. For sales of software support agreements, where the agreement is the only element of the sale, revenue is recognized ratably over the life of the contract period. In contracts that involve multiple-element arrangements, amounts deferred for support are determined based upon vendor specific objective evidence of the fair value of the elements as prescribed in SOP 97-2.
 
Depreciation and Amortization Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is computed using the straight-line method for financial statement purposes. Accelerated methods of depreciation are used for federal income tax purposes. Amortization of leasehold improvements is based upon the shorter of original terms of the lease or life of the improvement. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Amortization of the Company’s other long-term assets such as its amortizable intangible assets and capitalized computer software is computed using the straight-line method over the life of the asset.
 
Advertising Costs Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and were $14,417, $15,232 and $13,663 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Shipping and Handling Costs The Company recognizes shipping and handling fees billed when products are shipped or delivered to a customer, and includes such amounts in net sales. Third-party freight payments are recorded in cost of sales.
 
Share-Based Compensation The Company accounts for share-based compensation arrangements, including stock options, restricted stock units (RSUs) and performance shares, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R), which requires companies to recognize in the statement of income the grant-date fair value of stock awards issued to employees and directors.
 
Taxes on Income In accordance with SFAS 109, deferred taxes are provided on an asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.
 
Sales Tax The Company collects sales taxes from customers and accounts for sales taxes on a net basis, in accordance with EITF Issue No. 06-03.
 
Cash Equivalents The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.
 
Financial Instruments The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and accounts payable, approximated their fair value because of the relatively short maturity of these instruments. The Company’s risk-management strategy uses derivative financial instruments such as forwards to hedge certain foreign currency exposures and interest rate

51 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
swaps to manage interest rate risk. The intent is to offset gains and losses that occur on the underlying exposures, with gains and losses on the derivative contracts hedging these exposures. The Company does not enter into derivatives for trading purposes and accounts for its derivative financial instruments in accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities . The Company recognizes all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in the fair values of derivatives that are not designated as hedges are recognized in earnings. If the derivative is designated and qualifies as a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivatives are either offset against the change in the hedged assets or liabilities through earnings or recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings.
 
Allowances for Doubtful Accounts The concentration of credit risk in the Company’s trade receivables with respect to financial and government customers is largely mitigated by the Company’s credit evaluation process and the geographical dispersion of sales transactions from a large number of individual customers. The Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses, and such losses have been minimal and within management’s expectations. Since the Company’s receivable balance is concentrated primarily in the financial and government sectors, an economic downturn in these sectors could result in higher than expected credit losses. The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable based on (1) a percentage of sales, which is based on historical loss experience and current trends, are reserved for uncollectible accounts as sales occur throughout the year and (2) periodic adjustments for known events such as specific customer circumstances and changes in the aging of accounts receivable balances.
 
Inventories The Company primarily values inventories at the lower of cost or market applied on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis, with the notable exceptions of Brazil and PESI that value inventory using the average cost method, which approximates FIFO. At each reporting period, the Company identifies and writes down its excess and obsolete inventory to its net realizable value based on forecasted usage, orders and inventory aging. With the development of new products, the Company also rationalizes its product offerings and will write down discontinued product to the lower of cost or net realizable value.
 
Deferred Revenue Deferred revenue is recorded for any services that are billed to customers prior to revenue being realizable related to the service being provided. In addition, deferred revenue is recorded for any goods that are billed to and collected from customers prior to revenue being recognized.
 
Split-Dollar Life Insurance On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 06-10, Accounting for Collateral Assignment Split-Dollar Life Insurance , which applies to entities that participate in collateral assignment split-dollar life insurance arrangements that extend into an employee’s retirement period (often referred to as “key person” life insurance) and EITF Issue No. 06-4, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Post Retirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements, which applies to life insurance arrangements that provide an employee with a specified benefit that is not limited to the employee’s active service period. EITF Issue No. 06-10 requires employers to recognize a liability for the postretirement obligation associated with a collateral assignment arrangement if, based on an agreement with an employee, the employer has agreed to maintain a life insurance policy during the postretirement period or to provide a death benefit. EITF Issue No. 06-4 requires employers to recognize a liability and related compensation costs for future benefits that extend to postretirement periods. The adoption of these EITFs had a cumulative effect to beginning retained earnings of a reduction of $2,584.
 
Goodwill Goodwill is the cost in excess of the net assets of acquired businesses. The Company tests all existing goodwill at least annually for impairment using the fair value approach on a “reporting unit” basis in accordance with SFAS No. 142 (SFAS 142), Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . The Company’s reporting units are defined as Domestic and Canada, Brazil, Latin America, Asia Pacific, EMEA and Election Systems. The Company uses the discounted cash flow method and the guideline

52


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
company method for determining the fair value of its reporting units. As required by SFAS No. 142, the determination of implied fair value of the goodwill for a particular reporting unit is the excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities in the same manner as the allocation in a business combination. Implied fair value goodwill is determined as the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the fair value of its assets and liabilities. The Company’s fair value model uses inputs such as estimated future segment performance. The Company uses the most current information available and performs the annual impairment analysis as of November 30 each year. However, actual circumstances could differ significantly from assumptions and estimates made and could result in future goodwill impairment. The Company tests for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the carrying value of a reporting unit below its reported amount.
 
The annual goodwill impairment test for 2008 resulted in no impairment. However, the Company’s fourth quarter decision to close its security business in the EMEA region resulted in an impairment of $13,171 to the Domestic and Canada reporting unit goodwill. This impairment charge is shown in the Company’s loss from discontinued operations. Upon initial acquisition, the goodwill related to the EMEA security business was classified within the Company’s Domestic and Canada reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing. The annual goodwill impairment test for 2007 resulted in an impairment charge of $46,319 related to the Elections Systems reporting unit goodwill and represented the carrying value of PESI’s goodwill.
 
The changes in carrying amounts of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized as follows:
 
                                 
    DNA     DI     ES & Other     Total  
Balance at January 1, 2007
  $ 99,799     $ 314,176     $ 45,379     $ 459,354  
Goodwill of acquired businesses & purchase accounting adjustments
    10,556       1,472       940       12,968  
Impairment loss
                (46,319 )     (46,319 )
Currency translation adjustment
    1,444       38,037             39,481  
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2007
    111,799       353,685             465,484  
Goodwill of acquired businesses & purchase accounting adjustments
    4,320       758             5,078  
Impairment loss
    (13,171 )                 (13,171 )
Currency translation adjustment
    (6,583 )     (42,505 )           (49,088 )
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 96,365     $ 311,938     $     $ 408,303  
                                 
 
Other Assets Included in other assets are net capitalized computer software development costs of $52,668 and $47,300 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Amortization expense on capitalized software was $14,332, $11,556 and $11,500 for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Other long-term assets also consist of finance receivables, customer demonstration equipment, patents, trademarks and other intangible assets. Where applicable, other assets are stated at cost and, if applicable, are amortized ratably over the relevant contract period or the estimated life of the assets. Impairment of long-lived assets is recognized when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If the expected future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized at that time to reduce the asset to the lower of its fair value or its net book value in accordance with SFAS No. 144 (SFAS 144), Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets . For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company impaired $4,376 of intangible assets in continuing operations of the DNA segment and $3,487 of intangible assets within loss from discontinued operations.
 
Pensions and Postretirement Benefits Annual net periodic expense and benefit liabilities under the Company’s defined benefit plans are determined on an actuarial basis. Assumptions used in the actuarial calculations have a significant impact on plan obligations and expense. Annually, management and the Investment Committee of the Board of Directors review the actual

53 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
experience compared with the more significant assumptions used and make adjustments to the assumptions, if warranted. The healthcare trend rates are reviewed with the actuaries based upon the results of their review of claims experience. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is determined using the plans’ current asset allocation and their expected rates of return based on a geometric averaging over 20 years. The discount rate is determined by analyzing the average return of high-quality (i.e., AA-rated) fixed-income investments and the year-over-year comparison of certain widely used benchmark indices as of the measurement date. The rate of compensation increase assumptions reflects the Company’s long-term actual experience and future and near-term outlook. Pension benefits are funded through deposits with trustees. The market-related value of plan assets is calculated under an adjusted market value method in order to determine the Company’s net periodic benefit obligation. The value is determined by adjusting the fair value of assets to reflect the investment gains and losses (i.e., the difference between the actual investment return and the expected investment return on the market-related value of assets) during each of the last five years at the rate of 20 percent per year. Postretirement benefits are not funded and the Company’s policy is to pay these benefits as they become due.
 
In accordance with SFAS 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, the Company recognizes the funded status of each of its plans in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Amortization of unrecognized net gain or loss resulting from experience different from that assumed and from changes in assumptions (excluding asset gains and losses not yet reflected in market-related value) is included as a component of net periodic benefit cost for a year if, as of the beginning of the year, that unrecognized net gain or loss exceeds five percent of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets. If amortization is required, the amortization is that excess divided by the average remaining service period of participating employees expected to receive benefits under the plan.
 
Comprehensive (Loss) Income The Company displays comprehensive (loss) income in the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income separately from retained earnings and additional capital in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Shareholders’ Equity. Items considered to be other comprehensive (loss) income include adjustments made for foreign currency translation (under SFAS No. 52) pensions, net of tax (under SFAS No. 87 and SFAS No. 158) and hedging activities (under SFAS No. 133).
 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income consists of the following:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
       
 
Translation adjustment
  $ 38,319     $ 138,008     $ 49,500  
Realized and unrealized (losses) gains on hedges
    (2,877 )     2,033       3,995  
Pensions less accumulated taxes of ($64,573), ($6,213), and ($23,812), respectively
    (108,366 )     (11,687 )     (40,863 )
                         
Total accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
  $ (72,924 )   $ 128,354     $ 12,632  
                         
 
Translation Adjustments Translation adjustments are not booked net of tax. Those adjustments are accounted for under the indefinite reversal criterion of APB Opinion No. 23, Accounting for Income Taxes — Special Areas.

54


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
NOTE 2:   EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
The following data show the amounts used in computing earnings per share and the effect on the weighted-average number of shares of dilutive potential common stock:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
       
 
Numerator:
                       
Income used in basic and diluted earnings per share:
                       
Income from continuing operations — net of tax
  $ 101,537     $ 44,941     $ 108,922  
Loss from discontinued operations — net of tax
    (12,954 )     (5,400 )     (4,370 )
                         
Net income
  $ 88,583     $ 39,541     $ 104,552  
                         
Denominator:
                       
Weighted-average number of common shares used in basic earnings per share
    66,081       65,841       66,669  
Effect of dilutive shares
    411       832       584  
                         
Weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares used in diluted earnings per share
    66,492       66,673       67,253  
                         
Basic earnings per share:
                       
Income from continuing operations — net of tax
  $ 1.54     $ 0.68     $ 1.63  
Loss from discontinued operations — net of tax
    (0.20 )     (0.08 )     (0.06 )
                         
Net income
  $ 1.34     $ 0.60     $ 1.57  
                         
Diluted earnings per share:
                       
Income from continuing operations — net of tax
  $ 1.52     $ 0.67     $ 1.62  
Loss from discontinued operations — net of tax
    (0.19 )     (0.08 )     (0.07 )
Net income
  $ 1.33     $ 0.59     $ 1.55  
                         
Anti-dilutive shares not used in calculating diluted weighted-average shares
    2,469       1,141       976  
 
NOTE 3:   SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AND EQUITY
 
DIVIDENDS
 
On the basis of amounts declared and paid, the annualized quarterly dividends per share were $1.00, $0.94 and $0.86 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
EMPLOYEE SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
 
Stock options, restricted stock units (RSUs), restricted shares and performance shares have been issued to officers and other management employees under the Company’s 1991 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (1991 Plan). The stock options generally vest over a four- or five-year period and have a maturity of ten years from the issuance date. Option exercise prices equal the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. RSUs provide for the issuance of a share of the Company’s common stock at no cost to the holder and generally vest after three to seven years. During the vesting period, employees are paid the cash equivalent of dividends on RSUs. Unvested RSUs are forfeited upon termination unless the Board of Directors determines otherwise. Performance shares are granted based on certain management objectives,

55 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
as determined by the Board of Directors each year. Each performance share earned entitles the holder to one common share. The performance share objectives are generally calculated over a three-year period and no shares are granted unless certain management threshold objectives are met. To cover the exercise and/or vesting of its share-based payments, the Company generally issues new shares from its authorized, unissued share pool. The number of common shares that may be issued pursuant to the 1991 Plan was 4,730 of which 663 shares were available for issuance at December 31, 2008.
 
The Company recognizes costs resulting from all share-based payment transactions in the financial statements, including stock options, RSUs and performance shares, based on the fair market value of the award as of the grant date. The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective application method of adoption, which requires the Company to record compensation cost related to unvested stock awards as of December 31, 2005 by recognizing the unamortized grant date fair value of these awards over the remaining requisite periods of those awards with no change in historical reported earnings. Awards granted after December 31, 2005 are valued at fair value in accordance with provisions of SFAS 123(R) and recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite periods of each award. The Company estimated forfeiture rates for the year ended December 31, 2008 based on its historical experience.
 
The estimated fair value of the options granted during 2008 and prior years was calculated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following summarizes the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
       
 
Expected life (in years)
    5-7       6       3-6  
Weighted-average volatility
    27 %     28 %     33 %
Risk-free interest rate
    2.71 – 3.14 %     3.64 – 4.72 %     4.55 – 5.11 %
Expected dividend yield
    1.97 – 1.86 %     1.63 %     1.58 – 1.63 %
 
The Black-Scholes model incorporates assumptions to value share-based awards. The risk-free rate of interest is based on a zero-coupon U.S. government instrument over the expected life of the equity instrument. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the price of the Company’s common stock. The Company uses historical data estimate option exercise timing within the valuation model. Separate groups of employees that have similar historical exercise behavior with regard to option exercise timing and forfeiture rates are considered separately for valuation and attribution purposes.
 
As of December 31, 2008, unrecognized compensation cost of $4,818 for stock options, $5,893 for RSUs and $4,280 for performance shares is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.6, 1.9 and 1.2 years, respectively.

56 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Share-based compensation was recognized as a component of selling and administrative expenses. The following table summarizes the components of the Company’s share-based compensation programs recorded as expense:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
       
 
Stock Options:
                       
Pre-tax compensation expense
  $ 3,371     $ 4,908     $ 7,242  
Tax benefit
    (1,247 )     (1,816 )     (2,680 )
                         
Stock option expense, net of tax
  $ 2,124     $ 3,092     $ 4,562  
                         
RSUs:
                       
Pre-tax compensation expense
  $ 3,683     $ 3,827     $ 5,075  
Tax benefit
    (1,363 )     (1,416 )     (1,878 )
                         
RSU expense, net of tax
  $ 2,320     $ 2,411     $ 3,197  
                         
Restricted Shares:
                       
Pre-tax compensation expense
  $ 7     $ 93     $ 188  
Tax benefit
    (3 )     (34 )     (70 )
                         
Restricted share expense, net of tax
  $ 4     $ 59     $ 118  
                         
Performance Shares:
                       
Pre-tax compensation expense
  $ 4,267     $ 4,383     $ 4,690  
Tax benefit
    (1,579 )     (1,622 )     (1,735 )
                         
Performance share expense, net of tax
  $ 2,688     $ 2,761     $ 2,955  
                         
Deferred Shares:
                       
Pre-tax compensation expense
  $ 861     $ 571     $  
Tax benefit
    (319 )     (211 )      
                         
Deferred share expense, net of tax
  $ 542     $ 360     $  
                         
Total Share-Based Compensation:
                       
Pre-tax compensation expense
  $ 12,189     $ 13,782     $ 17,195  
Tax benefit
    (4,511 )     (5,099 )     (6,363 )
                         
Total share-based compensation, net of tax
  $ 7,678     $ 8,683     $ 10,832  
                         

57 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Options outstanding and exercisable under the 1991 Plan as of December 31, 2008 and changes during the year ended were as follows:
 
                                 
                Weighted-Average
       
          Weighted-Average
    Remaining
    Aggregate Intrinsic
 
    Number of Shares     Exercise Price     Contractual Term     Value(1)  
          (per share)     (in years)        
Outstanding at January 1, 2008
    2,884     $ 41.56                  
Options expired or forfeited
    (291 )   $ 44.47                  
Options exercised
                           
Options granted
    336     $ 25.53                  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
    2,929     $ 39.43       5     $ 1,344  
                                 
Options exercisable at December 31, 2008
    2,166     $ 40.60       4     $ 498  
                                 
 
(1) The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the year in 2008 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of “in-the-money” options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2008. The amount of aggregate intrinsic value will change based on the fair market value of the Company’s common stock.
 
The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $0, $3,475 and $3,424, respectively. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options granted for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $6.61, $14.06 and $13.15, respectively. Total fair value of stock options vested for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $27,954, $27,243 and $24,754, respectively. Exercise of options during the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 resulted in cash receipts of $0 and $8,544, respectively. The tax (expense)/benefit during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 related to the exercise of employee stock options were $(2,122) and $311, respectively.
 
The following table summarizes information on unvested RSUs:
 
                 
          Weighted-Average
 
          Grant-Date Fair
 
RSUs:
  Number of Shares     Value  
          (per share)  
 
Unvested at January 1, 2008
    325     $ 45.14  
Forfeited
    (22 )     40.61  
Vested
    (48 )     54.55  
Granted
    134       28.13  
                 
Unvested at December 31, 2008
    389     $ 38.36  
                 
 
The weighted average grant date fair value of RSUs granted for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $28.13, $47.17 and $39.45, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs vested during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $2,627, $3,998 and $382, respectively.
 

58


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The following table summarizes information on unvested performance shares outstanding:
                 
          Weighted-Average
 
          Grant-Date Fair
 
Performance Shares:
  Number of Shares     Value  
          (per share)  
 
Unvested at January 1, 2008
    519     $ 54.49  
Forfeited
    (131 )     55.89  
Vested
    (15 )     57.08  
Granted
    232       28.91  
                 
Unvested at December 31, 2008
    605     $ 44.31  
                 
 
Unvested performance shares are based on a maximum potential payout. Actual shares granted at the end of the performance period may be less than the maximum potential payout level depending on achievement of performance share objectives. The weighted average grant date fair value of performance shares granted for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $28.91, $58.65 and $39.46, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of performance shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $857, $2,545 and $213, respectively.
 
NON-EMPLOYEE SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
 
In connection with the acquisition of Diebold Colombia, S.A. in December 2006, the Company issued 7 restricted shares with a grant-date fair value of $46 per share. These restricted shares vest in five years. The Company also issued warrants to purchase 35 common shares with an exercise price of $46 per share and grant-date fair value of $14.66 per share. The grant-date fair value of the warrants was valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 4.45 percent, dividend yield of 1.63 percent, expected volatility of 30 percent, and contractual life of six years. The warrants vest 20 percent per year for five years and will expire in December 2016.
 
RIGHTS AGREEMENT
 
On January 28, 1999, the Board of Directors announced the adoption of a Rights Agreement that provided for Rights to be issued to shareholders of record on February 11, 1999. The description and terms of the Rights were set forth in the Rights Agreement, dated as of February 11, 1999, between the Company and The Bank of New York, as Agent. The Rights Agreement expired on February 11, 2009.
 
NOTE 4: INCOME TAXES
 
The components of income from continuing operations before income taxes were as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Domestic
  $ (4,837 )   $ (21,415 )   $ 50,808  
Foreign
    143,799       102,153       111,030  
                         
Total
  $ 138,962     $ 80,738     $ 161,838  
                         

59 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations is comprised of the following components:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Current:
                       
U.S. Federal
  $ 21,073     $ 8,021     $ 14,886  
Foreign
    38,441       30,862       33,863  
State and local
    4,560       1,527       5,623  
                         
Total current
  $ 64,074     $ 40,410     $ 54,372  
Deferred:
                       
U.S. Federal
  $ (27,172 )   $ (9,500 )   $ (75 )
Foreign
    45       2,298       (671 )
State and local
    478       2,589       (710 )
                         
Total deferred
  $ (26,649 )   $ (4,613 )   $ (1,456 )
                         
Total income tax expense
  $ 37,425     $ 35,797     $ 52,916  
                         
 
In addition to the income tax expenses listed above for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, income tax (benefit) expense allocated directly to shareholders’ equity for the same periods were $(55,782), $16,144, and $(23,497), respectively. Income tax benefit allocated to discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $(10,045).
 
A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory tax rate and the effective tax rate for continuing operations is as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Statutory tax rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
    2.3       2.4       2.3  
Foreign income taxes
    (6.9 )     0.9       (2.4 )
Accrual adjustments
    4.6       0.1       0.1  
U.S. taxed foreign income
    (4.3 )     (4.6 )     1.0  
Subsidiary losses
    (1.1 )     (11.0 )     (2.7 )
Goodwill impairment
          20.0        
Other
    (2.7 )     1.5       (0.6 )
                         
Effective tax rate
    26.9 %     44.3 %     32.7 %
                         
 
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FIN 48, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return.

60


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Details of the unrecognized tax benefits are as follows:
 
                 
   
2008
    2007  
 
Balance at January 1
  $ 10,714     $ 9,020  
Increases related to prior year tax positions
    531        
Decreases related to prior year tax positions
    (1,381 )     (1,231 )
Increases related to current year tax positions
    1,539       4,631  
Decreases related to current year tax positions
           
Settlements
    (2,368 )     (1,706 )
Reduction due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations
    (26 )      
                 
Balance at December 31
  $ 9,009     $ 10,714  
                 
 
The entire amount of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would affect the Company’s effective tax rate.
 
The Company classifies interest expense and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes in the financial statements as income tax expense. Consistent with the treatment of interest expense, the Company accrues interest income on overpayments of income taxes where applicable and classifies interest income as a reduction of income tax expense in the financial statements. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits totaled approximately $3,149 and $2,474.
 
The Company does not anticipate a significant change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months. The expected timing of payments cannot be determined with any degree of certainty.
 
At December 31, 2008, the Company is under audit by the IRS for tax years ending December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. All federal tax years prior to 2002 are closed by statute. The Company is subject to tax examination in various U.S. state jurisdictions for tax years 2003 to the present, as well as various foreign jurisdictions for tax years 1997 to the present.

61 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Deferred Tax Assets:
               
Postretirement benefits
  $ 7,799     $ 7,663  
Accrued expenses
    31,303       20,352  
Warranty accrual
    12,012       5,287  
Deferred compensation
    16,984       17,488  
Bad debts
    7,916       10,988  
Inventory
    18,575       14,454  
Deferred revenue
    19,144       20,974  
Pension
    41,935       (6,533 )
Research and development credit
    3,170        
Foreign tax credit
    20,550       16,299  
Net operating loss carryforward
    114,902       89,083  
State deferred taxes
    12,329       6,597  
Other
    10,160       10,218  
                 
      316,779       212,870  
Valuation allowance
    (97,188 )     (85,429 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 219,591     $ 127,441  
                 
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
               
Property, plant and equipment
    15,287       5,615  
Goodwill
    47,193       55,447  
Finance receivables
    6,660       6,828  
Software capitalized
    4,310       3,558  
Partnership income
    15,445       13,084  
Other
    1,219       1,859  
                 
Net deferred tax liabilities
    90,114       86,391  
                 
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 129,477     $ 41,050  
                 
 
At December 31, 2008, the Company’s domestic and international subsidiaries had deferred tax assets relating to net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of $114,902. Of these NOL carryforwards, $66,208 expires at various times between 2009 and 2028. The remaining NOL carryforwards of approximately $48,694 do not expire. The Company has a valuation allowance to reflect the estimated amount of deferred tax assets that, more likely than not, will not be realized. The valuation allowance relates primarily to certain international and state NOLs. The net change in total valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was an increase of $11,759 and $32,167, respectively.
 
A determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability on undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries and investments in foreign unconsolidated affiliates is not practicable. However, no liability for U.S. income taxes on such undistributed earnings has been provided because it is the Company’s policy to reinvest these earnings indefinitely in operations outside the United States.

62


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
NOTE 5: INVESTMENTS
 
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had $121,387 and $104,976, respectively, of short-term securities and other investments and $70,914 and $75,227, respectively, of long-term securities and other investments. The Company’s investments in certificates of deposit are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value due to their short term nature and lack of volatility. Deposits with banks and money market funds, classified as short-term investments, include accrued interest. The Company’s investments consist of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Cash surrender value of insurance contracts
  $ 62,934     $ 61,171  
Rabbi trust
    7,984       13,492  
Certificates of deposit
    117,026       104,976  
Other
    4,357       564  
                 
Total securities and other investments
  $ 192,301     $ 180,203  
                 
 
NOTE 6: FINANCE RECEIVABLES
 
The components of finance receivables for the net investment in sales-type leases are as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Total minimum lease receivable
  $ 47,885     $ 40,157  
Estimated unguaranteed residual values
    4,558       2,594  
                 
      52,443       42,751  
Less:
               
Unearned interest income
    (5,164 )     (3,406 )
Unearned residuals
    (1,133 )     (649 )
                 
      (6,297 )     (4,055 )
                 
Total(1)
  $ 46,146     $ 38,696  
                 
 
(1) Finance receivables include $7,971 and $11,655 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, of receivables owned by Diebold OLTP Systems. The company owns fifty-percent of Diebold OLTP Systems, which is consolidated.
 
Future minimum lease receivables due from customers under sales-type leases as of December 31, 2008 are as follows:
 
         
    Sales
 
    Type Leases  
 
2009
  $ 13,257  
2010
    17,665  
2011
    8,252  
2012
    5,761  
2013
    2,473  
Thereafter
    477  
         
    $ 47,885  
         

63 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
NOTE 7: INVENTORIES
 
Major classes of inventories at December 31 are summarized as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Finished goods
  $ 276,439     $ 252,729  
Service parts
    144,742       152,039  
Work in process
    54,752       64,414  
Raw materials
    65,038       64,437  
                 
Total inventories
  $ 540,971     $ 533,619  
                 
 
The Company had a write down of inventory of $12,969 in 2008 and $3,713 in 2007, related to select equipment within PESI.
 
NOTE 8: PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
The following is a summary of property, plant and equipment, at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, at December 31:
 
                         
    Estimated
             
    Useful Life
    December 31,  
    (years)     2008     2007  
 
Land and land improvements
    0-15     $ 6,178     $ 6,230  
Buildings and building equipment
    15       59,230       57,809  
Machinery, tools and equipment
    5-12       107,918       103,359  
Leasehold improvements
    10       20,811       19,201  
Computer equipment
    3-5       75,869       87,984  
Computer software
    5-10       150,387       137,509  
Furniture and fixtures
    5-8       72,486       73,531  
Tooling
    3-5       76,228       73,320  
Construction in progress
            10,844       16,853  
                         
Total property plant and equipment
            579,951       575,796  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
            376,357       355,740  
                         
Total property plant and equipment, net
          $ 203,594     $ 220,056  
                         
 
During 2008, 2007 and 2006, depreciation expense, computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, was $55,295, $45,549 and $45,695, respectively.

64


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
NOTE 9: NOTES PAYABLE
 
The notes payable balances as of December 31 were as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Notes payable — current:
               
Revolving foreign currency loans(1)
  $ 8,084     $ 7,473  
Revolving U.S. dollar loans
    2,512       7,334  
                 
    $ 10,596     $ 14,807  
                 
Notes payable — long term:
               
Revolving euro loans(2)
  $ 49,588     $ 99,264  
Revolving U.S. dollar loans
    245,000       210,000  
Senior notes
    300,000       300,000  
                 
    $ 594,588     $ 609,264  
                 
Total notes payable
  $ 605,184     $ 624,071  
                 
 
(1) Indian rupees (INR) 394,519 borrowings translated at the applicable December 31, 2008 spot rate; INR 177,390 borrowing translated at the applicable December 31, 2007 spot rate.
 
(2) €35,476 borrowing translated at the applicable December 31, 2008 spot rate; €68,045 borrowing translated at the applicable December 31, 2007 spot rate.
 
The Company has a credit facility with borrowing limits of $509,665, ($300,000 and €150,000, translated) at December 31, 2008. Under the terms of the credit facility agreement, the Company has the ability to increase the borrowing limits by $150,000. This facility expires on April 27, 2010. As of December 31, 2008, $294,588 was outstanding under the Company’s credit facility and $215,077 was available for borrowing.
 
In March 2006, the Company issued senior notes in an aggregate principal amount of $300,000 with a weighted average fixed interest rate of 5.50 percent. The maturity dates of the senior notes are staggered, with $75,000, $175,000 and $50,000 becoming due in 2013, 2016 and 2018, respectively. Additionally, the Company entered into a derivative transaction to hedge interest rate risk on $200,000 of the senior notes, which was treated as a cash flow hedge. This reduced the effective interest rate by 14 basis points from 5.50 to 5.36 percent.
 
The amount of committed loans at December 31, 2008 that remained available was $55,000 and €114,523 ($160,077 translated). In addition to the committed lines of credit, $37,500, 28,000 Brazilian real ($11,981 translated), and 34,072 Indian rupees ($698 translated) in uncommitted lines of credit were available as of December 31, 2008.
 
The average interest rate on the Company’s bank credit lines was 3.90 percent, 5.46 percent and 4.66 percent for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Interest charged to expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $30,137, $33,077 and $34,883, respectively.
 
Maturities of notes payable as of December 31, 2008 are as follows: $10,596 in 2009, $294,588 in 2010, $75,000 in 2013 and $225,000 thereafter.
 
The Company’s financing agreements contain various restrictive financial covenants, including net debt to capitalization and net interest coverage ratios. As of December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants in our debt agreements.

65 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
NOTE 10: OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
 
Included in other long-term liabilities are bonds payable. Bonds payable at December 31 consist of the following:
 
                   
      December 31,  
      2008     2007  
Industrial development revenue bond due January 1, 2017
    $ 4,400     $ 4,400  
Industrial development revenue bond due June 1, 2017
      7,500       7,500  
                   
Total long-term bonds payable
    $ 11,900     $ 11,900  
                   
 
In 1997, industrial development revenue bonds were issued on behalf of the Company. The proceeds from the bond issuances were used to construct new manufacturing facilities in the United States. The Company guaranteed the payments of principal and interest on the bonds by obtaining letters of credit. Each industrial development revenue bond carries a variable interest rate, which is reset weekly by the remarketing agents. The average interest rate on the bonds was 2.66 percent, 3.73 percent and 3.55 percent for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Interest on the bonds charged to expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $329, $446 and $432, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants of its loan agreements and believes the financial covenants will not restrict its future operations.
 
NOTE 11: BENEFIT PLANS
 
Qualified Pension Benefits Plans that cover salaried employees provide pension benefits based on the employee’s compensation during the ten years before retirement. The Company’s funding policy for salaried plans is to contribute annually based on actuarial projections and applicable regulations. Plans covering hourly employees and union members generally provide benefits of stated amounts for each year of service. The Company’s funding policy for hourly plans is to make at least the minimum annual contributions required by applicable regulations. Employees of the Company’s operations in countries outside of the United States participate to varying degrees in local pension plans, which in the aggregate are not significant. In addition to these plans, union employees in one of the Company’s U.S. manufacturing facilities participate in the International Union of Electronic, Electrical, Salaried, Machine and Furniture Workers-Communications Workers of America (IUE-CWA) multi-employer pension fund. Pension expense related to the multi-employer pension plan was $202, $214 and $431 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefits The Company has non-qualified pension plans to provide supplemental retirement benefits to certain officers. Benefits are payable at retirement based upon a percentage of the participant’s compensation, as defined.
 
Other Benefits In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides healthcare and life insurance benefits (referred to as Other Benefits) for certain retired employees. Eligible employees may be entitled to these benefits based upon years of service with the Company, age at retirement and collective bargaining agreements. Currently, the Company has made no commitments to increase these benefits for existing retirees or for employees who may become eligible for these benefits in the future. Currently there are no plan assets and the Company funds the benefits as the claims are paid. The postretirement benefit obligation was determined by application of the terms of medical and life insurance plans together with relevant actuarial assumptions and healthcare cost trend rates.

66


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Prior to 2008, the Company used a September 30 measurement date to report its pension and other benefits at fiscal year-end. In accordance with SFAS No. 158 (SFAS 158), Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No, 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) , the Company remeasured its plan assets and benefit obligations on January 1, 2008 in order to transition to a fiscal year-end measurement date. This resulted in a cumulative beginning of year adjustment to retained earnings of $1,092 for Pension Benefits and $295 for Other Benefits.
 
The following tables set forth the change in benefit obligation, change in plan assets, funded status, Consolidated Balance Sheet presentation and net periodic benefit cost for the Company’s defined benefit pension plans and other benefits at December 31:
 
                                 
    Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
    December 31,     December 31,  
     2008     2007     2008     2007  
Change in benefit obligation
                               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 435,070     $ 426,791     $ 19,972     $ 23,395  
Service cost
    12,335       11,429       3       6  
Interest cost
    35,046       25,592       1,526       1,358  
Amendments
          276              
Actuarial loss (gain)
    937       (11,674 )     (46 )     (2,531 )
Plan participants’ contributions
                159       206  
Benefits paid
    (22,185 )     (17,011 )     (3,278 )     (2,462 )
Curtailments
    (39 )     (514 )            
Other
    (33 )     181       235        
                                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 461,131     $ 435,070     $ 18,571     $ 19,972  
                                 
Change in plan assets
                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 453,085     $ 397,766     $     $  
Actual return on plan assets
    (111,040 )     60,900              
Employer contributions
    7,473       11,430       3,119       2,256  
Plan participant contributions
                159       206  
Benefits paid
    (22,185 )     (17,011 )     (3,278 )     (2,462 )
                                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $ 327,333     $ 453,085     $     $  
                                 

67 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
                                 
    Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
    December 31,     December 31,  
     2008     2007     2008     2007  
Funded status
                               
Funded status
  $ (133,798 )   $ 18,015     $ (18,571 )   $ (19,972 )
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
    168,246       12,739       5,779       6,375  
Unrecognized prior service cost (benefit)
    1,915       2,433       (3,001 )     (3,647 )
                                 
Prepaid (accrued) pension cost
  $ 36,363     $ 33,187     $ (15,793 )   $ (17,244 )
                                 
Amounts recognized in Balance Sheets
                               
Noncurrent assets
  $     $ 57,917     $     $  
Current liabilities
    (2,725 )     (2,690 )     (1,931 )     (2,191 )
Noncurrent liabilities(1)
    (131,073 )     (37,212 )     (16,640 )     (17,781 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    170,161       15,172       2,778       2,728  
                                 
Net amount recognized
  $ 36,363     $ 33,187     $ (15,793 )   $ (17,244 )
                                 
 
(1) Included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in Pensions and other benefits and Postretirement and other benefits are international benefit liabilities.
 
                                                 
    Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2008     2007     2006  
Components of net periodic benefit cost
                                               
Service cost
  $ 9,839     $ 11,429     $ 11,179     $ 2     $ 6     $ 8  
Interest cost
    28,046       25,592       23,045       1,221       1,358       1,294  
Expected return on plan assets
    (35,747 )     (33,008 )     (30,995 )                  
Amortization of prior service cost(1)
    381       614       765       (517 )     (516 )     (532 )
Recognized net actuarial loss
    804       4,033       4,552       432       731       792  
Special termination benefits
                                  (74 )
Curtailment gain
    (52 )     (489 )                        
                                                 
Net periodic pension benefit cost
  $ 3,271     $ 8,171     $ 8,546     $ 1,138     $ 1,579     $ 1,488  
                                                 
 
(1) The annual amortization of pension benefits prior service costs is determined as the increase in projected benefit obligation due to the plan change divided by the average remaining service period of participating employees expected to receive benefits under the plan.

68


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
The following table represents information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively:
 
                   
      December 31,  
      2008     2007  
Projected benefit obligation
    $ 461,131     $ 39,901  
Accumulated benefit obligation
      415,648       37,562  
Fair value of plan assets
      327,333        
 
The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $415,648 and $390,279 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
The following table represents the weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
                                 
    Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
Assumptions
                               
Discount rate
    6.41 %     6.50 %     6.41 %     6.50 %
Rate of compensation increase
    3.25 %     3.50 %                
 
The following table represents the weighted-average assumptions used to determine periodic benefit cost at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
                                 
    Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
Assumptions
                               
Discount rate
    6.63 %     6.13 %     6.63 %     6.13 %
Expected long-term return on plan assets
    8.50 %     8.75 %                
Rate of compensation increase
    3.50 %     3.00 %                
 
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is primarily determined using the plan’s current asset allocation and its expected rates of return based on a geometric averaging over 20 years. The Company also considers information provided by its investment consultant, a survey of other companies using a December 31 measurement date and the Company’s historical asset performance in determining the expected long-term rate of return. The discount rate was determined with the assistance of a third-party using cash-flow bond matching analysis. The rate of compensation increase assumptions reflects the Company’s long-term actual experience and future and near-term outlook. Pension benefits are funded through deposits with trustees. The market-related value of plan assets is calculated under an adjusted market-value method. The value is determined by adjusting the fair value of assets to reflect the investment gains and losses (i.e., the difference between the actual investment return and the expected investment return on the market-related value of assets) during each of the last five years at the rate of 20 percent per year.

69 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The following table represents assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Healthcare cost trend rate assumed for next year
    9.00 %     7.57 %
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)
    4.20 %     5.00 %
Year that rate reaches ultimate trend rate
    2099       2014  
 
The healthcare trend rates are reviewed with the actuaries based upon the results of their review of claims experience. In 2007, the Company used healthcare cost trends of 7.14 percent in 2008 reducing linearly to 5 percent in 2014 for medical benefits and 10 percent in 2008 reducing linearly to 5 percent in 2014 for prescription drug benefits. In 2008, the Company used healthcare cost trends of 9 percent in 2009, decreasing to an ultimate trend of 4.2 percent in 2099 for both medical and prescription drug benefits using the Society of Actuaries Long Term Trend Model with assumptions based on the 2008 Medicare Trustees’ projections. Assumed healthcare cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the healthcare plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects:
 
                 
    One-Percentage-
    One-Percentage-
 
    Point Increase     Point Decrease  
Effect on total of service and interest cost
  $ 80     $ (72 )
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
  $ 1,118     $ (1,009 )
 
The Company has adopted a pension investment policy designed to achieve an adequate funding status based on expected benefit payouts and to establish an asset allocation that will meet or exceed the return assumption while maintaining a prudent level of risk. The Company utilizes the services of an outside consultant in performing asset / liability modeling, setting appropriate asset allocation targets along with selecting and monitoring professional investment managers. The plan assets are invested in equity and fixed income securities, alternative assets and cash.
 
Within the equities asset class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly-traded securities including both domestic and international stocks diversified by value, growth and cap size. Within the fixed income asset class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly-traded debt securities with a substantial portion allocated to a long duration strategy in order to partially offset interest rate risk relative to the plan’s liabilities. The alternative asset class allows for investments in diversified strategies with a stable and proven track record and low correlation to the U.S. stock market.

70


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s target mixes for these asset classes in 2009, which are readjusted at least quarterly within a defined range, and the Company’s pension plan asset allocation as of December 31, 2008 and 2007:
 
                         
    Target
    Percentage of Pension Plan,
 
    Allocation     Assets at December 31,  
Asset Category   2009     2008     2007  
Equity securities
    50 %     50 %     62 %
Debt securities
    35 %     40 %     32 %
Real estate
    5 %     0 %     0 %
Other
    10 %     10 %     6 %
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %
 
The following table represents the amortization amounts expected to be recognized during 2009:
 
                 
    Pension
    Other
 
    Benefits     Benefits  
Amount of net prior service cost/(credit)
  $ 271     $ (517 )
Amount of net loss
    3,345       442  
 
The Company contributed $6,784 to its pension plans, including contributions to the nonqualified plan, and $2,516 to its other postretirement benefit plan in the year ended December 31, 2008. Also, the Company expects to contribute $14,812 to its pension plans, including the nonqualified plan, and $1,993 to its other postretirement benefit plan in the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
                         
          Other Benefits
       
          before
    Other Benefits
 
    Pension
    Medicare
    after Medicare
 
Benefit Payments   Benefits     Part D Subsidy     Part D Subsidy  
2009
  $ 18,861     $ 2,251     $ 1,993  
2010
    20,169       2,199       1,936  
2011
    21,556       2,193       1,934  
2012
    23,467       2,146       1,890  
2013
    25,244       2,091       1,842  
2014 — 2018
    156,353       9,240       8,170  
 
Retirement Savings Plan The Company offers an employee 401(k) savings plan (Savings Plan) to encourage eligible employees to save on a regular basis by payroll deductions. Effective July 1, 2003, a new enhanced benefit to the Savings Plan became effective. All new salaried employees hired on or after July 1, 2003 are provided with an employer basic matching contribution in the amount of 100 percent of the first three percent of eligible pay and 60 percent of the next three percent of eligible pay. This new enhanced benefit is in lieu of participation in the pension plan for salaried employees. For employees hired prior to July 1, 2003, the Company matched 60 percent of participating employees’ first three percent of contributions and 40 percent of participating employees’ next three percent of contributions. Total Company match was $12,510, $11,608 and $9,939 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Deferred Compensation Plans The Company has deferred compensation plans that enable certain employees to defer receipt of a portion of their compensation and non-employee directors to defer receipt of director fees at the participants’ discretion.

71 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
NOTE 12: LEASES
 
The Company’s future minimum lease payments due under operating leases for real estate, vehicles and other equipment in effect at December 31, 2008 are as follows:
 
                         
Year   Total     Real Estate     Equipment  
2009
  $ 66,058     $ 24,465     $ 41,593  
2010
    52,050       21,416       30,634  
2011
    37,629       17,665       19,964  
2012
    23,261       14,478       8,783  
2013
    14,939       12,443       2,496  
Thereafter
    24,645       24,645        
                         
    $ 218,582     $ 115,112     $ 103,470  
                         
 
Under lease agreements that contain escalating rent provisions, lease expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Rental expense under all lease agreements amounted to approximately $84,708, $83,588 and $81,019 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
NOTE 13: GUARANTEES AND PRODUCT WARRANTIES
 
In connection with the construction of certain manufacturing facilities, the Company guaranteed repayment of principal and interest on variable-rate industrial development revenue bonds by obtaining letters of credit. The bonds were issued with a 20-year original term and are scheduled to mature in 2017. At December 31, 2008, the carrying value of the liability was $11,900.
 
The Company provides its global operations guarantees and standby letters of credit through various financial institutions to suppliers, regulatory agencies and insurance providers. If the Company is not able to make payment, the suppliers, regulatory agencies and insurance providers may draw on the pertinent bank. At December 31, 2008, the maximum future payment obligations relative to these various guarantees totaled $61,615, of which $19,528 represented standby letters of credit to insurance providers, and no associated liability was recorded. At December 31, 2007, the maximum future payment obligations relative to these various guarantees totaled $65,592, of which $22,663 represented standby letters of credit to insurance providers, and no associated liability was recorded.
 
The Company provides its customers a standard manufacturer’s warranty and records, at the time of the sale, a corresponding estimated liability for potential warranty costs. Estimated future obligations due to warranty claims are based upon

72


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
historical factors such as labor rates, average repair time, travel time, number of service calls per machine and cost of replacement parts. Changes in the Company’s warranty liability balance are illustrated in the following table:
 
                 
    December 31,  
Warranty liability
  2008     2007  
Balance at January 1
  $ 26,494     $ 22,511  
Current period accruals
    49,689       33,463  
Current period settlements
    (33,174 )     (29,480 )
                 
Balance at December 31
  $ 43,009     $ 26,494  
                 
 
NOTE 14: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
At December 31, 2008, the Company had purchase commitments for materials through contract manufacturing agreements at negotiated prices totaling $19,488.
 
At December 31, 2008, the Company was a party to several lawsuits that were incurred in the normal course of business, none of which individually or in the aggregate is considered material by management in relation to the Company’s financial position or results of operations. In management’s opinion, the Consolidated Financial Statements would not be materially affected by the outcome of any present legal proceedings, commitments or asserted claims.
 
In addition to the routine legal proceedings noted above, the Company has been served with various lawsuits, filed against it and certain current and former officers and directors, by shareholders and participants in the Company’s Savings Plan, alleging violations of the federal securities laws and breaches of fiduciary duties with respect to the 401(k) plan. These complaints seek compensatory damages in an unspecific amount, fees and expenses related to such lawsuits and the granting of extraordinary equitable and/or injunctive relief. The cases alleging violations of the federal securities laws have been consolidated into a single proceeding. The cases alleging breaches of fiduciary duties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 with respect to the 401(k) plan likewise have been consolidated into a single proceeding. The Company and the individual defendants deny the allegations made against them, regard them as without merit, and intend to defend themselves vigorously. On August 22, 2008, the court dismissed the consolidated amended complaint in the consolidated securities litigation and entered a judgment in favor of the defendants; however, on September 16, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal.
 
The Company, including certain of its subsidiaries, filed a lawsuit on May 30, 2008 against the Board of Elections of Cuyahoga County, Ohio, the Board of County Commissioners of Cuyahoga County, Ohio, (collectively, the County), and Ohio Secretary of State Jennifer Brunner (Secretary) regarding several Ohio contracts under which the Company provided electronic voting systems and related services to the State of Ohio and a number of its counties. The complaint seeks a declaration that the Company met its contractual obligations. In response, both the County and the Secretary have filed answers and counterclaims seeking declaratory relief and unspecified damages under several theories of recovery. The Butler County Board of Elections has joined in, and incorporated by reference, the Secretary’s counterclaim. The Secretary has also added ten Ohio counties as additional defendants, claiming that those counties also experienced problems with the voting systems, but many of those counties have moved for dismissal. The Company has not yet responded to the counterclaims.
 
Management is unable to determine the financial statement impact, if any, of the federal securities class action, the 401(k) class action and the derivative actions as of December 31, 2008.

73 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The Company was informed during the first quarter of 2006 that the staff of the SEC had begun an informal inquiry relating to the Company’s revenue recognition policy. In the second quarter of 2006, the Company was informed that the SEC’s inquiry had been converted to a formal, non-public investigation. In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company also learned that the Department of Justice (DOJ) had begun a parallel investigation. The Company is continuing to cooperate with the government in connection with these investigations. The Company cannot predict the length, scope or results of the investigations, or the impact, if any, on its results of operations.
 
NOTE 15: ACQUISITIONS
 
The following mergers and acquisitions were accounted for as purchase business combinations and, accordingly, the purchase price has been or will be allocated to identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based upon their respective fair values, with the excess allocated to goodwill. Results of operations from the date of acquisition of these companies are included in the condensed consolidated statements of operations of the Company.
 
In February 2008, the Company formed a partnership, D&G Centroamerica, S. de R.L. (D&G), based in Costa Rica with an initial investment of approximately $6,423. The Company owns 51 percent of the partnership. The minority partner of D&G was previously used by the Company as a distributor in Central America. Goodwill and other intangibles, net of amortization, resulting from the acquisition amounted to approximately $731 and $5,686, respectively, as of December 31, 2008. D&G is included as part of the Company’s DI segment.
 
In January 2007, the Company acquired Brixlogic, Inc. (Brixlogic) based in San Mateo, California for approximately $8,349. Brixlogic is a software development firm previously used by the Company for various software development projects. Other intangibles, net of amortization, resulting from the acquisition amounted to approximately $6,665 as of December 31, 2008. Brixlogic is included as part of the Company’s DNA segment.
 
NOTE 16:  DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
 
The Company uses derivatives to mitigate the negative economic consequences associated with the fluctuations in currencies and interest rates. SFAS No. 133, (SFAS 133)  Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , requires that all derivative instruments be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value and that the changes in the fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows derivative gains and losses to be reflected in the income statement together with the hedged exposure, and requires that a company formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting treatment. The Company does not enter into any speculative positions with regard to derivative instruments.
 
FOREIGN EXCHANGE
 
Non-Designated Hedges A substantial portion of the Company’s operations and revenues are international. As a result, changes in foreign exchange rates can create substantial foreign exchange gains and losses from the revaluation of non-functional currency monetary assets and liabilities. The Company’s policy allows the use of foreign exchange forward contracts with maturities of up to 24 months to mitigate the impact of currency fluctuations on those foreign currency asset and liability balances. The Company elected not to apply hedge accounting to its foreign exchange forward contracts under SFAS 133. Thus, derivative gains/losses offset revaluation gains/losses in other income (expense).
 
Net Investment Hedges The Company has international subsidiaries with assets in excess of liabilities that generate the risk of cumulative translation adjustments within other comprehensive income. The Company uses derivatives to manage potential

74


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
adverse changes in value of its net investments in Brazil and South Africa. The Company’s policy is to selectively enter into foreign exchange forward contracts with variable maturities documented as net investment hedges to offset certain net investment exchange rate movements. The Company calculates each hedge’s effectiveness quarterly by comparing the cumulative change in the forward contract to the cumulative change in the hedged portion of the net investment on a forward to forward basis. Changes in value that are deemed effective are accumulated in other comprehensive income where they will remain until they are reclassified to income together with the gain or loss on the entire investment upon substantial liquidation of the subsidiary. During the year ended December 31, 2008, a gain of $10,718 was recorded in other comprehensive income related to net investment hedges.
 
INTEREST RATE
 
Cash Flow Hedges The Company has variable rate debt and is subject to fluctuations in interest related cash flows due to changes in market interest rates. The Company’s policy allows derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges which fix a portion of future variable-rate interest expense. The Company has executed two pay-fixed receive-variable interest rate swaps to hedge against changes in the LIBOR benchmark interest rate on a portion of the companies’ LIBOR-based credit facility.
 
The Company calculates each hedge’s effectiveness quarterly by comparing the cumulative change in the interest rate swaps to the cumulative change in hypothetical interest rate swaps with critical terms that match the credit facility. Changes in value that are deemed effective are accumulated in other comprehensive income and reclassified to interest expense when the hedged interest is accrued. There was no ineffectiveness from over-performance of the interest rate swaps recorded in interest expense in 2008. Should it become probable that the Company’s variable rate borrowings will not occur, the gains or losses on the related cash flow hedges will be reclassified from other comprehensive income to interest expense.
 
In December 2005 and January 2006, the Company executed pre-issuance cash flow hedges by entering into receive-variable and pay-fixed interest rate swaps related to the anticipated debt issuance in March 2006. Amounts previously recorded in other comprehensive income related to the pre-issuance cash flow hedges will continue to be reclassified to income on a straight-line basis through February 2016.
 
The following table summarizes the impact of interest rate cash flow hedges on other comprehensive (loss) income (pre-tax) in 2008:
 
         
Interest Rate Hedge
       
January 1, 2008
  $ 1,670  
Net change on cash flow hedge
    (4,278 )
Reclassification to interest expense
    (269 )
         
December 31, 2008
  $ (2,877 )
         
 
The Company anticipates reclassifying $1,321 from other comprehensive income to interest expense within the next 12 months.

75 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
NOTE 17: RESTRUCTURING CHARGES
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s restructuring charges by plan for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
DCM Plan
  $ 3,247     $ 19,977     $  
Germany Plan
    6,024       3,224        
RIF Plan
    21,222              
Newark Plan
    9,125              
Global R&D Plan
                12,474  
Other
    1,954       391       14,503  
                         
Total
  $ 41,572     $ 23,592     $ 26,977  
                         
 
Diebold Cassis Manufacturing (DCM) Plan
 
During the first quarter of 2006, the Company announced a plan (DCM plan) to close its production facility in Cassis, France in an effort to optimize its global manufacturing operations. As of December 31, 2008, the Company anticipates remaining total costs related to the closure of this facility to be approximately $700. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred $3,247 through product cost of sales. The accrual balance as of December 31, 2008 was immaterial to the Company.

76


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
There were no restructuring expenses related to the Company’s Diebold Election Systems (ES) & Other operating segment during the year ended December 31, 2008 for the DCM Plan. Restructuring expenses for the DCM Plan are presented in the following table:
 
                 
    DNA     DI  
Total amount expected to be incurred
               
Employee severance costs
  $     $ 18,889  
Other(1)
    886       10,608  
                 
Total expected costs
  $   886     $ 29,497  
                 
Gain on sale of building
          (6,438 )
                 
Total net expected costs
  $ 886     $ 23,059  
                 
Amount incurred during the year ended December 31, 2008
               
Employee severance costs
  $     $ 1,644  
Other(1)
    886       717  
                 
Total costs
  $ 886     $ 2,361  
                 
Amount incurred to date under the plan
               
Employee severance costs
  $     $ 18,524  
Other(1)
    886       10,252  
                 
Total costs incurred to date
  $ 886     $ 28,776  
                 
Gain on sale of building
          (6,438 )
                 
Total net costs incurred to date
  $ 886     $ 22,338  
                 
 
(1) Other costs include legal and contract termination fees, asset impairment costs, and costs to transfer usable inventory and equipment.
 
Germany Plan
 
During the third quarter of 2007, the Company announced a plan (Germany plan) to downsize its operations in Germany in an effort to remove excess capacity. During the first quarter of 2008, the plan was modified to initiate a full closure of operations in Germany in light of further declines in sales opportunities resulting from a fully mature market. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred total restructuring charges of $6,024: $1,772 through product cost of sales, $2,769 through service cost of sales, $1,509 through selling and administrative and ($26) through (gain)/loss on sale of assets, net. As of December 31, 2008, the Company does not anticipate incurring any additional costs in relation to this plan and the accrual balance as of December 31, 2008 was immaterial to the Company.

77 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
There were no restructuring expenses related to the Company’s ES & Other operating segment during the year ended December 31, 2008 for the Germany Plan. Restructuring expenses for the Germany Plan are presented in the following table:
 
                 
    DNA     DI  
Total amount expected to be incurred
               
Employee severance costs
  $     $ 3,657  
Other(1)
    466       5,125  
                 
Total expected costs
  $ 466     $ 8,782  
                 
Amount incurred during the year ended December 31, 2008
               
Employee severance costs
  $     $ 2,638  
Other(1)
    466       2,920  
                 
Total costs
  $ 466     $ 5,558  
                 
Amount incurred to date under the plan
               
Employee severance costs
  $     $ 3,657  
Other(1)
    466       5,125  
                 
Total costs incurred to date
  $   466     $ 8,782  
                 
 
(1) Other costs include consulting and legal fees, contract termination fees and asset impairment costs
 
Reduction-In-Force (RIF) Plan
 
During the first quarter of 2008, the Company announced a plan to reduce its global workforce (RIF plan), including consolidation of certain international facilities, in an effort to optimize overall operational performance. As of December 31, 2008, the Company anticipates remaining total costs of approximately $1,400 to be incurred through the end of the second quarter of 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2008 the company incurred total restructuring charges of $21,222: $1,208 through product cost of sales, $6,608 through service cost of sales, $9,694 through selling and administrative and $3,712 through research and development. Restructuring expenses for the RIF Plan are presented in the following table:
 
                         
    DNA     DI     ES & Other  
Total amount expected to be incurred
                       
Employee severance costs
  $ 4,616     $ 13,390     $   663  
Other(1)
          3,951        
                         
Total expected costs
  $ 4,616     $ 17,341     $ 663  
                         
Amount incurred during the year ended December 31, 2008
                       
Employee severance costs
  $ 4,616     $ 13,390     $ 663  
Other(1)
          2,553        
                         
Total costs
  $ 4,616     $ 15,943     $ 663  
                         
Amount incurred to date under the plan
                       
Employee severance costs
  $ 4,616     $ 13,390     $ 663  
Other(1)
          2,553        
                         
Total costs incurred to date
  $ 4,616     $ 15,943     $ 663  
                         
 
(1) Other costs include legal fees, contract termination fees and asset impairment costs

78


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
The restructuring accrual related to the RIF plan is presented in the following table:
 
                                 
    Balance
    Liabilities
    Liabilities
    Balance
 
    January 1, 2008     Incurred     Paid/Settled     Dec 31, 2008  
Employee severance costs
  $   —     $ 18,669     $ 10,964     $ 7,705  
Other
          2,553       571       1,982  
                                 
Total
  $     $ 21,222     $ 11,535     $ 9,687  
                                 
 
Newark Plan
 
During the second quarter of 2008, the Company announced a plan (Newark plan) to close its manufacturing facility in Newark, Ohio as part of its continued focus on its strategic global manufacturing realignment. As of December 31, 2008, the Company anticipates remaining total costs related to the closure of this facility to be approximately $1,300. The Company anticipates the closure of this facility to be substantially complete by the end of the first quarter of 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred $9,125 through product cost of sales.
 
There were no restructuring expenses related to the Company’s DI and ES & Other operating segments during the year ended December 31, 2008 for the Newark Plan. Restructuring expenses for the Newark Plan are presented in the following table:
 
         
    DNA  
 
Total amount expected to be incurred
       
Employee severance costs
  $ 1,318  
Other(1)
    9,107  
         
Total expected costs
  $ 10,425  
         
Amount incurred during the year ended December 31, 2008
       
Employee severance costs
  $ 968  
Other(1)
    8,157  
         
Total costs
  $ 9,125  
         
Amount incurred to date under the plan
       
Employee severance costs
  $ 968  
Other(1)
    8,157  
         
Total costs incurred to date
  $ 9,125  
         
 
(1) Other costs include pension obligation.
 
The restructuring accrual related to the Newark plan is presented in the following table:
 
                                 
    Balance
    Liabilities
    Liabilities
    Balance
 
    January 1, 2008     Incurred     Paid/Settled     Dec 31, 2008  
Employee severance costs
  $   —     $ 968     $ 366     $ 602  
Other
          8,157       1,422       6,735  
                                 
Total
  $     $ 9,125     $ 1,788     $ 7,337  
                                 

79 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Global R&D Plan
 
During 2006, the Company initiated a restructuring plan related to realignment of its global research and development efforts (R&D plan). Total pre-tax costs incurred during 2006 related to the R&D plan were $12,474. The Company incurred $1,085 in its DNA segment, $11,358 in its DI segment and $31 in its ES & Other segment. The income statement line in which these charges are included is $55 in product cost of sales, $3,959 in service cost of sales, $4,380 in selling and administrative, $3,950 in research and development and $130 in other income and expense.
 
Other Restructuring Charges
 
During 2008, the Company incurred total other restructuring charges of $1,954: $630 through product cost of sales, $286 through service cost of sales, $577 through selling and administrative and $461 through (gain)/loss on sale of assets, net. Of these charges, $574 was incurred in the DNA segment and $1,380 was incurred in the DI segment.
 
During 2007, the Company incurred total other restructuring charges of $391 in the DI segment selling and administrative expenses. During 2006, the Company incurred restructuring charges related to the termination of an IT outsourcing agreement of $7,000, realignment of the Company’s global manufacturing operations of $3,017, relocation of its European headquarters of $3,486 and product development rationalization of $1,000. The Company incurred $5,672 in its DNA segment, $8,286 in its DI segment and $545 in its ES & Other segment. The income statement line in which these charges are included is $3,244 in product cost of sales, $10,486 in selling and administrative and the remainder in research and development and other income and expense.
 
Other Charges
 
The Company incurred legal, consultation, audit and financial advisory fees (collectively referred to as non-routine expenses) of $45,145 for the year ended December 31, 2008 related to the filing of the restated financial statements and the unsolicited takeover bid from United Technologies Corp. As of December 31, 2008 the accrual balance for these non-routine expenses was approximately $18,000. The Company incurred legal, audit and financial advisory fees of $7,288 and $791 for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, related to the filing of the restated financial statements.
 
NOTE 18: FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
 
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 157 (SFAS 157), Fair Value Measurements for its financial assets and liabilities, as required. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 157-2, which deferred the effective date of SFAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and liabilities except for those recognized or disclosed on a recurring basis. SFAS 157 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to US GAAP guidance requiring the use of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure requirements about such fair value measurements. The standard does not require any new fair value measurements, but rather applies to all other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements.
 
The Company adopted SFAS 157 on January 1, 2008 with respect to financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value within the Consolidated Financial Statements and deferred the adoption for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities until January 1, 2009. Accordingly, the provisions of SFAS 157 were not applied to long-lived assets and goodwill and other intangible assets measured for impairment testing purposes.

80


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value is divided into three levels:
 
  •  Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 
  •  Level 2 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active or inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly.
 
  •  Level 3 — Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data.
 
The Company measures its financial assets and liabilities using one or more of the following three valuation techniques outlined in SFAS 157:
 
  •  Market approach — Prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities.
 
  •  Cost approach — Amount that would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement cost).
 
  •  Income approach — Techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount based upon market expectations.
 
The Company has no financial assets or liabilities for which fair value was measured using Level 3 inputs. Assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurement are as follows:
 
                         
          Fair Value Measurements at
 
          Reporting Date Using  
          Quoted Prices in
    Significant
 
          Active Markets
    Other
 
    Fair Value as of
    for Identical
    Observable
 
    December 31,
    Assets
    Inputs
 
    2008     (Level 1)     (Level 2)  
Assets
                       
Short-term investments
  $ 117,026     $ 117,026     $  
Foreign exchange forward contracts
    4,361             4,361  
Deferred compensation
    7,984       7,984        
                         
Total
  $ 129,371     $ 125,010     $ 4,361  
                         
Liabilities
                       
Foreign exchange forward contracts
  $ 1,350     $     $ 1,350  
Interest rate swaps
    5,228             5,228  
                         
Total
  $ 6,578     $     $ 6,578  
                         
 
Short-Term Investments The Company has investments in certificates of deposit that are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value due to their short term nature and lack of volatility.
 
Deferred Compensation Plan The fair value of the Company’s deferred compensation plan is valued using the market approach. The deferred compensation plan is a mix of money market, fixed income and equity funds managed by Vanguard.
 
Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts A substantial portion of the Company’s operations and revenues are international. As a result, changes in foreign exchange rates can create substantial foreign exchange gains and losses from the revaluation of non-functional currency monetary assets and liabilities. The foreign exchange contracts are valued using the market approach based on observable market transactions of forward rates.

81 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Interest Rate Swaps The Company has variable rate debt and is subject to fluctuations in interest related cash flows due to changes in market interest rates. The Company’s policy allows derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges which fix a portion of future variable-rate interest expense. The Company has executed two pay-fixed receive-variable plain vanilla interest rate swaps to hedge against changes in the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) benchmark interest rate on a portion of the Company’s LIBOR- based credit facility. The fair value of the swap is determined using the income approach and is calculated based on LIBOR rates at the reporting date.
 
NOTE 19: SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
The Company’s segments are comprised of its three main sales channels: DNA, DI and ES & Other. These sales channels are evaluated based on revenue from customers and operating profit contribution to the total corporation. The reconciliation between segment information and the Consolidated Financial Statements is disclosed. Revenue summaries by geographic area and product and service solutions are also disclosed. All income and expense items below operating profit are not allocated to the segments and are not disclosed.
 
The DNA segment sells and services financial and retail systems in the United States and Canada. The DI segment sells and services financial and retail systems over the remainder of the globe. The ES & Other segment includes the operating results of PESI and the voting and lottery related business in Brazil. Each of the sales channels buys the goods it sells from the Company’s manufacturing plants or through external suppliers. Intercompany sales between legal entities are eliminated in consolidation and intersegment revenue is not significant. Each year, intercompany pricing is agreed upon which drives sales channel operating profit contribution. As permitted under SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information , certain information not routinely used in the management of these segments, information not allocated back to the segments or information that is impractical to report is not shown. Items not allocated are as follows: interest income, interest expense, equity in the net income of investees accounted for by the equity method, income tax expense or benefit, and other non-current assets.

82 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The following table represents information regarding our segment information for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
 
SEGMENT INFORMATION BY CHANNEL
 
                                 
    DNA     DI     ES & Other     Total  
2008
                               
Customer revenues
  $ 1,535,989     $ 1,479,983     $ 154,108     $ 3,170,080  
Operating profit
    86,936       85,305       4,040       176,281  
Capital expenditures
    23,232       33,126       1,574       57,932  
Depreciation
    23,768       28,445       3,082       55,295  
Property, plant and equipment, at cost
    426,818       139,142       13,991       579,951  
Total assets
    1,197,572       1,258,206       82,158       2,537,936  
2007
                               
Customer revenues
  $ 1,543,055     $ 1,340,723     $ 63,703     $ 2,947,481  
Operating profit (loss)
    112,990       52,578       (60,890 )     104,678  
Capital expenditures
    13,569       26,348       3,342       43,259  
Depreciation
    26,612       18,015       922       45,549  
Property, plant and equipment, at cost
    415,798       147,141       12,857       575,796  
Total assets
    1,167,782       1,333,815       93,127       2,594,724  
2006
                               
Customer revenues
  $ 1,519,669     $ 1,168,014     $ 233,291     $ 2,920,974  
Operating profit
    119,786       26,604       40,224       186,614  
Capital expenditures
    18,354       17,785       2,375       38,514  
Depreciation
    28,634       16,256       805       45,695  
Property, plant and equipment, at cost
    398,010       147,079       5,408       550,497  
Total assets
    1,117,286       1,245,117       198,114       2,560,517  

83 


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The following table represents information regarding our revenue by geographic region and by product and service solution for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Revenue Summary by Geographic Area
                       
The Americas
  $ 2,299,588     $ 2,115,293     $ 2,187,256  
Asia Pacific
    400,558       337,844       290,934  
Europe, Middle East and Africa
    469,934       494,344       442,784  
                         
Total revenue
  $ 3,170,080     $ 2,947,481     $ 2,920,974  
                         
Total Revenue International vs. Domestic
                       
International
  $ 1,603,963     $ 1,417,574     $ 1,354,878  
Percentage of total revenue
    50.6 %     48.1 %     46.4 %
Domestic
    1,566,117       1,529,907       1,566,096  
Percentage of total revenue
    49.4 %     51.9 %     53.6 %
                         
Total revenue
  $ 3,170,080     $ 2,947,481     $ 2,920,974  
                         
Revenue Summary by Product and Service Solution
                       
Financial Self-Service:
                       
Products
  $ 1,127,120     $ 1,050,960     $ 995,422  
Services
    1,113,450       1,020,154       943,206  
                         
Total Financial Self-Service
    2,240,570       2,071,114       1,938,628  
Security Solutions
                       
Products
    319,493       345,841       322,953  
Services
    455,909       466,823       426,102  
                         
Total Security Solutions
    775,402       812,664       749,055  
Total Financial Self-Service & Security
    3,015,972       2,883,778       2,687,683  
Election systems/lottery
    154,108       63,703       233,291  
                         
Total revenue
  $ 3,170,080     $ 2,947,481     $ 2,920,974  
                         
 
The Company had no customers that accounted for more than 10 percent of total net sales in 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
NOTE 20: DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
 
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company decided to discontinue its enterprise security operations in the EMEA region. As a result, the Company recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $16,658 related to previously recorded goodwill and certain intangible assets. In addition, the Company incurred severance expenses and other charges incidental to the closure of $1,734 in 2008. These charges, along with the results of operations of this enterprise security business, are included in loss from discontinued operations, net of tax of $12,954, $5,400, and $4,370, respectively, in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The Company anticipates incurring additional charges associated with this closure of approximately $2,200 during 2009.

84


Table of Contents

 
DIEBOLD INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K as of December 31, 2008

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
NOTE 21: QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
Unaudited Quarterly Results  — The following table presents selected unaudited Consolidated Statements of Income data for each quarter for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
 
                                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    First Quarter     Second Quarter     Third Quarter     Fourth Quarter  
    2008     2007     2008     2007     2008     2007     2008     2007  
Net sales
  $ 691,908     $ 641,201     $ 768,677     $ 689,782     $ 886,532     $ 736,459     $ 822,963     $ 880,039  
Gross profit
    172,361       129,117       192,955       163,294       232,982       176,262       196,318       213,236  
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    14,403       2,193       29,242       20,605       47,447       29,018       10,445       (6,875 )
Loss from discontinued operations
    (608 )     (559 )     (2,028 )     (787 )     (931 )     (869 )     (9,387 )     (3,185 )
Net income (loss)
  $ 13,795     $ 1,634     $ 27,214     $ 19,818     $ 46,516     $ 28,149     $ 1,058     $ (10,060 )
Basic earnings per share:
                                                               
Income from continuing operations
  $ 0.22     $ 0.03     $ 0.44     $ 0.31     $ 0.72     $ 0.44     $ 0.16     $ (0.10 )
Loss from discontinued operations
    (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.03 )     (0.01 )     (0.02 )     (0.01 )     (0.14 )     (0.05 )
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 0.21     $ 0.02     $ 0.41     $ 0.30     $ 0.70     $ 0.43     $ 0.02     $ (0.15 )
                                                                 
Diluted earnings per share:
                                                               
Income from continuing operations
  $ 0.22     $ 0.03     $ 0.44     $ 0.31     $ 0.71     $ 0.43     $ 0.15     $ (0.10 )
Loss from discontinued operations
    (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.03 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.14 )     (0.05 )
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 0.21     $ 0.02     $ 0.41     $ 0.30     $ 0.70     $ 0.42     $ 0.01     $ (0.15 )
                                                                 
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding
    66,018       65,673       66,101       65,793       66,101       65,926       66,106       65,966  
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding
    66,306       66,468       66,765       66,829       66,758       66,985       66,651       66,513  
 
Included in the fourth quarter 2008 income from continuing operations is a prior period adjustment of $4,877 related to the Company’s deferred tax accounts.

85 


Table of Contents

 
ITEM 9:  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 9A: CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
This annual report includes the certifications of our chief executive officer (CEO) and chief financial officer (CFO) required by Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act. See Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2. This Item 9A includes information concerning the controls and control evaluations referred to in those certifications.
 
INTRODUCTION
 
During 2008, management spent considerable time and resources performing extensive and additional analyses and substantive procedures to support the audit process to complete five sets of financial statements for each of the periods from the second quarter 2007 through the second quarter 2008 to become a current filer with the SEC. In light of these efforts, management was unable to remediate all of the material weaknesses; however, we continue to invest significant time and resources to engage in actions to remediate weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Based on the extensive and additional analyses and substantive procedures performed by management that are designed to facilitate the reliability of financial reporting but that are not part of the internal control over financial reporting, management believes that the Consolidated Financial Statements fairly present, in all material respects, the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of the dates, and for the periods, presented, in conformity with US GAAP.
 
A)   DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act) are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
 
In connection with the preparation of this annual report, the Company’s management, under the supervision and with the participation of the CEO and CFO, conducted an evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures, including the remedial actions described below, as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, certain material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting, as discussed in detail below and disclosed in previous filings, have not been remediated. As a result, the CEO and CFO concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2008. As described in detail throughout this Item 9A, we continue to take actions to remediate material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.
 
We continue to use our management certification process to identify matters that might require disclosure and to encourage accountability with respect to the accuracy of our disclosures in order to strengthen our disclosure controls and procedures. Our process requires multiple levels of management to provide sub-certifications, all of which are aggregated and reported to the CEO and CFO for assessment prior to the filing of the quarterly Consolidated Financial Statements. We utilized this process in preparing this annual report.
 
B)   MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
Management, under the supervision of the CEO and CFO, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the CEO and CFO and effected by the Board of Directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the

86


Table of Contents

preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with US GAAP. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
 
  •  pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;
 
  •  provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with US GAAP;
 
  •  provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with appropriate authorization of management and the board of directors; and
 
  •  provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Internal control over financial reporting has inherent limitations because it is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting can also be circumvented by collusion or improper override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate the risk.
 
A material weakness is defined by the SEC as being a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
 
In connection with the preparation of this annual report, management, under the supervision and with the participation of our CEO and CFO, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 based on the criteria established in the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Our assessment identified material weaknesses, as described below; therefore, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2008.
 
Management identified the following control deficiencies as of December 31, 2008 that constituted material weaknesses:
 
Selection, Application and Communication of Accounting Policies : The Company did not have effective controls over compliance with accounting policies and procedures. In addition, the Company did not effectively communicate accounting policies to the Company’s personnel for consistent application. This entity-level control over financial reporting contributed to other material weaknesses disclosed herein.
 
Monitoring: The Company did not maintain effective monitoring control activities over balance sheet analytical controls operated by business unit personnel designed to detect breakdowns in controls and errors that could be material in the financial statements.
 
Manual Journal Entries: The Company did not maintain effective controls over manual journal entries. Specifically, the retention of proper supporting documentation as well as managerial review and approval procedures, which are designed to validate the completeness, accuracy and appropriateness of the entries recorded in the accounting records, were not operating effectively. Further, the Company did not have sufficient monitoring activities in place to detect when controls over manual journal entries were not operating effectively.
 
Contractual Agreements: The Company did not maintain effective controls over non-routine contractual agreements and/or related supporting information with financial reporting implications. Specifically, there is no standard process to ensure the review and analysis of the accounting impact of non-routine contractual agreements in a timely manner by accounting personnel.
 
Account Reconciliations : The Company’s controls over account reconciliation controls were not operating effectively. Specifically, the issues that occurred in various accounts involved the Company personnel not taking the steps necessary for an adequate reconciliation in accordance with the Company’s policy. Among some of the issues noted were associates not maintaining supporting documentation, performance of the account reconciliation not occurring timely and/or management

87 


Table of Contents

review and approval of the reconciliation not occurring timely. In addition, the Company did not have sufficient monitoring activities in place to timely detect when controls over account reconciliations were not operating effectively.
 
These material weaknesses resulted in material errors in the Company’s historical financial statements. These material errors were corrected by management prior to the issuance of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the applicable periods.
 
KPMG LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an auditor’s report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. This report is included at page 42 of this annual report and is incorporated by reference in this Item 9A.
 
C)   CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
As previously disclosed under “Item 9A — Controls and Procedures” in our annual report for the year ended December, 31, 2007, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective based on the material weaknesses identified. Management has worked on remediation efforts since the filing of that annual report on September 30, 2008.
 
During the quarter ended December 31, 2008, management completed the following changes in our internal control over financial reporting related to our six previously reported material weaknesses.
 
Control Environment : As of December 31, 2008, the Company’s management has sufficient evidence to conclude that the previously disclosed material weakness in the control environment has been fully remediated. Commencing in 2006 and through the date of the filing of this annual report, senior executives have implemented and executed activities designed to communicate and establish an effective culture and tone necessary to support the Company’s control environment. The remediation of this weakness has been addressed with all levels of associates within the Company. In order to reinforce an environment of strong consciousness and the appropriate culture within the Company to assure consistent application of accounting policies, adherence with US GAAP, and the importance of internal control over financial reporting, management has developed and executed ongoing policies for specific and targeted communications involving the executive leadership and the Board of Directors. These communications have been focused on setting the tone and highlighting the requirements and expectations for all employees related to financial reporting controls compliance, personnel responsibilities, processes and avenues for reporting suspected violations of the Company’s Code of Conduct, and mechanisms to answer questions and address potential concerns. In addition, the Company’s executives have attended and will continue to attend educational courses that focus on setting the proper tone at the top, executive fiduciary responsibilities and duties relating to financial reporting and controls.
 
During the quarter ended December 31, 2008, changes in our internal control over financial reporting occurred related to the following five material weaknesses which continue to exist as of December 31, 2008:
 
Selection, Application and Communication of Accounting Policies : Management made personnel changes in the accounting and financial reporting functions. Actions were taken, related to appropriate remedial actions with respect to certain employees, including terminations, reassignments, reprimands, increased supervision, and the imposition of financial penalties in the form of compensation adjustments. In addition, management continued to enhance its accounting and finance organization personnel to better align individuals with job responsibilities commensurate with skill-sets, experience, and capabilities. The Company evaluated and made changes to the structure of the finance department, to further align and segregate, where necessary, the responsibilities within the accounting, financial reporting, planning and forecasting functions. In addition, the Company recruited additional qualified senior accounting personnel, and in December 2008 hired a Vice President responsible for Corporate Accounting, Compliance and External Reporting, and has continued to design and implement retention programs to assure that personnel with this background and experience can be retained. Management also implemented select training programs that are designed to assure that the Company’s personnel have knowledge, experience and training in the application of US GAAP commensurate with the Company’s financial reporting requirements.
 
Monitoring : Management has enhanced its accounting and finance control processes and structure to facilitate completion of detailed analytical reviews of the consolidated balance sheet at a financial statement line item level. This process is designed to

88


Table of Contents

supplement other control processes, such as review and approval of manual journal entries and account reconciliations, to validate the accuracy of reported amounts. As of December 31, 2008, at each of the Company’s global entities, management has established a new monitoring control process that includes the completion of a detailed analytical review by related finance management at a level of precision that would detect errors in the financial statements that could be material. This process includes an additional review by the applicable division chief financial officer as well as a review by corporate accounting and finance management. The process includes a review to identify inconsistencies in application of US GAAP, reporting misclassifications of balances, and/or validates that variances in balance sheet accounts are consistent with fluctuations in related income statement accounts.
 
Manual Journal Entries : Management implemented policies and procedures to manually monitor compliance with its global journal entry accounting policy, which governs requirements for support, review and approval of manual journal entries. Compliance with this policy continues to be rigorously tested on a regular basis by the internal audit group. The Company’s policy was established to provide the requirements to global associates related to the supporting documentation, and accuracy and completeness of manual journal entries, and implemented authorization levels for the approval of manual journal entries that includes the review of certain material manual journal entries by the Vice President — Corporate Controller and/or CFO.
 
Contractual Agreements : Management has begun to develop a more standardized process for monitoring, updating, and disseminating non-routine contractual agreements to facilitate a complete and timely review by appropriate accounting and other relevant personnel.
 
Account Reconciliations : Management implemented policies and procedures to manually monitor compliance with its global account reconciliation policy, which governs requirements for content, format, and review and approval of account reconciliations. Compliance with this policy continues to be rigorously tested on a regular basis by the internal audit group. The Company’s policy was established to provide the requirements to global associates related to the supporting documentation, and accuracy and completeness of account reconciliations. Management has begun implementing a global account reconciliation database and compliance monitoring tool related to existence, completeness, accuracy and retention of account reconciliations. As of December 31, 2008, all balance sheet account reconciliations prepared related to the U.S.-based portion of the North America business unit are monitored utilizing this tool. In the fourth quarter of 2008, setup efforts began related to the deployment of this compliance monitoring tool for Canada, Mexico and substantially all entities in the Company’s Europe, Middle East and Africa business unit.
 
D)   REMEDIATION STEPS TO ADDRESS MATERIAL WEAKNESSES
 
Management is committed to remediating our material weaknesses in a timely fashion. Our Sarbanes-Oxley compliance function is responsible for helping to monitor our short-term and long-term remediation plans. In addition, we have assigned an executive owner to direct the necessary remedial changes to the overall design of our internal control over financial reporting and to address the root causes of our material weaknesses. Our leadership team is committed to achieving and maintaining a strong control environment, high ethical standards and financial reporting integrity. This commitment will continue to be communicated to and reinforced with our associates.
 
Our remediation efforts, outlined below, are intended to address the identified material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting.
 
The Company’s management believes the remediation measures described below will remediate the identified control deficiencies and strengthen the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. As management continues to evaluate and work to improve its internal control over financial reporting, it may be determined that additional measures must be taken to address control deficiencies or it may be determined that the Company needs to modify, or in appropriate circumstances not to complete, certain of the remediation measures described below.
 
Selection, Application and Communication of Accounting Policies : In December 2008, management began drafting a policy to clarify requirements related to proper revenue recognition to facilitate global compliance with its existing revenue recognition policy. It is planned that this policy will be finalized and published by March 31, 2009. At this time, the Company anticipates that the

89 


Table of Contents

remediation efforts related to certain other accounting policies, including training, will be fully implemented globally by the quarter ending June 30, 2009.
 
Monitoring : As noted above, management has enhanced its accounting and finance processes and structure to facilitate completion of detailed analytical reviews of the consolidated balance sheet at a financial statement line item level. This process starts with the completion of a detailed analytical review at each of the Company’s global entities, and includes several managerial reviews at a level of precision that is designed to detect errors in the financial statements that could be material. In the opinion of management, these remedial actions were not in place for a sufficient amount of time in the fourth quarter of 2008 to conclude that the new control procedures were operating effectively as of December 31, 2008. The Company anticipates that the remediation efforts will be fully implemented in the first quarter ending March 31, 2009. This will allow the Company sufficient time to test the ongoing design and operating effectiveness of these controls.
 
Manual Journal Entries : Management is planning the utilization of systematic application controls for journal entry approvals within its global accounting close process. In addition, as part of our standard period end financial closing procedures, management will continue to enhance the monitoring process and controls related to manual journal entry by continuing to conduct proper managerial reviews and approvals of the completeness, accuracy, and appropriateness of the entries recorded in the accounting records. At this time, the Company anticipates that the remediation efforts will be fully implemented globally by the end of 2009.
 
Contractual Agreements : Management continues to evaluate and enhance controls to develop a more formalized process for monitoring, updating, and disseminating non-routine contractual agreements to facilitate a complete and timely review by accounting personnel. Additional controls include the implementation of a global contractual agreement database to facilitate management’s review and accounting evaluation related to existence, completeness, approval, and retention of global contractual agreements amongst the various departments. At this time, the Company anticipates that the remediation efforts will be fully implemented globally by the quarter ending June 30, 2009.
 
Account Reconciliations : As mentioned above, in December 2007, management began implementing a global account reconciliation compliance monitoring tool related to existence, completeness, accuracy and retention of account reconciliations. As of December 31, 2008, all balance sheet account reconciliations prepared for the U.S.-based portion of the North America business unit are monitored utilizing this tool. In the fourth quarter of 2008, setup efforts related to the deployment of this compliance monitoring tool has begun for the following entities: Canada, Mexico and substantially all entities in the Company’s Europe, Middle East and Africa business unit. At this time, the Company anticipates that the remediation efforts will be fully implemented globally by the end of 2009. In the meantime, management utilizes manual monitoring processes to ensure that reconciliations are completed, reviewed and approved in a timely fashion.
 
The five material weaknesses identified by management and discussed above are not fully remediated as of the date of the filing of this annual report. Substantive procedures that are not a component of our internal control over financial reporting have been performed by the Company in consultation with external accounting advisors to ensure the underlying transactions within this annual report are supported and the financial statements are fairly stated as of the date of the filing of this annual report. Under the direction of the Audit Committee, management has developed a detailed plan and timetable for the implementation of the above-referenced remedial measures, and will monitor their implementation. In addition, under the direction of the Audit Committee, management will continue to review and make necessary changes to the overall design of our internal control over financial reporting, as well as policies and procedures to improve the overall effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
 
Management estimates the total cost for remediation efforts to be approximately $3.0 million, which includes $2.4 million of consultation fees and $0.6 million of internal costs, including software purchases.
 
ITEM 9B: OTHER INFORMATION
 
None.

90


Table of Contents

 
PART III
 
ITEM 10:  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
Information with respect to directors of the Company, including the audit committee and the designated audit committee financial experts, is included in the Company’s proxy statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“2009 Annual Meeting”) and is incorporated herein by reference. Information with respect to any material changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to the Company’s board of directors is included in the Company’s proxy statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting and is incorporated herein by reference. The following table summarizes information regarding executive officers of the Company:
 
     
Name, Age, Title and Year Elected to Present Office   Other Positions Held Last Five Years
Thomas W. Swidarski — 50
President and Chief Executive Officer
Year elected: 2005
  Oct-Dec 2005: President and Chief Operating Officer; 2001-2005: Senior Vice President, Financial Self-Service Group
Kevin J. Krakora — 53
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Year elected: 2006
  2005-2006: Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; 2001-2005: Vice President and Corporate Controller
George S. Mayes, Jr. — 50
Executive Vice President, Global Operations
Year elected: 2008
  2006-Apr 2008: Senior Vice President, Supply Chain Management; 2005-2006: Vice President, Global Supply Chain Management; 2002-2004: Chief Operating Officer, Tinnerman Palnut Engineered Products, Inc.
David Bucci — 57
Senior Vice President, Customer Solutions Group
Year elected: 2001
   
James L. M. Chen — 48
Senior Vice President, EMEA/AP Divisions
Year elected: 2007
  2006-Feb 2007: Vice President, EMEA/AP Divisions; 1998-2006: Vice President and Managing Director Asia/Pacific
Charles E. Ducey, Jr. — 53
Senior Vice President, Global Development and Services
Year elected: 2006
  2005-Jan 2006: Vice President, Global Development and Services; 2001-2005: Vice President, Customer Service Solutions Diebold North America
Dennis M. Moriarty — 56
Senior Vice President, Global Security Division
Year elected: 2006
  2001-2006: Vice President, Global Security Division
Warren W. Dettinger — 55
Vice President and General Counsel
Year elected: 2008
  Dec 2004-Apr 2008: Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary; 1987-2004: Vice President and General Counsel
Sean F. Forrester — 44
Vice President and Chief Information Officer
Year elected: 2007
  Dec 2006-Sept 2007: Vice President, Information Technology; Mar-Dec 2006: Vice President, Information Technology, SPX Corp. Test & Measurement Group; 2005-2006: Corporate Director IT Planning & Governance, Dana Corp.; 2002-2005: Heavy Vehicle Group — SBU IT Director/Division CIO, Dana Corp.
Chad F. Hesse — 36
Corporate Counsel and Secretary
Year elected: 2008
  2004-Apr 2008: Corporate Counsel and Assistant Secretary; 2002-2004: Associate Attorney, Hahn, Loeser & Parks LLP
M. Scott Hunter — 47
Vice President, Chief Tax Officer
Year elected: 2006
  Jan-Apr 2006: Vice President, Tax; 2004-Jan 2006: Senior Tax Director; 2003-2004: Director, Tax
John D. Kristoff — 41
Vice President, Chief Communications Officer
Year elected: 2006
  2005-2006: Vice President, Corporate Communications and Investor Relations; 2004-2005: Vice President, Investor Relations; 2001-2004: Director, Global Communications
Timothy J. McDannold — 46
Vice President and Treasurer
Year elected: 2007
  2000-2007: Vice President and Assistant Treasurer

91


Table of Contents

     
Name, Age, Title and Year Elected to Present Office   Other Positions Held Last Five Years
Leslie A. Pierce — 45
Vice President and Corporate Controller
Year elected: 2007
  Mar 2006-May 2007: Vice President, Accounting, Compliance and External Reporting; 1999-Mar 2006: Manager, Special Projects
Sheila M. Rutt — 40
Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer
Year elected: 2005
  2002-2005: Vice President, Global Human Resources
Robert J. Warren — 62
Vice President, Corporate Development and Finance
Year elected: 2007
  1990-Jul 2007: Vice President and Treasurer
 
There is no family relationship, either by blood, marriage or adoption, between any of the executive officers of the Company.
 
CODE OF ETHICS
 
All of the directors, executive officers and employees of the Company are required to comply with certain policies and protocols concerning business ethics and conduct, which we refer to as our Business Ethics Policy. The Business Ethics Policy applies not only to the Company, but also to all of those domestic and international companies in which the Company owns or controls a majority interest. The Business Ethics Policy describes certain responsibilities that the directors, executive officers and employees have to the Company, to each other and to the Company’s global partners and communities including, but not limited to, compliance with laws, conflicts of interest, intellectual property and the protection of confidential information. The Business Ethics Policy is available on the Company’s web site at http://www.diebold.com or by written request to the Corporate Secretary.
 
SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE
 
Information with respect to Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance is included in the Company’s proxy statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 11:  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Information with respect to executive officer and director’s compensation is included in the Company’s proxy statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting and is incorporated herein by reference. Information with respect to compensation committee interlocks and insider participation and the compensation committee report is included in the Company’s proxy statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 12:  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
Information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and equity compensation plan information is included in the Company’s proxy statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 13:  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
Information with respect to certain relationships and related transactions and director independence is included in the Company’s proxy statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 14:  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
 
Information with respect to principal accountant fees and services is included in the Company’s proxy statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting and is incorporated herein by reference.

92 


Table of Contents

 
PART IV
 
ITEM 15:  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a) 1. Documents filed as a part of this annual report.
 
  •  Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007
 
  •  Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
 
  •  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
 
  •  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
 
  •  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
  •  Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
(a) 2. Financial statement schedule
 
The following report and schedule are included in this Part IV, and are found in this annual report:
 
  •  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, and
 
  •  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.
 
All other schedules are omitted, as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or related notes.
 
(a) 3. Exhibits
 
         
  3 .1(i)   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Diebold, Incorporated — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1(i) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  3 .1(ii)   Amended and Restated Code of Regulations — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1(ii) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 of Diebold, Incorporated (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  3 .2   Certificate of Amendment by Shareholders to Amended Articles of Incorporation of Diebold, Incorporated — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  3 .3   Certificate of Amendment to Amended Articles of Incorporation of Diebold, Incorporated — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  4 .1   Rights Agreement dated as of February 11, 1999 between Diebold, Incorporated and The Bank of New York — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A, filed on February 2, 1999 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  * 10 .1   Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement
  *10 .5(i)   Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan I as amended and restated January 1, 2008
  * 10 .5(ii)   Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan II as amended and restated July 1, 2002 — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5(ii) to Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  *10 .5(iii)   Pension Restoration Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
  *10 .5(iv)   Pension Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
  *10 .5(v)   401(k) Restoration Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
  *10 .5(vi)   401(k) Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
  * 10 .7(i)   1985 Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Diebold, Incorporated — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  * 10 .7(ii)   Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated 1985 Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Diebold, Incorporated — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 (ii) to Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  * 10 .7(iii)   Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated 1985 Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Diebold, Incorporated — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 (ii) to Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003 (Commission File No. 1-4879)

93


Table of Contents

         
  *10 .7(iv)   Deferred Compensation Plan No. 2 for Directors of Diebold, Incorporated
  * 10 .8(i)   1991 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan as Amended and Restated as of February 7, 2001 — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Form S-8 Registration Statement No. 333-60578
  * 10 .8(ii)   Amendment No. 1 to the 1991 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan as Amended and Restated as of February 7, 2001 — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 (ii) to Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  * 10 .8(iii)   Amendment No. 2 to the 1991 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan as Amended and Restated as of February 7, 2001 — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 (iii) to Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  * 10 .8(iv)   Amendment No. 3 to the 1991 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan as Amended and Restated as of February 7, 2001 — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 (iv) to Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  * 10 .9   Long-Term Executive Incentive Plan — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  *10 .10   Deferred Incentive Compensation Plan No. 2
  *10 .11   Annual Incentive Plan — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  * 10 .13(i)   Forms of Deferred Compensation Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Deferred Compensation Agreement — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  *10 .13(ii)   Section 162(m) Deferred Compensation Agreement (as amended and restated January 29, 1998) — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 (ii) to Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  *10 .14   Deferral of Stock Option Gains Plan — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  10 .17(i)   Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of April 30, 2003 among Diebold, Incorporated, the Subsidiary Borrowers, the Lenders and Bank One, N.A. — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  10 .17(ii)   First Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2004 among Diebold, Incorporated, the Subsidiary Borrowers, the Lenders and Bank One, N.A. — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 (ii) to Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  10 .17(iii)   Second Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2005 among Diebold, Incorporated, the Subsidiary Borrowers, the Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on May 3, 2005 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  10 .17(iv)   Third Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2005 among Diebold, Incorporated, the Subsidiary Borrowers, the Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on November 22, 2005 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  10 .17(v)   Fourth Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated November 27, 2006 among Diebold, Incorporated, the Subsidiary Borrowers, the Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(v) to Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.) (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  10 .20(i)   Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2001 by and among DCC Funding LLC, Diebold Credit Corporation, Diebold, Incorporated, Receivables Capital Corporation and Bank of America, National Association and the financial institutions from time to time parties thereto— incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20(i) to Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2001 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  10 .20(ii)   Amendment No. 1 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of May 2001, by and among DCC Funding LLC, Diebold Credit Corporation, Diebold, Incorporated, Receivables Capital Corporation and Bank of America, National Association and the financial institutions from time to time parties thereto — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 (ii) to Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March, 31, 2001 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  *10 .22   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  *10 .23   Form of Restricted Share Agreement — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on February 16, 2005 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  *10 .24   Form of RSU Agreement

94


Table of Contents

         
  *10 .25   Form of Performance Share Agreement
  *10 .26   Diebold, Incorporated Annual Cash Bonus Plan — incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Registrants’ Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 16, 2005 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  10 .27   Form of Note Purchase Agreement — incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on March 8, 2006 (Commission File No. 1-4879)
  *10 .28   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Diebold, Incorporated and Thomas W. Swidarski, as amended as of December 29, 2008
  *10 .29   Amended and Restated Employment [Change in Control] Agreement between Diebold, Incorporated and Thomas W. Swidarski, as amended as of December 29, 2008
  *10 .30   Form of Deferred Shares Agreement
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant as of December 31, 2008
  23 .1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  24 .1   Power of Attorney
  31 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  31 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32 .1   Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
  32 .2   Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
* Reflects management contract or other compensatory arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 15(b) of this annual report.
 
(b) Refer to this Form 10-K for an index of exhibits.

95


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
 
Date: February 27, 2009
  By:  
/s/   Thomas W. Swidarski
Thomas W. Swidarski
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/   Thomas W. Swidarski

Thomas W. Swidarski
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   February 27, 2009
         
/s/   Kevin J. Krakora

Kevin J. Krakora
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)   February 27, 2009
         
/s/   Leslie A. Pierce

Leslie A. Pierce
  Vice President and Corporate Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  February 27, 2009
         
*

Phillip R. Cox
  Director   February 27, 2009
         
/s/   Louis V. Bockius III

Louis V. Bockius III
  Director   February 27, 2009
         
/s/   Richard L. Crandall

Richard L. Crandall
  Director   February 27, 2009
         
*

Gale S. Fitzgerald
  Director   February 27, 2009
         
*

Phillip B. Lassiter
  Director   February 27, 2009
         
*

John N. Lauer
  Director   February 27, 2009
         
/s/   Eric J. Roorda

Eric J. Roorda
  Director   February 27, 2009
         
/s/   Henry D.G. Wallace

Henry D.G. Wallace
  Director   February 27, 2009

96


Table of Contents

             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/   Alan J. Weber

Alan J. Weber
  Director   February 27, 2009
The undersigned, by signing his name hereto, does sign and execute this Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to the Powers of Attorney executed by the above-named officers and directors of the Registrant and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on behalf of such officers and directors.
 
Date: February 27, 2009
  *By:  
/s/   Kevin J. Krakora
Kevin J. Krakora, Attorney-in-Fact

97 


Table of Contents

DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2007 AND 2006
(In thousands)
 
                                 
    Balance at
                   
    beginning of
                Balance at
 
    year     Additions     Deductions     end of year  
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2008
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 33,707     $ 16,336     $ 24,983     $ 25,060  
Year ended December 31, 2007
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 32,104     $ 22,425     $ 20,822     $ 33,707  
Year ended December 31, 2006
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 28,242     $ 15,853     $ 11,991     $ 32,104  

98


Table of Contents

 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
EXHIBIT NO.
 
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION
 
  10 .1   Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement
  10 .5(i)   Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan I as amended and restated January 1, 2008
  10 .5(iii)   Pension Restoration Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
  10 .5(iv)   Pension Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
  10 .5(v)   401(k) Restoration Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
  10 .5(vi)   401(k) Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
  10 .7(iv)   Deferred Compensation Plan No. 2 for Directors of Diebold, Incorporated
  10 .10   Deferred Incentive Compensation Plan No. 2
  10 .24   Form of RSU Agreement
  10 .25   Form of Performance Share Agreement
  10 .28   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Diebold, Incorporated and Thomas W. Swidarski, as amended as of December 29, 2008
  10 .29   Amended and Restated Employment [Change in Control] Agreement between Diebold, Incorporated and Thomas W. Swidarski, as amended as of December 29, 2008
  10 .30   Form of Deferred Shares Agreement
  21 .1   Significant Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23 .1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  24 .1   Power of Attorney
  31 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  31 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
  32 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

99

Exhibit 10.1
(DIEBOLD LOGO)
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), dated as of                                           by and between DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED, an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), and                                           (the “Executive”);
WITNESSETH :
     WHEREAS, the Executive is a senior executive who has made and is expected to continue to make major contributions to the profitability, growth and financial strength of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined);
     WHEREAS, the Company recognizes that, as is the case for most publicly held companies, the possibility of a Change in Control (as that term is hereafter defined) exists;
     WHEREAS, the Company desires to assure itself and its Subsidiaries of both present and future continuity of management in the event of a Change in Control and desires to establish certain minimum compensation rights for key senior executive officers, including the Executive, applicable in the event of a Change in Control;
     WHEREAS, the Company wishes to ensure that senior executives are not practically disabled from discharging their duties upon a Change in Control;
     WHEREAS, this Agreement is not intended to alter materially the compensation and benefits which the Executive could reasonably expect to receive absent a Change in Control and, accordingly, although effective and binding as of the date hereof, this Agreement shall become operative only upon the occurrence of a Change in Control; and
     WHEREAS, the Executive is willing to render services on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:
     1.  Operation of Agreement : (a) This Agreement, which amends and restates the Employment Agreement which was previously entered into between the Company and the Executive, shall be effective and binding immediately upon its execution, but, anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement shall not become operative unless and until there shall have occurred a Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall have occurred if at any time during the Term (as that term is hereafter defined) any of the following events shall occur:
     (i) The Company is merged or consolidated or reorganized into or with another corporation or other legal person, and as a result of such merger, consolidation or reorganization less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such corporation or person immediately after such transaction is held in the aggregate by the holders of Voting Stock (as that term is hereafter defined) of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;
     (ii) The Company sells or otherwise transfers all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation or other legal person, and as a result of such sale or transfer less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such corporation or person immediately after such sale or transfer is held in the aggregate by the holders of Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such sale or transfer;

 


 

     (iii) There is a report filed on Schedule 13D or Schedule 14D-1 (or any successor schedule, form or report), each as promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), disclosing that any person (as the term “person” is used in Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) has become the beneficial owner (as the term “beneficial owner” is defined under Rule 13d-3 or any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act) of securities representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company (“Voting Stock”);
     (iv) The Company files a report or proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing in response to Form 8-K or Schedule 14A (or any successor schedule, form or report or item therein) that a change in control of the Company has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future pursuant to any then-existing contract or transaction; or
     (v) If during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of each Director of the Company first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors of the Company then still in office who were Directors of the Company at the beginning of any such period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv) hereof, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Agreement either (i) solely because (A) the Company, (B) a Subsidiary of the Company, or (C) any Company-sponsored employee stock ownership plan or any other employee benefit plan of the Company, either files or becomes obligated to file a report or a proxy statement under or in response to Schedule 13D, Schedule 14D-1, Form 8-K or Schedule 14A (or any successor schedule, form or report or item therein) under the Exchange Act, disclosing beneficial ownership by it of shares of Voting Stock, whether in excess of 20% or otherwise, or because the Company reports that a change in control of the Company has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future by reason of such beneficial ownership or (ii) solely because of a change in control of any Subsidiary by which the Executive may be employed. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Sections 1(a)(i-iv) hereof, if, prior to any event described in Sections 1(a)(i-iv) hereof instituted by any person not an officer or director of the Company, or prior to any disclosed proposal instituted by any person not an officer or director of the Company which could lead to any such event, management proposes any restructuring of the Company which ultimately leads to an event described in Sections 1(a)(i-iv) hereof pursuant to such management proposal, then a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Agreement.
          (b) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control at any time during the Term, this Agreement shall become immediately operative, except that in the event that any such agreement to merge, consolidate, reorganize or sell or otherwise transfer assets referred to in Section 1(a)(i) or 1(a)(ii) is terminated without such merger, consolidation, reorganization or sale or transfer having been consummated, or the person filing such Schedule 13D or Schedule 14D-1 referred to in Section 1(a)(iii) files an amendment to such Schedules disclosing that it no longer is the beneficial owner of securities representing 20% or more of the Voting Stock of the Company, or the Company reports that the change of control which it reported in the filing referred to in Section 1(a)(iv) will not in fact occur, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) may by notice to the Executive nullify the operation of this Agreement by reason of such Change in Control, without prejudice to any exercise by the Executive of his rights under this Agreement that may have occurred prior to such nullification.
          (c) The period during which this Agreement shall be in effect (the “Term”) shall commence as of the date hereof and shall expire as of the later of (i) the close of business on December 31, 2011 and (ii) the expiration of the Period of Employment (as that term is hereafter defined), provided, however, that (A) commencing on January 1, 2009 and each January 1 thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for an additional year unless, not later than September 30 of the immediately preceding year, the Company or the Executive shall have given notice that it or he, as the case may be, does not wish to have the Term extended, and (B) subject to Section 8 hereof, if, at any time prior to a Change in Control, the Executive for any reason is no longer an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, thereupon the Term shall be deemed to have expired and this Agreement shall immediately terminate and be of no further effect.

2


 

     2.  Employment; Period of Employment : (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Company shall continue the Executive in the employ of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Executive shall remain in such employ for the period set forth in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Period of Employment”). During the Period of Employment, the Executive agrees to serve in such office or offices of the Company or any Subsidiary to which the Board or the managing authority of any Subsidiary may from time to time elect or appoint him. Throughout the Period of Employment, the Executive shall devote substantially all of his time during normal business hours (subject to vacations, sick leave and other absences in accordance with the policies of the Company and its Subsidiaries as in effect for senior executives immediately prior to the Change in Control) to the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries, but nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Executive from devoting reasonable periods of time during normal business hours to (i) serving as a director, trustee or member of or participant in any organization or business so long as such activity would not constitute Competitive Activity (as that term is hereafter defined), (ii) engaging in charitable and community activities, or (iii) managing his personal investments.
          (b) The Period of Employment shall commence on the date of an occurrence of a Change in Control and, subject only to the provisions of Section 4 hereof, shall continue until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the third anniversary of the occurrence of the Change in Control, (ii) the Executive’s death, or (iii) the Executive’s attainment of age 65; provided, however, that commencing on each anniversary of the Change in Control, the Period of Employment shall automatically be extended for an additional year unless, not later than 90 calendar days prior to such anniversary date, either the Company or the Executive shall have given written notice to the other that the Period of Employment shall not be so extended.
          (c) As used in this Agreement, the term “Subsidiary” means a corporation, company or other entity (i) more than 50 percent of whose outstanding shares or securities (representing the right to vote for the election of directors or other managing authority) are, or (ii) which does not have outstanding shares or securities (as may be the case in a partnership, joint venture or unincorporated association), but more than 50 percent of whose ownership interest representing the right generally to make decisions for such other entity is, now or hereafter, owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company, but such corporation, company or other entity shall be deemed to be a Subsidiary only so long as such ownership or control exists.
     3.  Compensation During Period of Employment : (a) For his services pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Executive shall receive during the Period of Employment (i) annual base salary at a rate not less than the Executive’s annual fixed or base compensation (payable monthly or otherwise as in effect for senior executives of the Company immediately prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control) or such higher rate as may be approved from time to time by the Board or the Compensation Committee thereof (the “Committee”) (which base salary at such rate is herein referred to as “Base Pay”) and (ii) an annual amount equal to not less than the highest aggregate annual bonus, incentive or other payments of cash compensation in addition to the amounts referred to in clause (i) above made or to be made in regard to services rendered in any calendar year during the three calendar years immediately preceding the year in which the Change in Control occurred pursuant to any bonus, incentive, profit-sharing, performance, discretionary pay or similar policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company or any Subsidiary or any successor thereto providing benefits at least as great as the benefits payable thereunder prior to a Change in Control (“Incentive Pay”), provided, however, that with the prior written consent of the Executive, nothing herein shall preclude a change in the mix between Base Pay and Incentive Pay so long as the aggregate cash compensation received by the Executive in any one calendar year is not reduced in connection therewith or as a result thereof, and provided further, however, that in no event shall any increase in the Executive’s aggregate cash compensation or any portion thereof in any way diminish any other obligation of the Company under this Agreement.
          (b) For his services pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, during the Period of Employment the Executive shall be a full participant in, and shall be entitled to the perquisites, benefits and service credit for benefits as provided under, any and all employee retirement income and welfare benefit policies, plans, programs or arrangements in which senior executives of the Company or its Subsidiaries participate, including without limitation any stock option, stock purchase, stock appreciation, restricted stock grant, savings, pension, supplemental executive retirement or other retirement income or welfare benefit, deferred compensation, group and/or executive life, health, medical/hospital or other insurance (whether funded by actual insurance or self-insured by the Company or any Subsidiary), disability, salary continuation, expense reimbursement and

3


 

other employee benefit policies, plans, programs or arrangements that may now exist or any equivalent successor policies, plans, programs or arrangements that may be adopted hereafter by the Company or any Subsidiary providing perquisites, benefits and service credit for benefits at least as great as are payable thereunder prior to a Change in Control (collectively, “Employee Benefits”), provided, however, that except as expressly provided in, and subject to the terms of, Section 5(a)(ii) hereof, the Executive’s rights thereunder shall be governed by the terms thereof and shall not be enlarged hereunder or otherwise affected hereby. Subject to the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence, if and to the extent such perquisites, benefits or service credit for benefits are not payable or provided under any such policy, plan, program or arrangement as a result of the amendment or termination thereof, then the Company shall itself pay or provide therefor. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude improvement or enhancement of any such Employee Benefits, provided that no such improvement shall in any way diminish any other obligation of the Company under this Agreement.
          (c) (i) The Company has determined that the amounts payable pursuant to this Section 3 constitute reasonable compensation for services to be rendered during the Period of Employment. Accordingly, notwithstanding any other provision hereof, unless such action would be expressly prohibited by applicable law, if any amount paid or payable pursuant to this Section 3 for services to be rendered during the Period of Employment, or pursuant to Section 5, or pursuant to or by reason of any other agreement, policy, plan, program or arrangement (collectively “Other Agreements”) is subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the Company will pay to the Executive an additional amount in cash equal to the amount necessary to cause the aggregate remuneration received by the Executive under this Section 3 for services to be rendered during the Period of Employment, or Section 5, or the Other Agreements, including such additional cash payment (net of all federal, state and local income taxes and all taxes payable as the result of the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code) to be equal to the aggregate remuneration the Executive would have received under this Section 3 for services to be rendered during the Period of Employment, or Section 5, or the Other Agreements, excluding such additional payment (net of all federal, state and local income taxes), as if Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code (and any successor provisions thereto) had not been enacted into law.
          (ii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3(c) to the contrary and subject to the first paragraph of Section 5(a), the payments described in Section 3(c)(i) shall be paid or reimbursed within five business days after the Executive submits evidence of incurrence of such taxes and/or expenses, provided that in all events such reimbursement will be made no later than the end of the year following the year in which the applicable taxes are remitted or, in the case of reimbursement of expenses incurred due to a tax audit or litigation to which there is no remittance of taxes, no later than the end of the year following the year in which the audit is completed or there is a final and nonappealable settlement or other resolution of the litigation in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v). Each provision of reimbursements pursuant to this Section 3(c) shall be considered a separate payment and not one of a series of payments for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. Any expense reimbursed by the Company in one taxable year in no event will affect the amount of expenses required to be reimbursed or in-kind benefits required to be provided by the Company in any other taxable year.
     4.  Termination Following a Change in Control : (a) In the event of the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Executive’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries may be terminated by the Company and its Subsidiaries during the Period of Employment and the Executive shall not be entitled to the benefits provided by Section 5 hereof only upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events:
          (i) The Executive’s death;
          (ii) If the Executive shall become permanently disabled within the meaning of, and begins actually to receive disability benefits pursuant to, the long-term disability plan in effect for senior executives of the Company and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to the Change in Control; or
          (iii) For “Cause,” which for purposes of this Agreement shall mean that, prior to any termination pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof, the Executive shall have committed:

4


 

          (A) an intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with his duties or in the course of his employment with the Company or any Subsidiary;
          (B) intentional wrongful damage to property of the Company or any Subsidiary;
          (C) intentional wrongful disclosure of secret processes or confidential information of the Company or any Subsidiary; or
          (D) intentional wrongful engagement in any competitive activity which would constitute a material breach of the duty of loyalty (“Competitive Activity”);
and any such act shall have been materially harmful to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. For purposes of this Agreement, no act, or failure to act, on the part of the Executive shall be deemed “intentional” if it was due primarily to an error in judgment or negligence, but shall be deemed “intentional” only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in or not opposed to the best interest of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for “Cause” hereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the Board then in office at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Executive had committed an act set forth above in this Section 4(a)(iii) and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. Nothing herein shall limit the right of the Executive or his beneficiaries to contest the validity or propriety of any such determination.
          (b) In the event of the occurrence of a Change in Control, during the Period of Employment the Executive shall be entitled to the benefits as provided in Section 5 hereof upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events:
          (i) Any termination by the Company and its Subsidiaries of the employment of the Executive prior to the date upon which the Executive shall have attained age 65, which termination shall be for any reason other than for Cause or as a result of the death of the Executive or by reason of the Executive’s disability and the actual receipt of disability benefits in accordance with Section 4(a)(ii) hereof; or
          (ii) Termination by the Executive of his employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries during the Period of Employment after the Change in Control upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
          (A) Failure to elect, reelect or otherwise maintain the Executive in the offices or positions in the Company or any Subsidiary which the Executive held immediately prior to a Change in Control, or the removal of the Executive as a Director of the Company (or any successor thereto) if the Executive shall have been a Director of the Company immediately prior to the Change in Control, or the removal of the Executive as a member of the managing authority of any Subsidiary if the Executive shall have been a member of such body immediately prior to the Change in Control;
          (B) A significant adverse change in the nature or scope of the authorities, powers, functions, responsibilities or duties attached to the position or positions with the Company and its Subsidiaries which the Executive held immediately prior to the Change in Control, a reduction in the aggregate of the Executive’s Base Pay and Incentive Pay received from the Company and its Subsidiaries, or the termination of the Executive’s rights to any Employee Benefits to which he was entitled immediately prior to the Change in Control or a reduction in scope or value thereof without the prior written consent of the Executive, any of which is not remedied within 10 calendar days after receipt by the Company of written notice from the Executive of such change, reduction or termination, as the case may be;
          (C) A determination by the Executive made in good faith that as a result of a Change in Control and a change in circumstances thereafter significantly affecting his position, including without limitation a change in the scope of the business or other activities for which he was responsible immediately prior to the

5


 

Change in Control, he has been rendered substantially unable to carry out, has been substantially hindered in the performance of, or has suffered a substantial reduction in, any of the authorities, powers, functions, responsibilities or duties attached to the position held by the Executive immediately prior to the Change in Control, which situation is not remedied within 10 calendar days after written notice to the Company from the Executive of such determination;
          (D) The liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company or transfer of all or a significant portion of its business and/or assets, unless the successor or successors (by liquidation, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to which all or a significant portion of its business and/or assets have been transferred (directly or by operation of law) shall have assumed all duties and obligations of the Company under this Agreement pursuant to Section 10 hereof;
          (E) The Company shall relocate its principal executive offices, or the Company or any Subsidiary shall require the Executive to have his principal location of work changed, to any location which is in excess of 25 miles from the location thereof immediately prior to the Change in Control or the Company or any Subsidiary shall require the Executive to travel away from his office in the course of discharging his responsibilities or duties hereunder significantly more (in terms of either consecutive days or aggregate days in any calendar year) than was required of him prior to the Change in Control without, in either case, his prior written consent; or
          (F) Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, any material breach of this Agreement by the Company or any successor thereto.
          (c) A termination by the Company and its Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 4(a) hereof or by the Executive pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof shall not affect any rights which the Executive may have pursuant to any agreement, policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company or any Subsidiary providing Employee Benefits, which rights shall be governed by the terms thereof. If this Agreement or the employment of the Executive is terminated under circumstances in which the Executive is not entitled to any payments under Section 3 or 5 hereof, the Executive shall have no further obligation or liability to the Company hereunder with respect to his prior or any future employment.
     5.  Severance Compensation : (a) If, following the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall terminate the Executive’s employment during the Period of Employment other than pursuant to Section 4(a) hereof, or if the Executive shall terminate his employment pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof, the Company shall pay to the Executive the amount specified in Section 5(a)(i) hereof within five business days after the Termination Date (as that term is defined in Section 5(b)); provided, however, if the Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i) and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time), then amounts that otherwise would be payable pursuant to Sections 3(c), 5(a), 5(e) and 7(a) of this Agreement (as well as any other payment or benefit that the Executive is entitled to receive upon his separation from service and that would be considered to be deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code) during the six-month period immediately following the Termination Date will instead be paid or made available on the earlier of the first day of the seventh month following the Executive’s Termination Date and the Executive’s death:
          (i) In lieu of any further payments to the Executive for periods subsequent to the Termination Date, but without affecting the rights of the Executive referred to in Section 5(b) hereof, a lump sum payment (the “Severance Payment”) in an amount equal to two times the Base Pay of the Executive.
          (ii) Commencing the Termination Date and continuing until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the first anniversary of the Termination Date, (ii) the Executive’s death, or (iii) the Executive’s attainment of age 65 (the “Benefits Period”), the Company shall continue to provide the Executive with medical, dental, vision, and prescription drug benefits (collectively “health benefits”) and life insurance benefits substantially similar to those which the Executive was receiving or entitled to receive immediately prior to the Termination Date (and if and to the extent that such benefits shall not or cannot be paid or provided under any policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company or its Subsidiaries solely due to the fact that the Executive is no longer an officer or employee of the Company and its

6


 

Subsidiaries, then the Company shall itself pay or provide for the payment to the Executive, his dependents and beneficiaries, such health benefits and life insurance benefits). The Executive shall pay the cost, on an after-tax basis, for the continued health benefit coverage, on or about January 31 of the year following the year in which the Termination Date occurs and continuing on or about each January 31 until the year following the last year of the Benefits Period, and, subject to the first paragraph of this Section 5(a), concurrently therewith the Company will make a payment to the Executive such that, after payment of all taxes incurred by the Executive as a result of the Executive’s receipt of the continued health benefit coverage and payment by the Company, the Executive retains an amount equal to the amount the Executive paid during the immediately preceding calendar year for the health benefit coverage described in this Section. Without otherwise limiting the purposes or effect of Section 6 hereof, benefits payable to the Executive pursuant to this Section 5(a)(ii) by reason of any “welfare benefit plan” of the Company (as the term “welfare benefit plan” is defined in Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) shall be reduced to the extent comparable welfare benefits are actually received by the Executive from another employer during the Benefits Period.
          (b) For purposes of this Agreement, “Termination Date” means the date on with the Executive incurs a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Each payment to be made to the Executive under the provisions of this Agreement will be considered to be a separate payment and not one of a series of payments for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.
          (c) There shall be no right of set-off or counterclaim in respect of any claim, debt or obligation against any payment to or benefit for the Executive provided for in this Agreement.
          (d) Without limiting the rights of the Executive at law or in equity, if the Company fails to make any payment required to be made hereunder on a timely basis, the Company shall pay interest on the amount thereof at an annualized rate of interest equal to twelve percent (12%).
          (e) Subject to the first paragraph of Section 5(a), the Company will pay the Executive a lump sum payment in an amount equal to the additional benefits that the Executive would have accrued under each qualified or nonqualified pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation or supplemental plan maintained by the Company for the Executive’s benefit had the Executive continued his employment with the Company for one additional year following his Termination Date assuming the Executive was fully vested under such plans.
     6.  No Mitigation Obligation : The Company hereby acknowledges that it will be difficult, and may be impossible, for the Executive to find reasonably comparable employment following the Termination Date. In addition, the Company acknowledges that its severance pay plans applicable in general to its salaried employees do not provide for mitigation, offset or reduction of any severance payment received thereunder. Accordingly, the parties hereto expressly agree that the payment of the severance compensation by the Company to the Executive in accordance with the terms of this Agreement will be liquidated damages, and that the Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall any profits, income, earnings or other benefits from any source whatsoever create any mitigation, offset, reduction or any other obligation on the part of the Executive hereunder or otherwise.
     7.  Indemnification of Legal Fees and Expenses; Security for Payment : (a) Indemnification of Legal Fees . It is the intent of the Company that the Executive not be required to incur the expenses associated with the enforcement of his rights under this Agreement by litigation or other legal action because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to the Executive hereunder. Accordingly, if it should appear to the Executive that the Company has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation designed to deny, or to recover from, the Executive the benefits intended to be provided to the Executive hereunder, the Company irrevocably authorizes the Executive from time to time to retain counsel of his choice, at the expense of the Company as hereafter provided, to represent the Executive in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Company or any Subsidiary, Director, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Company, in any jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any existing or prior attorney-client relationship between the Company and

7


 

such counsel, the Company irrevocably consents to the Executive’s entering into an attorney-client relationship with such counsel, and in that connection the Company and the Executive agree that a confidential relationship shall exist between the Executive and such counsel. The Company shall pay or cause to be paid and shall be solely responsible for any and all attorneys’ and related fees and expenses incurred by the Executive as a result of the Company’s failure to perform this Agreement or any provision hereof or as a result of the Company or any person contesting the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any provision hereof as aforesaid, provided any such reimbursement of attorneys’ and related fees and expenses shall be made not later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the Executive incurred the expense. In no event will the amount of expenses so reimbursed by the Company in one year affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year.
          (b) Trust Agreements . To ensure that the provisions of this Agreement can be enforced by the Executive, two agreements (“Trust Agreement” and “Trust Agreement No. 2”) dated as of February 10, 1989, have been established between National City Bank, a national banking association (“Trustee”) and the Company. The Trust Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions relating to payment from the Trust Agreement of the Severance Payment and other Employee Benefits pursuant to Section 5(a) hereof owed by the Company, and Trust Agreement No. 2 sets forth the terms and conditions relating to payment from Trust Agreement No. 2 of attorneys’ and related fees and expenses pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof owed by the Company. Executive shall make demand on the Company for any payments due Executive pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof prior to making demand therefor on the Trustee under Trust Agreement No. 2. Payments by such Trustee shall discharge the Company’s liability under Section 7(a) hereof only to the extent that trust assets are used to satisfy such liability.
          (c) Obligation of the Company to Fund Trusts . Upon the earlier to occur of (X) a Change in Control that involves a transaction that was not approved by the Board, and was not recommended to the Company’s shareholders by the Board, (Y) a declaration by the Board that the Trusts should be funded in connection with a Change in Control that involves a transaction that was approved by the Board, or was recommended to shareholders by the Board, or (Z) a declaration by the Board that a Change in Control is imminent, the Company shall promptly , to the extent it has not previously done so and to the extent the amount contributed would not be treated as property transferred in connection with the performances of services for purposes of Code Section 83, as provided in Section 409A(b)(3) of the Code, and in any event within five (5) business days:
          (i) transfer to the Trustee to be added to the principal of the trust under the Trust Agreement a sum equal to the aggregate value on the date of the Change in Control of the Severance Payment and Employee Benefits which could become payable to Executive under the provisions of Section 5(a)(i) and Section 5(a)(ii) hereof; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to transfer, in the aggregate, to the trust under the Trust Agreement a sum in excess of the maximum amount authorized by its Board by resolutions on February 10, 1989, which resolutions contemplate the funding of the trust under the Trust Agreement. Any Severance Payment or other payment of Employee Benefits by the Trustee pursuant to the Trust Agreement shall, to the extent thereof, discharge the Company’s obligation to pay the Severance Payment and other Employee Benefits hereunder, it being the intent of the Company that assets in such Trust be held as security for the Company’s obligation to pay the Severance Payment and other Employee Benefits under this Agreement; and
          (ii) transfer to the Trustee to be added to the principal of the trust under Trust Agreement No. 2 the sum of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000). Any payments of attorneys’ and related fees and expenses, which are the obligation of the Company under Section 7(a) hereof, by the Trustee pursuant to Trust Agreement No. 2 shall, to the extent thereof, discharge the Company’s obligation hereunder, it being the intent of the Company that such assets in such Trust be held as security for the Company’s obligation under Section 7(a) hereof.
     8.  Employment Rights : Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement shall create any right or duty on the part of the Company or the Executive to have the Executive remain in the employment of the Company or any Subsidiary prior to any Change in Control, provided, however, that any termination of employment of the Executive or the removal of the Executive from such Executive’s office or position following the commencement of any discussion with a third person that ultimately results in a Change in Control shall be deemed to be a termination or removal of the Executive after a Change in Control for purposes of this Agreement.

8


 

     9.  Withholding of Taxes : The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, city or other taxes as shall be required pursuant to any law or government regulation or ruling.
     10.  Successors and Binding Agreement : (a) The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor to the Company, including without limitation any persons acquiring directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (and such successor shall thereafter be deemed the “Company” for the purposes of this Agreement), but shall not otherwise be assignable, transferable or delegable by the Company.
          (b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees and/or legatees.
          (c) This Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign, transfer or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder except as expressly provided in Section 10(a) hereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Executive’s right to receive payments hereunder shall not be assignable, transferable or delegable, whether by pledge, creation of a security interest or otherwise, other than by a transfer by his will or by the laws of descent and distribution and, in the event of any attempted assignment or transfer contrary to this Section 10(c), the Company shall have no liability to pay any amount so attempted to be assigned, transferred or delegated.
          (d) The Company and the Executive recognize that each party will have no adequate remedy at law for breach by the other of any of the agreements contained herein and, in the event of any such breach, the Company and the Executive hereby agree and consent that the other shall be entitled to a decree of specific performance, mandamus or other appropriate remedy to enforce performance of this Agreement.
     11.  Notice : For all purposes of this Agreement, all communications including without limitation notices, consents, requests or approvals, provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or five business days after having been mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the Company (to the attention of the Secretary of the Company) at its principal executive office and to the Executive at his principal residence, or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing and in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
     12.  Governing Law : The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such State.
     13.  Validity : If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any provision hereof to any person or circumstances is held invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to any other person or circumstances shall not be affected, and the provision so held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal shall be reformed to the extent (and only to the extent) necessary to make it enforceable, valid and legal.
     14.  Entire Agreement : This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and replaces any and all prior agreements pertaining thereto. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, expressed or implied with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.
     15.  Amendment : No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Executive and the Company. No waiver by either party hereto

9


 

at any time of any breach by the other party hereto or compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.
     16.  Counterparts : This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement.
     17.  Code Section 409A Compliance : To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement will be administered in a manner consistent with this intent. References to Section 409A of the Code will include any proposed, temporary or final regulation, or any other formal guidance, promulgated with respect to such section by the U.S. Department of Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
         
  DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
 
 
  By      
       
       

10

         
Exhibit 10.5(i)
DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN I
As Amended and Restated January 1, 2008

 


 

DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN I
as Amended and Restated January 1, 20018
Table of Contents
         
    Page
 
       
ARTICLE I PLAN
    1  
ARTICLE II PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
    1  
ARTICLE III DEFINITIONS
    1  
(1) “Actuarial Equivalent”
    1  
(2) “Affiliate”
    2  
(3) “Annual Compensation”
    2  
(4) “Beneficiary”
    2  
(5) “Board”
    2  
(6) “Change in Control
    2  
(7) “Change in Control Benefit”
    2  
(8) “Code”
    2  
(9) “Committee”
    2  
(10) “Company”
    2  
(11) “Company Service”
    2  
(12) “Disability Benefit”
    2  
(13) “Early Retirement Age”
    2  
(14) “Early Retirement Benefit”
    2  
(15) “Early Retirement Date”
    3  
(16) “Employer”
    3  
(17) “15-Year Service Benefit”
    3  
(18) “50% Joint and Survivor Annuity”
    3  
(19) “Final Average Monthly Compensation”
    3  
(20 “Grandfathered Benefits”
    3  
(21) “Involuntary Termination Benefit”
    4  
(22) “Normal Retirement Benefit”
    4  
(23) “Normal Retirement Date”
    4  
(24) “100% Joint and Survivor Annuity”
    4  
(25) “Participant”
    4  
(26) “Plan”
    4  
(27) “Post-Retirement Death Benefit”
    4  
(28) “Pre-Retirement Death Benefit”
    4  

i


 

         
    Page
(29) “Qualified Retirement Plan”
    4  
(30) “Separation from Service”
    4  
(31) “Service Fraction”
    5  
(32) “Social Security Benefit”
    5  
(33) “Specified Employee”
    5  
(34) “Spouse”
    5  
(35) “Supplemental Retirement Benefit”
    5  
(36) “10-Year Service Benefit”
    5  
(37) “Terminated For Cause”
    5  
(38) “Termination of Employment”
    6  
(39) “Total Disability”
    6  
ARTICLE IV ELIGIBILITY, PARTICIPATION AND VESTING
    7  
(a) Eligibility for Participation in the Plan
    7  
(b) Eligibility for Benefits
    7  
(c) Vesting
    7  
(d) Forfeiture of Plan Benefits
    7  
ARTICLE V NORMAL RETIREMENT BENEFITS
    8  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    8  
(b) Computation of Amount of Normal Retirement Benefit
    8  
ARTICLE VI EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFIT
    8  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    8  
(b) Computation of Amount of Early Retirement Benefit
    8  
ARTICLE VII INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION BENEFIT
    9  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    9  
(b) Computation of Amount of Involuntary Termination Benefit
    9  
ARTICLE VIII 10-YEAR SERVICE BENEFIT
    10  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    10  
(b) Computation of Amount of 10-Year Service Benefit
    10  
ARTICLE IX 15-YEAR SERVICE BENEFIT
    11  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    11  
(b) Computation of Amount of 15-Year Service Benefit
    11  
ARTICLE X DISABILITY BENEFIT
    12  
(a) Qualified for Benefit
    12  
(b) Computation of Amount of Disability Benefit
    12  
ARTICLE XI BENEFIT UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
    12  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    12  
(b) Change in Control
    12  
(c) Computation of Amount of Change in Control Benefit
    14  
ARTICLE XII DEATH BENEFIT
    15  

ii


 

         
    Page
(a) Pre-Retirement
    15  
(b) Post-Retirement Death Benefit
    15  
(c) Minimum Death Benefit
    16  
ARTICLE XIII PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND CLAIMS
    17  
(a) Administration by Committee
    17  
(b) Powers of the Committee
    17  
(c) Committee Actions
    17  
(d) Claims and Review Procedure
    17  
(e) Deadline to File Claim
    19  
(f) Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies
    19  
(g) Deadline to File Legal Action
    20  
(h) Knowledge of Fact by Participant Imputed to Beneficiary
    20  
(i) Information Furnished by Participants
    20  
(j) Overpayments
    20  
ARTICLE XIV OPTIONAL FORMS AND TIMING OF BENEFITS
    20  
(a) Automatic Form of Payment
    20  
(b) Annuity Options
    20  
(c) Timing of Benefit Payments
    21  
ARTICLE XV MISCELLANEOUS
    23  
(a) Funding
    23  
(b) No Guaranty of Benefits
    24  
(c) Assignments and Restrictions
    24  
(d) Headings
    24  
(e) Employment
    25  
(f) Applicable Law
    25  
(g) Binding Effect on Employer, Participants, Spouses and Their Successors
    25  
(h) Participant Information
    25  
(i) Incapacity
    25  
(j) Code Section 409A
    25  
ARTICLE XVI AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
    26  
(a) Amendment
    26  
(b) Termination
    26  

iii


 

DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN I
Amended and Restated January 1, 2008
ARTICLE I
PLAN
The Diebold, Incorporated Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) originally adopted effective January 1, 1990 is hereby amended and restated, effective as of January 1, 2008. This Amended and Restated Plan applies to any Participant who retires, is disabled or is deceased on or after January 1, 2008, except as to such Participant’s Grandfathered Benefits. Any Participant who reaches any one of these events prior to January 1, 2008 and any Participant’s Grandfathered Benefits would be governed by the terms of the plan then in effect. The Plan is being amended as of January 1, 2008 to comply with the final regulations under Code Section 409A, as enacted by the American Jobs Creation Act.
ARTICLE II
PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
This Plan was created for the principal purpose of providing retirement income for a select group of executive and highly compensated management employees, within the meaning of Section 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(i) of ERISA, of Diebold, Incorporated and its subsidiary organizations. It is intended to supplement benefits payable under the Diebold, Incorporated Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees, as well as benefits payable under the Federal Social Security Act and certain other deferred compensation arrangements. During the period from January 1, 2005 and until the effective date of this Restatement, the Plan was operated in good faith compliance with IRS Notice 2005-1 proposed regulations under Code §409A and other applicable guidance.
ARTICLE III
DEFINITIONS
(a)   The following definitions shall apply with respect to this Plan:
  (1)   “Actuarially Equivalent” shall mean, except where otherwise indicated, a benefit of equivalent value to the benefit it replaces calculated on the basis of the UP-1984 Mortality Table and a six and one-half percent (6 1 / 2 ) interest rate per annum, compounded annually.

1


 

  (2)   “Affiliate” shall mean any entity included with the Company in a controlled group of corporations or trades or businesses under common control within the meaning of Code §414(b) or §414(c), an affiliated service group within the meaning of Code §414(n), or any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company under Code §414(o). For all purposes under this Plan, in applying Code §1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) for purposes of determining the Company’s Affiliates under Code §414(b), the language “at least 80%” shall be applied as it appears in those sections, and in applying Treas. Reg. §1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining trades or business (whether or not incorporated) that are under common control for purposes of Code §414(c), the language “at least 80%” shall be used as it appears in such regulation.
 
  (3)   “Annual Compensation” shall mean a Participant’s base pay from an Employer for any Plan Year plus the Participant’s Annual Cash Bonus in the Plan Year in which it is accrued. Annual Compensation shall also include amounts paid to individuals who are citizens or residents of the United States and who are employees of, or provide services to, a foreign Affiliate of the Company to which an agreement entered into by the Company under Code Section 3121(l) applies.
 
  (4)   “Beneficiary” shall mean a person or entity selected by the Participant or an eligible surviving Spouse that may receive death benefits under this Plan, as are outlined in Article X.
 
  (5)   “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of Diebold, Incorporated.
 
  (6)   “Change in Control” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article XI.
 
  (7)   “Change in Control Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article XI.
 
  (8)   “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
 
  (9)   “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, as such Committee may be constituted from time to time.
 
  (10)   “Company” shall mean Diebold, Incorporated.
 
  (11)   “Company Service” shall mean years of employment (measured in years and completed months) with an Employer.
 
  (12)   “Disability Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article X hereof.
 
  (13)   “Early Retirement Age” shall mean the 60th birthday of a Participant.
 
  (14)   “Early Retirement Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article VI hereof.

2


 

  (15)   “Early Retirement Date” shall mean the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the 60th birthday of a Participant.
 
  (16)   “Employer” shall mean (a) the Company or its successors, and (b) any Affiliate or other entity which may specifically adopt this Plan with the consent of the Company, or its successors.
 
  (17)   “15-Year Service Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article IX hereof.
 
  (18)   “50% Joint and Survivor Annuity” shall mean a reduced monthly Supplemental Retirement Benefit which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the single life annuity under the Plan and is payable to the Participant for his life, with continuance of monthly payments of 50% of such reduced amount after his death to his surviving Spouse until the first day of the month in which occurs the surviving Spouse’s death.
 
  (19)   “Final Average Monthly Compensation” shall mean one-twelfth of the average of the Participant’s Annual Compensation for the five complete consecutive calendar years during his last 10 calendar years of employment with the Employer during which his compensation was the highest. In the event a Participant has been employed for a period of less than five consecutive calendar years, the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation shall be the average of his monthly compensation amounts in effect for all of the complete calendar months during which he was employed by the Employer.
 
  (20)   “Grandfathered Benefits” shall mean the amount of annuity benefit, if any, of a Participant under the Plan that was earned and vested as of December 31, 2004 and that the Committee has determined to grandfather within the meaning of Code §409A. Such Grandfathered Benefit shall be based on the present value as of December 31, 2004, of the vested amount to which the Participant would be entitled under the Plan if the Participant voluntarily terminated services without cause on December 31, 2004, and received a payment of the benefits with the maximum value available at the earliest possible date allowed under the Plan following the termination of services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any calendar year after December 31, 2004, such Grandfathered Benefit may increase (or decrease) to equal the present value of the benefit the Participant actually becomes entitled to, determined under the terms of the Plan (including the applicable limits under the Code), as in effect on October 3, 2004, without regard to any further amounts affecting the amount of or the entitlement to benefits (other than a Participant election with respect to the time and form of an available benefit).

3


 

  (21)   “Involuntary Termination Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article VII.
 
  (22)   “Normal Retirement Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article V.
 
  (23)   “Normal Retirement Date” shall mean the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the 62nd birthday of a Participant.
 
  (24)   “100% Joint and Survivor Annuity” shall mean a reduced monthly Supplemental Retirement Benefit which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the single life annuity under the Plan and is payable to the Participant for his life, with continuance of monthly payments of 100% of such reduced amount after his death to his surviving Spouse until the first day of the month in which occurs the surviving Spouse’s death.
 
  (25)   “Participant” shall mean any executive highly paid or management employee of an Employer who is selected to participate in this Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article IV.
 
  (26)   “Plan” shall mean this Diebold, Incorporated Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan I, as in effect from time to time.
 
  (27)   “Post-Retirement Death Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Section (b) of Article XII.
 
  (28)   “Pre-Retirement Death Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Section (a) of Article XII.
 
  (29)   “Qualified Retirement Plan” shall mean the Diebold, Incorporated Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees, as presently set forth and as it may subsequently be amended, or its successor.
 
  (30)   “Separation from Service” shall mean a Participant dies, retires, or otherwise has a Termination of Employment from the Employer. A Separation from Service shall not be considered to have occurred if the Participant’s employment relationship is treated by the Employer as continuing while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if such period of leave does not exceed 6 months or, if longer, so long as the individual’s right to reemployment is provided by statute or by contract. If the period of leave exceeds 6 months and such reemployment rights are not provided, the employment relationship is deemed to terminate on the first date immediately following such 6-month period. Whether a Separation from Service has occurred will be determined in accordance with the requirements of Code §409A.

4


 

  (31)   “Service Fraction” shall mean, for any Participant, a fraction, the numerator of which is the lesser of (A) the Participant’s years of Company Service, or (B) 15, and the denominator of which is 15.
 
  (32)   “Social Security Benefit” shall mean the Primary Insurance Amount under the Federal Social Security Act to which a Participant would be entitled as of the later of his Normal Retirement Date or the date of his actual retirement, computed on the basis of the Participant’s average wage history (estimated or actual) for years before the date of determination and, in the case of a Participant who terminates employment with the Employer prior to his Normal Retirement Date, by assuming that the Participant will earn wages after his termination of employment and prior to his Normal Retirement Date at a rate equal to the Participant’s wage rate at the time of his termination of employment. If a Participant in this Plan is not eligible for full Social Security Benefits (for example, an individual who has previously worked in the military), for purposes of determining benefits under this Plan, such Social Security Benefits would be imputed as if he had been so eligible and had been covered by Social Security for his entire working career.
 
  (33)   “Specified Employee” shall mean a key employee as defined in Code Section 416(i) as further interpreted by the Treasury Regulations issued under Code Section 409A.
 
  (34)   “Spouse” shall mean the surviving spouse of a Participant at the time of his death, but only if the Participant and such spouse were married at least one year prior to the Participant’s Separation from Service.
 
  (35)   “Supplemental Retirement Benefit” shall mean the Change in Control Benefit, Disability Benefit, Early Retirement Benefit, 10-Year Service Benefit, 15-Year Service Benefit, Involuntary Termination Benefit, Normal Retirement Benefit, Pre-Retirement Death Benefit or Post-Retirement Death Benefit for which a Participant or his Spouse may qualify.
 
  (36)   “10-Year Service Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article VIII hereof,
 
  (37)   “Terminated for Cause” shall mean Participant’s Termination of Employment by an Employer due to the Participant’s:
  (i)   intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with his duties or in the course of his employment with the Employer;
 
  (ii)   intentional wrongful damage to property of the Employer;
 
  (iii)   intentional wrongful disclosure of secret processes or confidential information of the Employer; or

5


 

  (iv)   intentional wrongful engagement in any competitive activity which would constitute a material breach of the duty of loyalty to the Employer and any such at shall have been materially harmful to the Employer.
      For purposes of the Plan, no act, or failure to act, on the part of the Participant shall be deemed “intentional” if it was due primarily to an error in judgment or negligence, but shall be deemed “intentional” only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Participant not in good faith or without reasonable belief that his action or omission was not in or opposed tot eh best interest of the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall not be deemed to have been Terminated for Cause hereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Participant a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the Board then in office at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purposes, finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Participant had committed an act set forth above and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. The Participant shall receive reasonable notice and an opportunity for the Participant, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board. Nothing herein shall limit the right of the Participant or his Beneficiaries to contest the validity or propriety of any such determination.
 
  (38)   “Termination of Employment” shall mean the severing of employment with the Employer, voluntarily or involuntarily. A Participant is presumed to have incurred a Termination of Employment from the Employer where the facts and circumstances indicate that the Employer and the Participant reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or the level of bona fide services the Participant would perform after such date would permanently decrease to 20% or less of the average level of services over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of such services, if less than 36 months). A Termination of Employment will be determined in accordance with treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)(l)(ii).
 
  (39)   “Total Disability” shall mean a physical or mental impairment that causes a Participant to be unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. Such determination of disability may be made by the Social Security Administration or may be made pursuant to the Company’s long term disability insurance program.

6


 

(b)   Throughout this Plan, and whenever appropriate, the masculine gender shall be deemed to include the feminine and neuter, the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa.
ARTICLE IV
ELIGIBILITY, PARTICIPATION AND VESTING
(a)   Eligibility for Participation in the Plan . Eligibility for this Plan was closed effective as of January 1, 2002. No further executives or highly paid management employees after such date shall be eligible to participate in the plan after such date except as to which the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine is appropriate.
 
(b)   Eligibility for Benefits . A Participant shall be entitled to receive a Supplemental Retirement Benefit (or have a Supplemental Retirement Benefit provided for his surviving Spouse) only if he satisfies the conditions of this Article IV and satisfies the qualification requirements of any of the Articles under the Plan to become eligible to receive a benefit thereunder.
 
(c)   Vesting . A Participant shall be vested hereunder upon attaining ten years of Company Service or upon meeting the requirements for a Normal Retirement Benefit, Early Retirement Benefit, Disability Benefit, Involuntary Termination Benefit, or Change in Control Benefit hereunder.
 
(d)   Forfeiture of Plan Benefits . In the absence of a Change in Control or a finding of Total Disability, a Participant’s participation shall cease and no benefits under this Plan shall be payable:
  (i)   to a Participant if the Participant:
  (A)   voluntarily terminates employment before completing at least 10 years of Company Service; or
 
  (B)   fails to give an Employer six months written advance notice of his pending voluntary Termination of Employment if he is leaving Diebold prior to age 60 (or three months written advance notice if he is leaving Diebold at age 60 or later); or
 
  (C)   is Terminated for Cause; or
  (ii)   to a Participant’s Spouse or Beneficiary, if the Participant:
  (A)   dies prior to satisfying the requirements for a Spouse’s Pre-Retirement or Post-Retirement Death benefit under Article XII; or
 
  (B)   is Terminated for Cause.

7


 

ARTICLE V
NORMAL RETIREMENT BENEFITS
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, a Participant who attains age 62 while employed by an Employer shall be eligible, at any time after his said attainment of age 62, to retire and receive a Normal Retirement Benefit commencing at the time set forth in Article XIV.
 
(b)   Computation of Amount of Normal Retirement Benefit . A Participant who retires under Section (a) shall be entitled to receive a monthly Supplemental Retirement Benefit equal to 65% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by his Service Fraction, reduced by the sum of:
  (i)   50% of the monthly Social Security Benefit payable to the Participant commencing on the first day of the month coincident with or following his Separation from Service; and
 
  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity, but not including any temporary supplements) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan commencing on the first day of the month coincident with or following his Separation from Service, assuming:
  (A)   for purposes of determining whether the Participant had a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and when the Participant could elect commencement of his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan (but not for purposes of determining the amount thereof), that the Participant had sufficient service under the Qualified Retirement Plan to have a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and a right to commence receiving such benefit on the first day of the month following his Separation from Service , and
 
  (B)   that the Participant elected commencement of such benefit on such date.
ARTICLE VI
EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFIT
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, a Participant who attains his Early Retirement Age while employed by an Employer shall be eligible to retire and receive an Early Retirement Benefit commencing at the time set forth in Article XIV.
 
(b)   Computation of Amount of Early Retirement Benefit . A Participant who has a Termination of Employment after meeting the requirements in Section (a) shall be entitled to receive a monthly Early Retirement Benefit equal to 65% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by his Service Fraction reduced by the sum of:

8


 

  (i)   50% of the monthly Social Security Benefit payable to the Participant commencing on this Normal Retirement Date; and
 
  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity, but not including any temporary supplements) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan commencing on his Normal Retirement Date assuming:
  (A)   for purposes of determining whether the Participant had a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and when the Participant could elect commencement of his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan (but not for purposes of determining the amount thereof), that the Participant had sufficient service under the Qualified Retirement Plan to have a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and a right to commence receiving such benefit at his Normal Retirement Date, and
 
  (B)   that the Participant elected commencement of such benefit as of such date.
    The monthly benefit computed under this Section (b) shall be reduced by .7% for each full month (up to 12) by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, and .6833% for each additional full month (if any) by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
ARTICLE VII
INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION BENEFIT
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, a Participant who incurs an involuntary Termination of Employment before he reaches his Early Retirement Age shall be eligible to receive an Involuntary Termination Benefit commencing at the time set forth in Article XIV. The Committee, or its duly appointed representative for this purpose, shall have full discretion to determine whether the termination of a Participant’s employment with the Employer is involuntary.
 
(b)   Computation of Amount of Involuntary Termination Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for an Involuntary Termination Benefit shall be entitled to receive a monthly Supplemental Retirement Benefit equal to 65% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by his Service Fraction, reduced by the sum of:
  (i)   50% of the monthly Social Security Benefit payable to the Participant commencing on his Normal Retirement Date; and

9


 

  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity, but not including any temporary supplements) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan commencing on his Normal Retirement Date, assuming:
  (A)   for purposes of determining whether the Participant had a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and when the Participant could elect commencement of his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan (but not for purposes of determining the amount thereof), that the Participant had sufficient service under the Qualified Retirement Plan to have a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and a right to commence receiving such benefit at his Normal Retirement Date, and
 
  (B)   that the Participant elected commencement of such benefit as of such date.
    This monthly benefit computed under this Section (b) shall be reduced by .7% for each full month (up to 12) by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, and .6833% for each additional full month (if any) by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
ARTICLE VIII
10-YEAR SERVICE BENEFIT
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, a Participant who has a Termination of Employment with the Employer after attaining 10 or more years of Company Service but who is not then eligible for other benefits under this Plan shall be eligible to receive a 10-Year Service Benefit commencing at the time set forth in Article XIV.
 
(b)   Computation of Amount of 10-Year Service Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for a 10-Year Service Benefit shall be entitled to receive a monthly Supplemental Retirement Benefit equal to 55% of his Final Average Monthly Compensation, multiplied by his Service Fraction, reduced by the sum of:
  (i)   50% of the monthly Social Security Benefit payable to the Participant commencing on his Normal Retirement Date; and
 
  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity) but not including any temporary supplements) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan at his Normal Retirement Date, assuming:
  (A)   for purposes of determining when the Participant could elect commencement of his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan (but not for purposes of determining the amount thereof) that the Participant had sufficient service under

10


 

      the Qualified Retirement Plan to have a right to commence his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan at his Normal Retirement Date, and
 
  (B)   that the Participant elected commencement of such benefit as of such date.
    The month benefit computed under this Section (b) shall be reduced by .7% for each full month (up to 12) by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, and .6833% for each additional full month (if any) by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
ARTICLE IX
15-YEAR SERVICE BENEFIT
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, a Participant who has a Termination of Employment with the Employer after attaining 15 or more years of Company Service but who is not then eligible for other benefits under this Plan (other than the 10-year Service Benefit) shall be eligible to receive a 15-Year Service Benefit commencing at the time set forth Article XIV.
 
(b)   Computation of Amount of 15-Year Service Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for a 15-Year Service Benefit shall be entitled to receive a monthly Supplemental Retirement Benefit equal to 55% of his Final Average Monthly Compensation, reduced by the sum of:
  (i)   50% of the monthly Social Security Benefit payable to the Participant commencing on his Normal Retirement Date; and
 
  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity, but not including any temporary supplements) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan at his Normal Retirement Date, assuming:
  (A)   for purposes of determining when the Participant could elect commencement of his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan (but not for purposes of determining the amount thereof) that the Participant had sufficient service under the Qualified Retirement Plan to have a right to commence his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan at his Normal Retirement Date, and
 
  (B)   that the Participant elected commencement of such benefit as of such date.
    The monthly benefit computed under this Section (b) shall be reduced by .7% for each full month (up to 12) by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, and .6833% for each additional full month (if any) by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.

11


 

ARTICLE X
DISABILITY BENEFIT
(a)   Qualified for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, if a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment before he reaches his Early Retirement Age by reason of his Total Disability, such Participant shall be eligible to receive a Disability Benefit commencing at the time set forth in Article XIV.
 
(b)   Computation of Amount of Disability Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for a Disability Benefit shall be entitled to receive a monthly Supplemental Retirement Benefit equal to (1) 65% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by his Service Fraction, reduced by (2) the sum of:
  (i)   50% of the monthly Social Security Benefit that would be payable to the Participant on account of his Total Disability if he were determined to be entitled to receive a Social Security Benefit as a result of his Total Disability (whether or not the Participant in fact qualifies for such Social Security Benefit); and
 
  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity, but not including any temporary supplements) that would be payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan on account of his Total Disability if he were determined to be entitled to receive a monthly disability benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan as a result of his Total Disability (whether or not the Participant in fact qualifies for such monthly disability benefit), assuming, for purposes of determining the Participant’s eligibility for a disability pension under the Qualified Retirement Plan (but not for purposes of determining the amount thereof), that the Participant had sufficient service under the Qualified Retirement Plan to be eligible for a disability pension thereunder; the difference of (i) minus (ii) then being multiplied by 83.4%.
ARTICLE XI
BENEFIT UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . A Participant who (1) has a Termination of Employment with the Employer within 24 months following a Change in Control and (2) is not at the time of such Termination of Employment eligible for a Normal Retirement Benefit, an Early Retirement Benefit, an Involuntary Termination Benefit or a Disability Benefit, shall be eligible for a Change in Control Benefit commencing at the time set forth in Article XIV.
 
(b)   Change in Control shall mean that:

12


 

  (i)   The Company is merged or consolidated or reorganized into or with another corporation or other legal person, and as a result of such merger, consolidation or reorganization less than a majority of the combined voting power of the securities of such corporation or person that are outstanding immediately following the consummation of such transaction is held in the aggregate by the holders of Voting Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company immediately prior to such transaction.
 
  (ii)   The Company sells or otherwise transfers all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation or other legal person, and as a result of such sale or transfer less than a majority of the combined voting power of the securities of such corporation or person that are outstanding immediately following the consummation of such sale or transfer is held in the aggregate by the holders of Voting Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company immediately prior to such sale or transfer.
 
  (iii)   There is a report filed on Schedule 13D or Schedule 14D-1 (or any successor schedule, form or report) thereto, each as promulgated pursuant to the Securities and Exchange of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), disclosing that any person (as the term “person” is used in Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) has become the beneficial owner (as the term “beneficial owner” is defined under Rule 13d-3 or any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act) of securities representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company (the “Voting Stock”);
 
  (iv)   The Company files a report or proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing in response to Form 8-K or Schedule 14A (or any successor schedule, form or report or item therein) that a change in control of the Company has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future pursuant to any then-existing contract or transaction; or
 
  (v)   If during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members thereof, unless the election or the nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of each member of the Board first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the member of the Board then still in office who were members of the Board at the beginning of any such period.
    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of subsection (iii) or (iv) hereof, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Plan, either (1) solely because the

13


 

    Company, a Subsidiary, or any Company-sponsored employee stock ownership plan or other employee benefit plan of the Company, files or becomes obligated to file a report or a proxy statement under or in response to Schedule 13D, Schedule 14D-1, Form 8-K or Schedule 14A (or any successor schedule, form or report or item therein) under the Exchange Act, disclosing beneficial ownership by it of shares of Voting Stock, whether in excess of 20 percent or otherwise, or because the Company reports that a change in control of the Company has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future by reason of such beneficiary ownership or (2) solely because of a change in control of any Subsidiary by which any Participant may be employed. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of subsections (i-iv) hereof, if, prior to any event described in subsections (i-iv) hereof that may be instituted by any person who is not an officer or director of the Company, or prior to any disclosed proposal that may be instituted by any person who is not an officer or director of the Company that could lead to any such event, management proposes any structuring of the Company that ultimately leads to an event described in subsections (i-iv) hereof pursuant to such management proposal, than a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the Plan.
 
(c)   Computation of Amount of Change in Control Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for a Change in Control Benefit shall be entitled to receive a monthly Supplemental Retirement Benefit equal to 65% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by his Service Fraction, reduced by the sum of:
  (i)   50% of the monthly Social Security Benefit payable to the Participant commencing on his Normal Retirement Date; and
 
  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity not including any temporary supplements) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan commencing on his Normal Retirement Date, assuming:
  (A)   for purposes of determining whether the Participant had a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and when the Participant could elect commencement of his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan (but not for purposes of determining the amount thereof), that the Participant had sufficient service under the Qualified Retirement Plan to have a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and a right to commence receiving such benefit at his Normal Retirement Date, and
 
  (B)   that the Participant elected commencement of such benefit as of such date.
    This monthly benefit computed under this Section (c) shall be reduced by .7% for each full month (up to 12) by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement

14


 

    Date, and .6833% for each additional full month (if any) by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
ARTICLE XII
DEATH BENEFIT
(a)   Pre-Retirement
  (i)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, if a Participant dies after having satisfied eligibility requirements for a Supplemental Retirement Benefit but before commencing to receive payment of a Supplemental Retirement Benefit, the surviving Spouse of such deceased Participant shall be eligible for a Pre-Retirement Death Benefit commencing at the time set forth in Article XIV.
 
  (ii)   Computation of Amount of Pre-Retirement Death Benefit . The amount of the Pre-Retirement Death Benefit shall be equal to the monthly amount which would have been payable to the Participant commencing as of his Normal Retirement Date. The monthly benefit specified herein shall be reduced by .7% for each full month (up to 12) by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, and .6833% for each additional full month (if any) by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
 
  (iii)   Form and Duration of Payment . The Pre-Retirement Death Benefit shall be a monthly benefit payable from the time of commencement set forth in Article XIII until the first day of the month coincident with the death of the surviving Spouse.
(b)   Post-Retirement Death Benefit
  (i)   For current Spouses of Participants in the Plan as of January 1, 2001:
  (1)   Qualification for Benefit . Upon the death of a Participant who is receiving Supplemental Retirement Benefits (including Disability Benefits) , the surviving Spouse of such deceased Participant shall be eligible for the Post-Retirement Death Benefit described in paragraph (2) of this Section.
 
  (2)   Computation of Amount of Annual Benefit . The Post-Retirement Death Benefit shall be a monthly benefit in an amount equal to the amount of the Supplemental Retirement Benefit the deceased Participant was receiving at the time of his death.
  (ii)   For future Spouses of Participants in the Plan as of January 1, 2001 or all Spouses of future Participants after January 1, 2001:

15


 

  (1)   Qualification for Benefit . The Surviving Spouse of a deceased Participant who has died while receiving Supplemental Retirement Benefits (including Disability Benefits) under the Plan and whose optional form of payment election provides for a survivor benefit shall be eligible for the Post-Retirement Death Benefit described in paragraph (2) of this Section.
 
  (2)   Computation of Amount of Annual Benefit . The Post-Retirement Death Benefit shall be a monthly benefit in an amount equal to either:
  (A)   100% (as elected by the Participant), or
 
  (B)   50% (as elected by the Participant)
 
  of the reduced Supplemental Retirement Benefit the deceased Participant was receiving at the time of his death.
(c)   Minimum Death Benefit
  (i)   Pre-Retirement Surviving Spouse Benefit . As provided in Section (a) hereof, at the death of a Participant who satisfies the requirements, monthly death benefits are payable to an eligible surviving Spouse for her remaining lifetime. If the surviving Spouse has not received at least five years of monthly benefit payments at her death, the remainder of the five years of monthly benefit payments, if any, will be made monthly to the Beneficiary named by the surviving Spouse. If no Beneficiary is so named, the remaining payments, if any, will be made to the Spouse’s estate.
 
  (ii)   Post-Retirement Surviving Spouse Benefit . If, at the death of the Participant and the surviving Spouse, five years of benefit payments have not been paid to them totally, the remainder, if any, of the five year period, will be paid monthly to the named Beneficiary of the last to survive. If no such Beneficiary is named, the remaining payments, if any, will be made to the Estate of the Participant or last survivor, as the case may be.
 
  (iii)   Pre-Retirement Benefit with No Spouse . Notwithstanding the other sections of Article XII, a death benefit will be payable at the death of a Participant who is otherwise eligible under Sections (a) above, but has no surviving Spouse (or has no eligible surviving Spouse) at his death. The monthly death benefit shall be computed under Section XII(a)(ii) and (iii) and shall be paid to Participant’s named Beneficiary in accordance with Article XIV. For purposes of the Pre-Retirement Death Benefit only, a minimum of five years of monthly payments will be made to the Participant and/or the named Beneficiary under this provision. If no Beneficiary is named at the death of the Participant, any payments under this Section will be payable to the Participant’s estate.

16


 

ARTICLE XIII
PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND CLAIMS
(a)   Administration by Committee . The Committee shall be charged with the administration of the Plan.
 
(b)   Powers of the Committee . The Committee shall have all such powers as may be necessary to discharge its duties relative to the administration of the Plan, including, by way of illustration and not limitation, discretionary authority to interpret and construe the Plan, to determine and decide all questions of fact, and all disputes, arising under the Plan including, but not limited to, the eligibility of any employee to participate hereunder, the validity of any Election of Deferral or other election as may be necessary or appropriate hereunder and the right of any employee to benefits payable hereunder. The Committee shall have all power necessary to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, regulations and practices governing the operation of the Plan as it, in its sole discretion, may from time to time deem advisable.
 
(c)   Committee Actions . The Committee shall not be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of the Plan unless attributable to willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Committee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person employed or engaged by the Company with respect to the Plan. Participants who are members of the Committee shall not participate in any action or determination regarding solely their own benefits payable hereunder. All decisions of the Committee shall be by majority of the votes cast and, except as provided in Section (d) of this Article XII, decisions of the Committee made in good faith shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties.
 
(d)   Claims and Review Procedure . The Committee shall be responsible for the claims procedure under the Plan. An application for benefits under the Plan shall be considered a claim for purposes of this Section (d). Until modified by the Committee, the claims and review procedure set forth in this Section shall be the mandatory claims and review procedure for the resolution of disputes and disposition of claims filed under the Plan.
  (i)   Initial Claim . An individual may, subject to any applicable deadline, file with the Committee a written claim for benefits under the Plan in a form and manner prescribed by the Committee.
  (A)   If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Committee shall notify the claimant of the adverse benefit determination within 90 days after the receipt of the claim.

17


 

  (B)   The 90-day period for making the claim determination may be extended for 90 days if the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for determination of the claim, provided that the Committee notifies the claimant, prior to the expiration of the initial 90-day period, of the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which a claim determination is expected to be made.
  (ii)   Notice of Initial Adverse Determination . A notice of an adverse determination shall be set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.
  (A)   the specific reasons for the adverse determination;
 
  (B)   references to the specific provisions of the Plan document (or other applicable Plan document) on which the adverse determination is based;
 
  (C)   a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and
 
  (D)   a description of the claims review procedure, including the time limits applicable to such procedure, and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse determination on review.
  (iii)   Request for Review . Within 60 days after receipt of an initial adverse benefit determination notice, the claimant may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the adverse determination and may, in connection therewith submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim benefits. Any request for review of the initial adverse determination not filed within 60 days after receipt of the initial adverse determination notice shall be untimely.
 
  (iv)   Claim on Review . If the claim, upon review, is denied in whole or in part, the Committee shall notify the claimant of the adverse benefit determination within 60 days after receipt of such a request for review.
  (A)   The 60-day period for deciding the claim on review may be extended for 60 days if the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for determination of the claim, provided that the Committee notifies the claimant, prior to the expiration of the initial 60-day period, of the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which a claim determination is expected to be made.
 
  (B)   In the event that the time period is extended due to a claimant’s failure to submit information necessary to decide a claim on review, the claimant shall have 60 days within which to provide the necessary information and the period for

18


 

      making the claim determination on review shall be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the claimant until the date on which the claimant responds to the request for additional information or, if earlier, the expiration of 60 days.
 
  (C)   The Committee’s review of a denied claim shall take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
  (v)   Notice of Adverse Determination for Claim on Review . A notice of an adverse determination for a claim on review shall set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:
  (A)   the specific reasons for the denial;
 
  (B)   references to the specific provisions of the Plan document (or other applicable Plan document) on which the adverse determination is based.
 
  (C)   a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits;
 
  (D)   a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the claimant’s right to obtain information about such procedures; and
 
  (E)   a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA §502(a).
(e)   Deadline to File Claim . To be considered timely under the Plan’s claim and review procedure, a claim must be filed with the Committee within 1 year after the claimant knew or reasonably should have known of the principal facts upon which the claim is based.
 
(f)   Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies . The exhaustion of the claim and review procedure is mandatory for resolving every claim and dispute arising under the Plan as to such claims and disputes.
  (i)   No claimant shall be permitted to commence any legal action to recover Plan benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under Section 502 or Section 510 of ERISA or under any other provision of law, whether or not statutory, until the claim and review procedure set forth herein have been exhausted in their entirety; and
 
  (ii)   In any such legal action all explicit and all implicit determinations by the Committee (including, but not limited to, determinations as to whether the claim, or a request for a review of a denied claim, was timely filed) shall be afforded the maximum deference permitted by law.

19


 

(g)   Deadline to File Legal Action . No legal action to recover Plan benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under Section 502 of ERISA or under any other provision of law, whether or not statutory, may be brought by any claimant on any matter pertaining to the Plan unless the legal action is commenced in the proper forum before the earlier of:
  (i)   30 months after the claimant knew or reasonably should have known of the principal facts on which the claim is based, or
 
  (ii)   6 months after the claimant has exhausted the claim and review procedure.
(h)   Knowledge of Fact by Participant Imputed to Beneficiary . Knowledge of all facts that a Participant knew or reasonably should have known shall be imputed to every claimant who is or claims to be a Beneficiary of the Participant or otherwise claims to derive an entitlement by reference to the Participant.
 
(i)   Information Furnished by Participants . Neither the Company nor the Committee shall be liable or responsible for any error in the computation of the accrued benefit of a Participant resulting from any misstatement of fact made by the Participant, directly or indirectly, to the Company or the Committee, and used by it in determining the Participant’s accrued benefit. The Company and the Committee shall not be obligated or required to increase the accrued benefit of such Participant which, on discovery of the misstatement, is found to be understated as a result of such misstatement of the Participant. However, the accrued benefit of any Participant which is overstated by reason of any such misstatement shall be reduced to the amount appropriate in view of accurate facts.
 
(j)   Overpayments . If a payment or series of payments made from this Plan is found to be greater than the accrued benefit to which a Participant or Beneficiary is entitled due to factual errors, mathematical errors or otherwise, the Committee may, in its discretion and to the extent consistent with Code §409A, and in addition to or in lieu of any other legal remedies it may have, suspend or reduce future benefits to such Participant or Beneficiary as it deems appropriate to correct the overpayment.
ARTICLE XIV
OPTIONAL FORMS AND TIMING OF BENEFITS
(a)   Automatic Form of Payment . The automatic form of payment for any Supplemental Retirement Benefit shall be a single life annuity.
 
(b)   Annuity Options . Any Participant in the Plan as of January 1, 2001 who marries a Spouse at any time after January 1, 2001 and any future Participants in the Plan after January 1, 2001, may, in

20


 

    lieu of the automatic single life annuity form of payment, elect to receive his benefit in any of the following actuarially equivalent optional forms of payment:

OPTION 1: 50% Joint and Survivor Annuity

OPTION 2: 100% Joint and Survivor Annuity
 
(c)   Timing of Benefit Payments . Supplemental Retirement Benefits shall commence at the following times for each of the identified Supplemental Retirement Benefits:
  (i)   Normal Retirement Benefits under Article V shall commence as of the later of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or the first of the month coincident with or next following his actual Separation from Service; provided, however, if such Participant is a Specified Employee, payment shall commence on the first day of the month which follows the expiration of a period of six months from the Participant’s Separation from Service. Benefits payable during such six-month period shall be accumulated and paid at the time of commencement of payments.
 
  (ii)   Early Retirement Benefits under Article VI shall commence on the first day of the month following the later of the Participant’s attaining his Early Retirement Age or his actual Separation from Service; provided, however, if such Participant is a Specified Employee, payment shall commence on the first day of the month which follows the expiration of a period of six months from the Participant’s Separation from Service. Benefits payable during such six-month period shall be accumulated and paid at the time of commencement of payments.
 
  (iii)   Involuntary Termination Benefits under Article VII shall commence on the first day of the month following the later of the month in which the Participant attains Early Retirement Age or Participant’s actual Separation from Service; provided, however, if such Participant is a Specified Employee, payment shall not commence prior to the first day of the month which follows the expiration of a period of six months from the date of Participant’s Separation from Service. Benefits payable during such six-month period shall be accumulated and paid at the time of commencement of payments.
 
  (iv)   10-Year or 15-Year Service Benefits under Articles VIII and IX respectively shall commence on the first day of the month following the later of the month in which the Participant attains Early Retirement Age or Participant’s actual Separation from Service; provided, however, if such Participant is a Specified Employee, payment shall not commence prior to the first day of the month which follows the expiration of a period of six months from the date of Participant’s Separation from Service. Benefits payable

21


 

      during such six-month period shall be accumulated and paid at the time of commencement of payments.
 
  (v)   Disability Benefits under Article X shall commence on an unreduced actuarial basis, on the first day of the month following the month of Participant’s Separation from Service by reason of Total Disability. Payments shall continue until the earlier of the first day of the month for which the Participant is determined to no longer have a Total Disability or the first day of the month in which the Participant dies (unless a survivor annuity option has been selected, in which case payments shall continue to the Participant’s Surviving Spouse). The Committee may, in its discretion, take such steps as it deems necessary to determine the continued existence of a Participant’s Total Disability and may cease the Disability Benefit payable hereunder if it is established to the Committee’s satisfaction (as determined under the same standards recognized at the time Participant was determined as suffering a Total Disability) that such Total Disability no longer exists or Social Security Disability Benefits are no longer being paid. If a Participant’s Disability Benefit ceases because the Participant has recovered from the Total Disability, the Participant may be eligible for a benefit under the other provisions of the Plan.
 
  (vi)   Change in Control Benefits under Article XI shall commence on the first day of the month following the later of the month in which the Participant attains Early Retirement Age or Participant’s Separation from Service; provided, however, if such Participant is a Specified Employee, payment shall not commence prior to the first day of the month which follows the expiration of a period of six months from the Participant’s Separation from Service. Benefits payable during such six-month period shall be accumulated and paid at the time of commencement of payments.
 
  (vii)   Death Benefits under Article XII shall be paid as follows:
  (A)   Pre-Retirement Death Benefits shall commence the later of the date the Participant attains Early Retirement Age or his date of death.
 
  (B)   Post-Retirement Death Benefits shall commence as of the first day of the month immediately following the date of the Participant’s death, and shall continue to be paid as of the first day of each month thereafter until the first day of the month that includes the date of the death of the surviving Spouse.
  (viii)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Plan Benefit payable hereunder will be treated as made as stated herein if the payment is made at such time or a later date within the same calendar year or, if later, by the 15 th day of the third calendar month following such date.

22


 

  (ix)   Withholding of Taxes . The benefits payable under the Plan shall be subject to the deduction of any federal, state or local income taxes, Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA), FUTA or other taxes that are required to be withheld from such payments by applicable laws and regulations.
 
  (x)   Acceleration of Payments . Notwithstanding this Article XI, each Participant’s Supplemental Retirement Benefit shall be paid to him upon termination of the Plan to the extent provided in Article XIV.
 
  (xi)   Delay of Payment . Notwithstanding this Article XIV, the Company may delay the payment of all or any portion of the Participant’s Supplemental Retirement Benefit as follows:
  (A)   The Committee reasonably anticipates that if the Supplemental Retirement Benefits were made as scheduled, the Company’s deduction with respect to such payments would not be permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code; provided such payments are then made during the Participant’s first taxable year in which the Committee reasonably anticipates that the Company’s deduction would not be barred by application of Section 162(m) of the Code.
 
  (B)   The Committee reasonably anticipates that making scheduled payments would violate Federal Securities laws or other applicable laws provided such payments are then made at the earliest date at which the Committee reasonably contemplates that making the scheduled payments will not cause such a violation.
ARTICLE XV
MISCELLANEOUS
(a)   Funding . The obligation of the Employers to pay benefits under the Plan constitutes the unsecured promise of the Employers to make payments from their general assets, and no Participant or Spouse shall have any interest in, or a lien or prior claim upon, any property of the Employers. With respect to the benefits under the Plan, each Participant or Spouse shall have the status of a general unsecured creditor of the Participant’s Employer. The Company may establish a so-called “rabbi trust” to hold funds, stock or other securities to be used in payment of the obligations of the Employers under the Plan, and may fund such trust; provided, however, that any funds contained therein shall remain subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Company or any other Employer for which the Participant performs services. It is the intention of the Employers that the Plan be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. No liability for the payment of benefits under the Plan shall be imposed upon any officer,

23


 

    director, employee or stockholder of the Company or any other Employer, or upon the Board, the Committee or any member thereof.
 
(b)   No Guaranty of Benefits . Nothing contained in this Plan shall constitute a guaranty by any Employer, the Committee or the Board that the assets of any Employer will be sufficient to pay any benefit hereunder.
 
(c)   Assignments and Restrictions . To the extent permitted by law, and except as otherwise provided in this Section (c), no right or interest of a Participant or Spouse under this Plan shall be transferable or assignable (either at law or in equity) nor shall any such right or interest be subject to alienation, anticipation, encumbrance, attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process of any kind, voluntary or involuntary, or in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts of any Participant or Spouse. If a Participant shall attempt to or shall transfer, assign, alienate, anticipate, sell, pledge or otherwise encumber his benefits hereunder or any part thereof, or if by reason of his bankruptcy or other event happening at any time such benefits would devolve upon anyone else or would not be enjoyed by him, then the Company, in its discretion, may terminate his interest in any such benefit to the extent the Company considers necessary or advisable to prevent or limit the effects of such occurrence. Termination shall be effected by filing a “termination declaration” with the Committee and making reasonable efforts to deliver a copy to the Participant (the “Terminated Participant”) whose interest is affected thereby. As long as the Terminated Participant is alive, any benefits affected by the termination shall be retained by the Company and, in the Company’s sole and absolute judgment, may be paid to or expended for the benefit of the Terminated Participants, his spouse, his children or any other person or persons in fact dependent upon him in such a manner as the Company shall deem proper. Upon the death of the Terminated Participant, all benefits withheld from him and not paid to others in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be paid to the Terminated Participant’s surviving Spouse or, if none, to the Terminated Participant’s then living descendants, including adopted children, per stripes .
 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts payable under this Plan may be withheld by the Company as they become due to the extent necessary to cover any debts or other obligations owed to the Company by the Participant, but only if such debts or other obligations are acknowledged as such in writing by the Participant or are confirmed as such by a final, nonappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
 
(d)   Headings . The various headings used in this Plan are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting the test of the Article, Section, paragraph or subparagraph in which they appear.

24


 

(e)   Employment . The establishment of this Plan shall not be construed to give any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer.
 
(f)   Applicable Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Plan shall be governed by the internal substantive laws of the State of Ohio, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such State.
 
(g)   Binding Effect on Employer, Participants, Spouses and Their Successors . This Plan shall be binding and inure to the benefit of any Employer or its successors and assigns, and the Participants, Spouses and their heirs, legatees, distributes, executors, administrators or other legal representatives.
 
(h)   Participant Information . Each participant shall keep the Committee informed of his current address and the current address of his Spouse, if applicable. The Participant shall furnish to the Committee any and all information deemed by the Committee to be necessary or desirable for the proper administration of the Plan.
 
(i)   Incapacity . In the event that a Participant or Spouse is declared incompetent and a guardian, conservator or other person is appointed and legally charged with the care of the person or the person’s estate, the payments under the Plan to which such Participant or Spouse is entitled shall be paid to such guardian, conservator or other person legally charged with the care of the person or the estate. Except as provided hereinabove, when the Company, in its sole discretion, determines that the Participant or Spouse is unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the Company may make distribution(s) of the amounts payable to such Participant or Spouse to any one or more of the spouse, lineal ascendants or descendants or other closest living relatives of such Participant or Spouse who demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Company the propriety of making such distribution(s). Any payment so made shall not exceed such amount as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code and shall be in complete discharge of any liability under this Agreement for such payment. The Company shall not be required to see to the application of any such distribution made under this Section.
 
(j)   Code Section 409A . To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Plan and the benefits payable hereunder comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. The Plan and the benefits payable hereunder shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Plan or benefit payable hereunder to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code and may be made by the Company without the consent of Participants).

25


 

ARTICLE XVI
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
(a)   Amendment . The Plan may be amended from time to time in any respect whatsoever by the Company and by the Committee to the extent consistent with its delegated authority. Any such amendment may be retroactive, prospective or both. No such amendment of the Plan document or termination of the Plan, however, shall reduce a Participant’s accrued benefit earned as of the date of such amendment unless the Participant so affected consents in writing to the amendment or such amendment is deemed necessary by the Company to affect the intended purposes of this Plan and/or to comply with applicable law.
 
(b)   Termination . The Company reserves the right to discontinue benefit accruals at any time. The Company also reserves the right to cause an acceleration of the time and form of a Plan payment where the acceleration of such payment is made in accordance with one of the following provisions:
  (i)   Dissolution or Bankruptcy . At the discretion of the Company within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code §331 or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that Plan benefits are included in the Participants’ gross incomes in the latest of:
  (A)   the calendar year in which the Plan termination and liquidation occurs;
 
  (B)   the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or
 
  (C)   the first calendar year in which payment is administratively feasible.
  (ii)   Discretionary Termination . At the discretion of the Company, provided that:
  (A)   the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Company;
 
  (B)   all other arrangements sponsored by the Company that would be aggregated with this arrangement under Code §409A are also terminated, to the extent any Participant in this Plan also has a benefit under any such other arrangement;
 
  (C)   no payments in liquidation of the Plan, other than payments that would have been made under this Plan had the termination not occurred, are made from the Plan within 12 months of the termination;
 
  (D)   all benefits are fully distributed within 24 months of such termination; and
 
  (E)   the Company does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated under Code §409A with this Plan for 3 years following the date the Company has taken all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate this Plan

26


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Diebold, Incorporated Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan has been executed this                      day of December 2008, effective as of January 1, 2008.
         
  DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
 
 
  By:      
       
  Its:      
       
 

27


 

Appendix A
SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO
TRANSFERRED BENEFITS OF PARTICIPANTS OF THE DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN II (“SERP II”)
A.1.   Purpose.
 
    The purpose of this Appendix A is to identify certain provisions pertaining to the sole participant of SERP II whose benefit is hereby transferred into the Plan effective as of this Restatement. The provisions of this Appendix A supersede the provisions of the Plan as set forth below.
 
A.2.   Definitions .
  1.   “Normal Retirement Age” shall mean age 65.
 
  2.   “Normal Retirement Date” shall mean the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the 65 th birthday of a Participant.
 
  3.   “Service Fraction” shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which is the lesser of (A) the Participant’s years of Company Service, or (B) (30), and the denominator of which is 30.
A.3.   Eligibility . Mr. Eric Evans is the sole Participant eligible to participate in the Plan with respect to the provisions of this Appendix A.
 
A.4   Normal Retirement Benefits .
  1.   Qualification for Benefit . The provisions of Article V(a) of the Plan shall apply except that age 65 shall be inserted in lieu of the age 62 referenced therein.
 
  2.   Computation of Amount of Normal Retirement Benefit . The provisions of Article V(b) of the Plan shall apply except that the “65% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation” shall be replaced by “50% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation”.
A.5.   Early Retirement Benefits .
  1.   Computation of Amount of Early Retirement Benefit . The provisions of Article VI(b) of the Plan shall apply except that “65% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation” shall be replaced by “50% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation” and the monthly benefit computed shall be actuarially reduced using the assumptions defined in Article III(1), for each full month by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
A.6.   Involuntary Termination Benefits .
  1.   Computation of Amount of Involuntary Termination Benefit . The provisions of Article VII(b) of the Plan shall apply except that “65% of the Participant’s Final Average

1


 

      Monthly Compensation” shall be replaced by “50% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation” and the monthly benefit computed shall be actuarially reduced using the assumptions defined in Article III(1), for each full month by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
A.7.   10-Year Service Benefit .
  1.   Computation of Amount of 10-Year Service Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for a 10-Year Service Benefit shall be entitled to receive a monthly Supplemental Retirement Benefit equal to the excess, if any, of:
  (i)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity, but not including any temporary supplements) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan at his Normal Retirement Date but calculated without regard to any statutory limits under Code Section 401(a)(7) or 415(b), minus
 
  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity), but not including any temporary supplements) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan at his Normal Retirement Date assuming:
  (A)   for purposes of determining when the Participant could elect commencement of his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan (but not for purposes of determining the amount thereof) that the Participant had sufficient service under the Qualified Retirement Plan to have a right to commence his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan at his Normal Retirement Date, and
 
  (B)   that the Participant elected commencement of such benefit as of such date;
      The monthly benefit computed under the preceding sentence shall be actuarially reduced using the assumptions identified in Article III(1), for each full month by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
A.8.   15-Year Service Benefit .
  1.   Computation of Amount of 15-Year Service Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for a 15-Year Service Benefit shall be entitled to receive a monthly Supplemental Retirement Benefit equal to the excess, if any, of:
  (i)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity, but not including any temporary supplements) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan at his Normal Retirement Date but calculated without regard to any statutory limits under Code Section 401(a)(7) or 415(b), minus

2


 

  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity), but not including any temporary supplements) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan at his Normal Retirement Date (as defined herein), assuming:
  (A)   for purposes of determining when the Participant could elect commencement of his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan (but not for purposes of determining the amount thereof) that the Participant had sufficient service under the Qualified Retirement Plan to have a right to commence his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan at his Normal Retirement Date, and
 
  (B)   that the Participant elected commencement of such benefit as of such date;
      The monthly benefit computed under the preceding sentence shall be actuarially reduced using the assumptions identified in Article III(1), for each full month by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
A.9.   Disability Benefit .
  1.   Computation of Amount of Disability Benefit . The provisions of Article X(b) shall apply except that “65% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation” shall be replaced by “50% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation”.
A.10.   Change in Control Benefit .
  1.   Computation of Amount of Early Retirement Benefit . The provisions of Article XI(b) of the Plan shall apply except that “65% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation” shall be replaced by “50% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation” and the monthly benefit computed shall be actuarially reduced using the assumptions defined in Article III(1), for each full month by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
A.11.   Death Benefit .
  (a)   Pre-Retirement .
  (i)   Qualification for Benefit . If a Participant dies after attaining five (5) years of Company Service, but before commencing to receive payment of a Supplemental Retirement Benefit (other than a Disability Benefit) the surviving Spouse of such deceased Participant shall be eligible for a Pre-Retirement Death Benefit.
 
  (ii)   Computation of Amount of Pre-Retirement Death Benefit . The amount will be as determined under the Plan but will be actuarially reduced using the

3


 

      assumptions listed in Article III(1), for each full month by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
  (b)   Post-Retirement . Post-Retirement Death Benefit shall be paid under Article X(b)(ii) of the Plan.
A.12.   Optional Forms and Timing of Benefits .
  (a)   Automatic Form of Payment . The automatic form of payment for a married Participant is the 50% Joint and Survivor Annuity.
 
  (b)   Annuity Options . In lieu of the Automatic Form of Payment, a Participant may choose one of the following optional forms of payment:
 
      Option 1: Single life annuity. A monthly Supplemental Retirement Benefit payable to the Participant for his life with no continuation of benefits after his death.
 
      Option 2: 100% Joint and Survivor Annuity.

4

Exhibit 10.5(iii)
DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED PENSION RESTORATION
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
Amended and Restated January 1, 2008

 


 

DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED PENSION RESTORATION
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
(Amended and Restated January 1, 2008)
Table of Contents
         
    Page
ARTICLE I PLAN
    1  
ARTICLE II PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
    1  
ARTICLE III DEFINITIONS
    1  
(1) “Actuarial Equivalent”
    1  
(2) “Affiliate”
    1  
(3) “Beneficiary”
    2  
(4) “Board”
    2  
(5) “Change in Control
    2  
(6) “Change in Control Benefit”
    2  
(7) “Code”
    2  
(8) “Committee”
    2  
(9) “Company”
    2  
(10) “Company Service”
    2  
(11) “Disability Benefit”
    2  
(12) “Early Retirement Age”
    2  
(13) “Employer”
    2  
(14) “50% Joint and Survivor Annuity”
    2  
(15) “Normal Retirement Date”
    3  
(16) “100% Joint and Survivor Annuity”
    3  
(17) “Participant”
    3  
(18) “Plan”
    3  
(19) “Plan Benefit”
    3  
(20) “Points”
    3  
(21) “Post-Retirement Death Benefit”
    3  
(22) “Pre-Retirement Death Benefit”
    3  
(23) “Qualified Retirement Plan”
    3  
(24) “Retirement Benefit”
    3  
(25) “Separation from Service”
    3  
(26) “Specified Employee”
    4  
(27) “Spouse”
    4  
(28) “Terminated for Cause”
    4  
(29) “Termination of Employment”
    5  
(30) “Total Disability”
    5  
(31) “Vested Benefit”
    5  
ARTICLE IV ELIGIBILITY, PARTICIPATION AND VESTING
    5  
(a) Eligibility for Participation in the Plan
    5  

i


 

         
    Page
(b) Eligibility for Benefits
    6  
(c) Initial Election
    6  
(d) Vesting
    6  
(e) Forfeiture of Plan Benefits
    6  
ARTICLE V NORMAL RETIREMENT BENEFITS
    6  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    6  
(b) Computation of Amount of Normal Retirement Benefit
    6  
ARTICLE VI EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFIT
    7  
(a) Qualification for Benefit.
    7  
(b) Computation of Amount of Early Retirement Benefit
    7  
ARTICLE VII VESTED BENEFIT
    8  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    8  
(b) Computation of Amount of Vested Benefit
    8  
ARTICLE VIII DISABILITY BENEFIT
    9  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    9  
(b) Computation of Amount of Disability Benefit
    9  
ARTICLE IX BENEFIT UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
    10  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    10  
(b) Change in Control
    10  
(c) Computation of Amount of Change in Control Benefit
    11  
ARTICLE X DEATH BENEFIT
    12  
(a) Pre-Retirement
    12  
(b) Post-Retirement Death Benefit
    13  
ARTICLE XI OPTIONAL FORMS AND TIMING OF BENEFITS
    13  
(a) Optional Forms of Benefits
    13  
(b) Timing of Benefit Payments
    13  
ARTICLE XII PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND CLAIMS
    16  
(a) Administration by Committee
    16  
(b) Powers of the Committee
    16  
(c) Committee Actions
    17  
(d) Claims and Review Procedure
    17  
(e) Deadline to File Claim
    19  
(f) Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies
    19  
(g) Deadline to File Legal Action
    20  
(h) Knowledge of Fact by Participant Imputed to Beneficiary
    20  
(i) Information Furnished by Participants
    20  
(j) Overpayments
    20  
ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS
    20  
(a) Funding
    20  
(b) No Guaranty of Benefits
    21  
(c) Assignments and Restrictions
    21  
(d) Headings
    22  
(e) Employment
    22  
(f) Applicable Law
    22  

ii


 

         
    Page
(g) Binding Effect on Employer, Participants, Spouses and Their Successors
    22  
(h) Participant Information
    22  
(i) Incapacity
    22  
(j) Code Section 409A
    23  
ARTICLE XIV AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
    23  
(a) Amendment
    23  
(b) Termination
    23  
 iii

 


 

DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED PENSION RESTORATION
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
(Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2008)
ARTICLE I
PLAN
The Diebold, Incorporated Pension Restoration Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) was originally adopted effective as of January 1, 2007. The Plan is being amended as of January 1, 2008 to comply with the final regulations under Code Section 409A, as enacted by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.
ARTICLE II
PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
This Plan was created for the principal purpose of providing retirement income for a select group of executive and highly compensated management employees, within the meaning of Section 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, of Diebold, Incorporated and its subsidiary organizations. It is intended to restore benefits which are not payable under the Diebold, Incorporated Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees as a result of the compensation limits imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code. During the period from January 1, 2007 (the original effective date) and until the effective date of this Restatement, the Plan was operated in good faith compliance with IRS Notice 2005-1, proposed regulations under Code §409A and other applicable guidance.
ARTICLE III
DEFINITIONS
(a)   The following definitions shall apply with respect to this Plan:
  (1)   “Actuarial Equivalent” shall mean, except where otherwise indicated, a benefit of equivalent value to the benefit it replaces calculated on the basis of the RP-2000 Mortality Table for males (RP-2000 Mortality Table for females spouse’s mortality) and a seven percent (7%) interest rate per annum, compounded annually.
 
  (2)   “Affiliate” shall mean any entity included with the Company in a controlled group of corporations or trades or businesses under common control within the meaning of Code §414(b) or §414(c), an affiliated service group within the

1


 

      meaning of Code §414(n), or any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company under Code §414(o). For all purposes under this Plan, in applying Code §1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) for purposes of determining the Company’s Affiliates under Code §414(b), the language “at least 80%” shall be applied as it appears in those sections, and in applying Treas. Reg. §1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining trades or business (whether or not incorporated) that are under common control for purposes of Code §414(c), the language “at least 80%” shall be used as it appears in such regulation.
  (3)   “Beneficiary” shall mean an eligible surviving Spouse that may receive death benefits under this Plan, as are outlined in Article X.
 
  (4)   “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of Diebold, Incorporated.
 
  (5)   “Change in Control” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article IX.
 
  (6)   “Change in Control Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article IX.
 
  (7)   “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
 
  (8)   “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, as such Committee may be constituted from time to time.
 
  (9)   “Company” shall mean Diebold, Incorporated.
 
  (10)   “Company Service” shall mean years of employment (measured in years and completed months) with an Employer.
 
  (11)   “Disability Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article VIII hereof.
 
  (12)   “Early Retirement Age” shall mean the date that the Participant has both attained age 50 and accrued 70 points.
 
  (13)   “Employer” shall mean (a) the Company or its successors, and (b) any Affiliate which may specifically adopt this Plan with the consent of the company, or its successors.
 
  (14)   “50% Joint and Survivor Annuity” shall mean a reduced monthly Plan benefit which is Actuarially Equivalent to the single life annuity under the Plan and is payable to the Participant for his life, with continuance of monthly payments of 50% of such reduced amount after his death to his surviving Spouse until the first day of the month in which occurs the surviving Spouse’s death.

2


 

  (15)   “Normal Retirement Date” shall mean the first day of the month coincident with or next following the 65 th birthday of the Participant.
 
  (16)   “100% Joint and Survivor Annuity” shall mean a reduced monthly Plan Benefit which is Actuarially Equivalent to the single life annuity under the Plan and is payable to the Participant for his life, with continuance of monthly payments of 100% of such reduced amount after his death or this surviving spouse until the first day of the month in which occurs the surviving Spouse’s death.
 
  (17)   “Participant” shall mean any executive or highly paid management employee of an Employer who is selected to participant in this Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article IV.
 
  (18)   “Plan” shall mean this Diebold, Incorporated Pension Restoration Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as in effect from time to time.
 
  (19)   “Plan Benefit” shall mean the Change in Control Benefit, Disability Benefit, Vested Benefit, Retirement Benefit, Pre-Retirement Death Benefit or Post-Retirement Death Benefit for which a Participant or his Spouse may qualify.
 
  (20)   “Points” shall be the numerical total of the Participant’s years of age plus years of Company Service.
 
  (21)   “Post-Retirement Death Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Section (b) of Article X.
 
  (22)   “Pre-Retirement Death Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Section (a) of Article X.
 
  (23)   “Qualified Retirement Plan” shall mean the Diebold, Incorporated Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees, as presently set forth and as it may subsequently be amended, or it successor.
 
  (24)   “Retirement Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article V or Article VI, as applicable.
 
  (25)   “Separation from Service” shall mean a Participant dies, retires, or otherwise has a Termination of Employment from the Employer. A Separation from Service shall not be considered to have occurred if the Participant’s employment relationship is treated by the Employer as continuing while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if such period of leave does not exceed 6 months or, if longer, so long as the individual’s right to reemployment is provided by statute or by contract. If the period of leave exceeds 6 months and such reemployment rights are not provided, the

3


 

      employment relationship is deemed to terminate on the first date immediately following such 6-month period. Whether a Separation from Service has occurred will be determined in accordance with the requirements of Code §409A.
  (26)   “Specified Employee” shall mean a key employee as defined in Code Section 416(i) as further interpreted by the Treasury Regulations issued under Code Section 409A.
 
  (27)   “Spouse” shall mean the surviving spouse of a Participant at the time of his death, but only if the Participant and such spouse were married at least one year prior to the earlier of the Participant’s Separation from Service, death, retirement or other termination of employment with the Employer.
 
  (28)   “Terminated for Cause” shall mean Participant’s Termination of Employment by an Employer due to the Participant’s:
  (i)   intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with his duties or in the course of his employment with the Employer;
 
  (ii)   intentional wrongful damage to property of the Employer;
 
  (iii)   intentional wrongful disclosure of secret processes or confidential information of the Employer; or
 
  (iv)   intentional wrongful engagement in any competitive activity which would constitute a material breach of the duty of loyalty to the Employer and any such at shall have been materially harmful to the Employer.
For purposes of the Plan, no act, or failure to act, on the part of the Participant shall be deemed “intentional” if it was due primarily to an error in judgment or negligence, but shall be deemed “intentional” only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Participant not in good faith or without reasonable belief that his action or omission was not in or opposed tot eh best interest of the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall not be deemed to have been Terminated for Cause hereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Participant a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the Board then in office at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purposes, finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Participant had committed an act set forth above and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. The Participant shall receive reasonable notice and an opportunity for the Participant, together with his counsel, to be heard before

4


 

the Board. Nothing herein shall limit the right of the Participant or his Beneficiaries to contest the validity or propriety of any such determination.
  (29)   “Termination of Employment” shall mean the severing of employment with the Employer, voluntarily or involuntarily. A Participant is presumed to have incurred a Termination of Employment from the Employer where the facts and circumstances indicate that the Employer and the Participant reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or the level of bona fide services the Participant would perform after such date would permanently decrease to 20% or less of the average level of services over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of such services, if less than 36 months). A Termination of Employment will be determined in accordance with treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)(l)(ii).
 
  (30)   “Total Disability” shall mean a physical or mental impairment that causes a Participant to be unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. Such determination of disability may be made by the Social Security Administration or may be made pursuant to the Company’s long term disability insurance program.
 
  (31)   “Vested Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article VII hereof.
(b)   Throughout this Plan, and whenever appropriate, the masculine gender shall be deemed to include the feminine and neuter, the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa.
ARTICLE IV
ELIGIBILITY, PARTICIPATION AND VESTING
(a)   Eligibility for Participation in the Plan . The Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall nominate executive or highly paid management employees of the Employer whose compensation exceeds the limit set forth under Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code for participation in the Plan. The Committee shall make the final decision as to those executives or highly paid management employees who shall become Participants in the Plan. Newly appointed executive or highly paid management employee shall become Participants in the Plan effective as of the next following January 1.

5


 

(b)   Eligibility for Benefits . A Participant shall be entitled to receive a Plan Benefit (or have a Plan Benefit provided for his surviving Spouse) only if he satisfies the conditions of this Article IV and satisfies the qualification requirements of any of the Articles under the Plan to become eligible to receive a benefit thereunder.
 
(c)   Initial election . Within 30 days of becoming a Participant in the Plan, each Participant shall file an election with the Committee designating what optional form of payment under Article XI shall be paid on account of his Separation from Service.
 
(d)   Vesting . A Participant shall be vested hereunder upon attaining five years of Company Service or upon meeting the requirements for a Retirement Benefit, Disability Benefit, or Change in Control Benefit hereunder.
 
(e)   Forfeiture of Plan Benefits . In the absence of a Change in Control or a finding of Total Disability, a Participant’s participation shall cease and no benefits under this Plan shall be payable:
  (i)   to a Participant if the Participant:
  (A)   voluntarily terminates employment before completing at least five years of Company Service; or
 
  (B)   fails to give an Employer six months written advance notice of his pending voluntary Termination of Employment if he is leaving Diebold prior to age 55 (or three months written advance notice if he is leaving Diebold at age 55 or later); or
 
  (C)   is Terminated for Cause; or
  (ii)   to a Participant’s Spouse, if the Participant:
  (A)   dies prior to satisfying the requirements for a Spouse’s Pre-Retirement or Post-Retirement Death benefit under Article X; or
 
  (B)   is Terminated for Cause.
ARTICLE V
NORMAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, a Participant who attains age 65 while employed by an Employer shall be eligible, at any time after his said attainment of age 65, to retire and receive a Retirement Benefit commencing at the time set forth in Article XI.
 
(b)   Computation of Amount of Normal Retirement Benefit . A Participant who retires under Section (a) shall be entitled to receive a monthly Retirement Benefit equal to:

6


 

  (i)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity) the Participant would have received under the Qualified Retirement Plan, payable as of the first of the month coincident with or next following the Participant’s Separation from Service if the benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan was determined without regard to the compensation limit of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and benefit limit of Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code ,minus,
 
  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity, but not including any temporary supplements) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan, payable as of the first of the month coincident with or next following the Participant’s Separation from Service assuming:
  (A)   for purposes of determining whether the Participant had a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and when the Participant could elect commencement of his benefit under Qualified Retirement Plan (but not for purposes of determining the amount thereof), that the Participant had sufficient service under the Qualified Retirement Plan to have a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and a right to commence receiving such benefit on the first of the month coincident with or next following the Participant’s Separation from Service, and
 
  (B)   that the Participant elected commencement of such benefit on such date.
ARTICLE VI
EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFIT
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, a Participant who has attained his Early Retirement Age shall be eligible to retire and receive a Retirement Benefit commencing at the time set forth in Article XI.
 
(b)   Computation of Amount of Early Retirement Benefit . A Participant who has a Termination of Employment after meeting the requirements under Section (a) shall be entitled to receive, a monthly Retirement Benefit equal to:
  (i)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity) the Participant would have received under the Qualified Retirement Plan, payable as of his Normal Retirement Date, if the benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan was determined without regard to the compensation limit of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and benefit limit of Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code, minus

7


 

  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity, but not including any temporary supplements) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan commencing as of his Normal Retirement Date, assuming:
  (A)   for purposes of determining whether the Participant had a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and when the Participant could elect commencement of his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan (but not for purposes of determining the amount thereof) that the Participant had sufficient service under the Qualified Retirement Plan to have a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and a right to commence receiving such benefit as of his Normal Retirement Date ; and
 
  (B)   that the Participant elected commencement of such benefit as of such date.
The monthly benefit computed under this Section (b) shall be actuarially reduced, using the assumptions identified in Article III(a)(1), for each full month by which the date of commencement precedes the date that the Participant attains his Normal Retirement Date.
ARTICLE VII
VESTED BENEFIT
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, a Participant who has a Termination of Employment before he has attained his Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age and after the Participant has completed five or more years of Company Service shall be eligible to receive a Vested Benefit commencing on the date set forth in Article XI.
 
(b)   Computation of Amount of Vested Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for a Vested Benefit shall be entitled to receive a monthly Vested Benefit equal to:
  (i)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity) the Participant would have received under the Qualified Retirement Plan, commencing as of his Normal Retirement Date, if the benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan was determined without regard to the compensation limit of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and benefit limit of Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code minus
 
  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity, but not including any temporary supplements) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan commencing as of his Normal Retirement Date, assuming:

8


 

  (A)   for purposes of determining whether the Participant had a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and when the Participant could elect commencement of his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan (but not for purposes of determining the amount thereof), that the Participant had sufficient service under the Qualified Retirement Plan to have a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and a right to commence receiving such benefit, and
 
  (B)   that the Participant elected commencement of such benefit as of such date.
The monthly benefit computed under this Section (b) shall be actuarially reduced, using the assumptions identified in Article III(a)(1), for each full month by which the date of commencement precedes the date that the Participant attains his Normal Retirement Date.
ARTICLE VIII
DISABILITY BENEFIT
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, if a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment with the Employer after he has completed 15 years of Company Service but before he reaches his Normal Retirement Date by reason of his Total Disability, such Participant shall be eligible to receive a Disability Benefit commencing at the time set forth in Article XI.
 
(b)   Computation of Amount of Disability Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for a Disability Benefit shall be entitled to receive a monthly Disability Benefit equal to:
  (i)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a life annuity) the Participant would have received under the Qualified Retirement Plan, commencing as of his Normal Retirement Date, if the benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan was determined without regard to the compensation limit of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and benefit limit of Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code minus
 
  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity, but not including any temporary supplements), that would be payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan on account of his Total Disability commencing as of his Normal Retirement Date, if he were determined to be entitled to receive a monthly disability benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan as a result of his Total Disability.

9


 

ARTICLE IX
BENEFIT UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . A Participant who (1) has a Termination of Employment with the Employer within 24 months following a Change in Control and (2) is not at the time of such Termination of Employment eligible for a Retirement Benefit, Vested Benefit or Disability Benefit, shall be eligible for a Change in Control Benefit commencing at the time set forth in Article XI.
 
(b)   Change in Control shall mean that:
  (i)   The Company is merged or consolidated or reorganized into or with another corporation or other legal person, and as a result of such merger, consolidation or reorganization less than a majority of the combined voting power of the securities of such corporation or person that are outstanding immediately following the consummation of such transaction is held in the aggregate by the holders of Voting Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company immediately prior to such transaction.
 
  (ii)   The Company sells or otherwise transfers all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation or other legal person, and as a result of such sale or transfer less than a majority of the combined voting power of the securities of such corporation or person that are outstanding immediately following the consummation of such sale or transfer is held in the aggregate by the holders of Voting Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company immediately prior to such sale or transfer.
 
  (iii)   There is a report filed on Schedule 13D or Schedule 14D-1 (or any successor schedule, form or report) thereto, each as promulgated pursuant to the Securities and Exchange of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), disclosing that any person (as the term “person” is used in Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) has become the beneficial owner (as the term “beneficial owner” is defined under Rule 13d-3 or any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act) of securities representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company (the “Voting Stock”);
 
  (iv)   The Company files a report or proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing in response to Form 8-K or Schedule 14A (or any successor schedule, form or report or item therein) that a

10


 

      change in control of the Company has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future pursuant to any then-existing contract or transaction; or
  (v)   If during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members thereof, unless the election or the nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of each member of the Board first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the member of the Board then still in office who were members of the Board at the beginning of any such period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of subsection (iii) or (iv) hereof, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Plan, either (1) solely because the Company, a Subsidiary, or any Company-sponsored employee stock ownership plan or other employee benefit plan of the Company, files or becomes obligated to file a report or a proxy statement under or in response to Schedule 13D, Schedule 14D-1, Form 8-K or Schedule 14A (or any successor schedule, form or report or item therein) under the Exchange Act, disclosing beneficial ownership by it of shares of Voting Stock, whether in excess of 20 percent or otherwise, or because the Company reports that a change in control of the Company has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future by reason of such beneficiary ownership or (2) solely because of a change in control of any Subsidiary by which any Participant may be employed. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of subsections (i-iv) hereof, if, prior to any event described in subsections (i-iv) hereof that may be instituted by any person who is not an officer or director of the Company, or prior to any disclosed proposal that may be instituted by any person who is not an officer or director of the Company that could lead to any such event, management proposes any structuring of the Company that ultimately leads to an event described in subsections (i-iv) hereof pursuant to such management proposal, than a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the Plan.
(c)   Computation of Amount of Change in Control Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for a Change in Control Benefit shall be entitled to receive a monthly Change in Control Benefit equal to:
  (i)   the benefit the Participant would have received under the Qualified Retirement Plan, as of his Normal Retirement Date, if the benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan was determined without regard to the compensation limit of

11


 

      Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and benefit limit of Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code minus
  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity not including any temporary supplements) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan commencing as of his Normal Retirement Date, assuming:
  (A)   for purposes of determining whether the Participant had a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and when the Participant could elect commencement of his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan (but not for purposes of determining the amount thereof), that the Participant had sufficient service under the Qualified Retirement Plan to have a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and a right to commence receiving such benefit at his Normal Retirement Date, and
 
  (B)   that the Participant elected commencement of such benefit as of such date.
The monthly benefit computed under the preceding sentence shall be actuarially reduced using the assumptions identified in Article III(a)(1) for each full month by which the date of commencement precedes the date the Participant attains his Normal Retirement Date.
ARTICLE X
DEATH BENEFITS
(a)   Pre-Retirement
  (i)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, if a Participant dies with five (5) years of Company Service but before commencing to receive payment of a benefit under the Plan, the surviving Spouse of such deceased Participant shall be eligible for a Pre-Retirement Death Benefit commencing at the time set forth in Article XI.
 
  (ii)   Computation of Amount of Pre-Retirement Death Benefit . The amount of the Pre-Retirement Death Benefit shall be equal to 50% of the reduced monthly amount which would have been payable to the Participant. The reduced monthly amount which would have been payable to the Participant is: the 50% Joint and Survivor Annuity to which a Participant would have been entitled if he had a Separation from Service on the date of his death; survived to the commencement date set forth in Article XI; and, retired on such date with a 50% Joint and Survivor Annuity.

12


 

The monthly benefit specified herein shall be actuarially reduced using the assumptions specified in Article III(a)(1) for each full month by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
  (iii)   Form and Duration of Payment . The Pre-Retirement Death Benefit shall be a monthly benefit payable from the date of commencement set forth in Article XI until the first day of the month that includes the date of death of the surviving Spouse.
(b)   Post-Retirement Death Benefit
  (i)   Qualification for Benefit . The surviving Spouse of a deceased Participant who has died while receiving a Plan Benefit (including Disability Benefits) under the Plan and whose optional form of payment elected at retirement provides for a survivor benefit shall be eligible for the Post-Retirement Death Benefit described in paragraph (ii) of this Section.
 
  (ii)   Computation of Amount of Annual Benefit . The Post-Retirement Death Benefit shall be a monthly benefit in an amount equal to either
  (A)   100%, or
 
  (B)   50% (as elected by the Participant in accordance with Article XI) of the reduced Plan Benefit the deceased Participant was receiving at the time of his death.
ARTICLE XI
OPTIONAL FORMS AND TIMING OF BENEFITS
(a)   Optional forms of Benefits . A Participant may elect to receive his Plan Benefits in any of the following optional forms of payment:
  (ii)   a single life annuity;
 
  (iii)   a 50% Joint and Survivor Annuity (available only if married); or
 
  (iv)   a 100% Joint and Survivor Annuity (available only if married).
Such election shall be made within 30 days after the date the Participant first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan. If the Participant fails to make an election under this Article, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected a single life annuity form of payment.
(b)   Timing of Benefit Payments . Plan Benefits shall commence at the following times for each of the identified Plan Benefits:
  (i)   Normal Retirement Benefits under Article V shall commence as of the later of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or the first of the month coincident

13


 

      with or next following his actual Separation from Service; provided, however, if such Participant is a Specified Employee, payment shall commence on the first day of the month which follows the expiration of a period of six months from the Participant’s Separation from Service. Benefits payable during such six-month period shall be accumulated and paid at the time of commencement of payments.
  (ii)   Early Retirement Benefits under Article VI shall commence on the first day of the month following the later of the Participant’s attaining his Early Retirement Age or his actual Separation from Service; provided, however, if such Participant is a Specified Employee, payment shall commence on the first day of the month which follows the expiration of a period of six months from the Participant’s Separation from Service. Benefits payable during such six-month period shall be accumulated and paid at the time of commencement of payments.
 
  (iii)   Vested Benefits under Article VII shall commence on the first day of the month following the later of the month in which the Participant attains Early Retirement Age or Participant’s actual Separation from Service; provided, however, if such Participant is a Specified Employee, payment shall not commence prior to the first day of the month which follows the expiration of a period of six months from the date of Participant’s Separation from Service. Benefits payable during such six-month period shall be accumulated and paid at the time of commencement of payments.
 
  (iv)   Disability Benefits under Article VIII shall commence on an unreduced actuarial basis, on the first day of the month following the month of Participant’s Separation from Service by reason of Total Disability. Payments shall continue until the earlier of the first day of the month for which the Participant is determined to no longer have a Total Disability or the first day of the month in which the Participant dies (unless a survivor annuity option has been selected, in which case payments shall continue to the Participant’s Surviving Spouse). The Committee may, in its discretion, take such steps as it deems necessary to determine the continued existence of a Participant’s Total Disability and may cease the Disability Benefit payable hereunder if it is established to the Committee’s satisfaction (as determined under the same standards recognized at the time Participant was determined as suffering a Total Disability) that such Total Disability no longer exists or Social Security Disability Benefits are no longer being paid. If a Participant’s Disability Benefit ceases because the

14


 

      Participant has recovered from the Total Disability, the Participant may be eligible for a benefit under the other provisions of the Plan.
  (v)   Change in Control Benefits under Article IX shall commence on the first day of the month following the later of the month in which the Participant attains Early Retirement Age or Participant’s Separation from Service; provided, however, if such Participant is a Specified Employee, payment shall not commence prior to the first day of the month which follows the expiration of a period of six months from the Participant’s Separation from Service. Benefits payable during such six-month period shall be accumulated and paid at the time of commencement of payments.
 
  (vi)   Death Benefits under Article X shall be paid as follows:
  (A)   Pre-Retirement Death Benefits shall commence the later of the date the Participant attains Early Retirement Age or his date of death.
 
  (B)   Post-Retirement Death Benefits shall commence as of the first day of the month immediately following the date of the Participant’s death, and shall continue to be paid as of the first day of each month thereafter until the first day of the month that includes the date of the death of the surviving Spouse.
  (vii)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Plan Benefit payable hereunder will be treated as made as stated herein if the payment is made at such time or a later date within the same calendar year or, if later, by the 15 th day of the third calendar month following such date.
 
  (viii)   Transitional Elections . During 2008, Participants were permitted to make new elections regarding the form of payment of their Plan Benefit, subject to the following rules:
  (A)   such elections were required to be made no later than December 31, 2008,
 
  (B)   such elections could not change a payment that would otherwise have become payable in 2008 or cause payments to be made in 2008 that would otherwise be paid at a later date, and
 
  (C)   such elections were made pursuant to such administrative rules as the Committee prescribed.

15


 

Any Participant who failed to make a new payment election in 2008 was deemed to have elected to have his Plan Benefits paid pursuant to his election(s) on file with the Committee prior to the transitional election described in this Section.
  (ix)   Withholding of Taxes . The benefits payable under the Plan shall be subject to the deduction of any federal, state or local income taxes, Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA), FUTA or other taxes that are required to be withheld from such payments by applicable laws and regulations.
 
  (x)   Acceleration of Payments . Notwithstanding Article XI, each Participant’s Plan Benefit shall be paid to him upon termination of the Plan to the extent provided in Article XIV.
 
  (xi)   Delay of Payment . Notwithstanding this Article XI, the Company may delay the payment of all or any portion of the Participant’s Plan Benefit as follows:
  (A)   The Committee reasonably anticipates that if the Plan Benefits were made as scheduled, the Company’s deduction with respect to such payments would not be permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code; provided such payments are then made during the Participant’s first taxable year in which the Committee reasonably anticipates that the Company’s deduction would not be barred by application of Section 162(m) of the Code.
 
  (B)   The Committee reasonably anticipates that making scheduled payments would violate Federal Securities laws or applicable laws; provided such payments are then made at the earliest date at which the Committee reasonably contemplates that making the scheduled payments will not cause such a violation.
ARTICLE XII
PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND CLAIMS
(a)   Administration by Committee . The Committee shall be charged with the administration of the Plan.
 
(b)   Powers of the Committee . The Committee shall have all such powers as may be necessary to discharge its duties relative to the administration of the Plan, including, by way of illustration and not limitation, discretionary authority to interpret and construe the Plan, to determine and decide all questions of fact, and all disputes, arising under the Plan including, but not limited to, the eligibility of any employee to participate hereunder, the validity of any Election of Deferral or other election as may be necessary or appropriate

16


 

    hereunder and the right of any employee to benefits payable hereunder. The Committee shall have all power necessary to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, regulations and practices governing the operation of the Plan as it, in its sole discretion, may from time to time deem advisable.
(c)   Committee Actions . The Committee shall not be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of the Plan unless attributable to willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Committee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person employed or engaged by the Company with respect to the Plan. Participants who are members of the Committee shall not participate in any action or determination regarding solely their own benefits payable hereunder. All decisions of the Committee shall be by majority of the votes cast and, except as provided in Section (d) of this Article XII, decisions of the Committee made in good faith shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties.
 
(d)   Claims and Review Procedure . The Committee shall be responsible for the claims procedure under the Plan. An application for benefits under the Plan shall be considered a claim for purposes of this Section (d). Until modified by the Committee, the claims and review procedure set forth in this Section shall be the mandatory claims and review procedure for the resolution of disputes and disposition of claims filed under the Plan.
  (i)   Initial Claim . An individual may, subject to any applicable deadline, file with the Committee a written claim for benefits under the Plan in a form and manner prescribed by the Committee.
  (A)   If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Committee shall notify the claimant of the adverse benefit determination within 90 days after the receipt of the claim.
 
  (B)   The 90-day period for making the claim determination may be extended for 90 days if the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for determination of the claim, provided that the Committee notifies the claimant, prior to the expiration of the initial 90-day period, of the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which a claim determination is expected to be made.
  (ii)   Notice of Initial Adverse Determination . A notice of an adverse determination shall be set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.
  (A)   the specific reasons for the adverse determination;

17


 

  (B)   references to the specific provisions of the Plan document (or other applicable Plan document) on which the adverse determination is based;
 
  (C)   a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and
 
  (D)   a description of the claims review procedure, including the time limits applicable to such procedure, and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse determination on review.
  (iii)   Request for Review . Within 60 days after receipt of an initial adverse benefit determination notice, the claimant may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the adverse determination and may, in connection therewith submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim benefits. Any request for review of the initial adverse determination not filed within 60 days after receipt of the initial adverse determination notice shall be untimely.
 
  (iv)   Claim on Review . If the claim, upon review, is denied in whole or in part, the Committee shall notify the claimant of the adverse benefit determination within 60 days after receipt of such a request for review.
  (A)   The 60-day period for deciding the claim on review may be extended for 60 days if the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for determination of the claim, provided that the Committee notifies the claimant, prior to the expiration of the initial 60-day period, of the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which a claim determination is expected to be made.
 
  (B)   In the event that the time period is extended due to a claimant’s failure to submit information necessary to decide a claim on review, the claimant shall have 60 days within which to provide the necessary information and the period for making the claim determination on review shall be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the claimant until the date on which the claimant responds to the request for additional information or, if earlier, the expiration of 60 days.
 
  (C)   The Committee’s review of a denied claim shall take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the

18


 

      claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
  (v)   Notice of Adverse Determination for Claim on Review . A notice of an adverse determination for a claim on review shall set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:
  (A)   the specific reasons for the denial;
 
  (B)   references to the specific provisions of the Plan document (or other applicable Plan document) on which the adverse determination is based.
 
  (C)   a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits;
 
  (D)   a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the claimant’s right to obtain information about such procedures; and
 
  (E)   a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA §502(a).
(e)   Deadline to File Claim . To be considered timely under the Plan’s claim and review procedure, a claim must be filed with the Committee within 1 year after the claimant knew or reasonably should have known of the principal facts upon which the claim is based.
 
(f)   Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies . The exhaustion of the claim and review procedure is mandatory for resolving every claim and dispute arising under the Plan as to such claims and disputes.
  (i)   No claimant shall be permitted to commence any legal action to recover Plan benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under Section 502 or Section 510 of ERISA or under any other provision of law, whether or not statutory, until the claim and review procedure set forth herein have been exhausted in their entirety; and
 
  (ii)   In any such legal action all explicit and all implicit determinations by the Committee (including, but not limited to, determinations as to whether the claim, or a request for a review of a denied claim, was timely filed) shall be afforded the maximum deference permitted by law.

19


 

(g)   Deadline to File Legal Action . No legal action to recover Plan benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under Section 502 of ERISA or under any other provision of law, whether or not statutory, may be brought by any claimant on any matter pertaining to the Plan unless the legal action is commenced in the proper forum before the earlier of:
  (i)   30 months after the claimant knew or reasonably should have known of the principal facts on which the claim is based, or
 
  (ii)   6 months after the claimant has exhausted the claim and review procedure.
(h)   Knowledge of Fact by Participant Imputed to Beneficiary . Knowledge of all facts that a Participant knew or reasonably should have known shall be imputed to every claimant who is or claims to be a Beneficiary of the Participant or otherwise claims to derive an entitlement by reference to the Participant.
 
(i)   Information Furnished by Participants . Neither the Company nor the Committee shall be liable or responsible for any error in the computation of the accrued benefit of a Participant resulting from any misstatement of fact made by the Participant, directly or indirectly, to the Company or the Committee, and used by it in determining the Participant’s accrued benefit. The Company and the Committee shall not be obligated or required to increase the accrued benefit of such Participant which, on discovery of the misstatement, is found to be understated as a result of such misstatement of the Participant. However, the accrued benefit of any Participant which is overstated by reason of any such misstatement shall be reduced to the amount appropriate in view of accurate facts.
 
(j)   Overpayments . If a payment or series of payments made from this Plan is found to be greater than the accrued benefit to which a Participant or Beneficiary is entitled due to factual errors, mathematical errors or otherwise, the Committee may, in its discretion and to the extent consistent with Code §409A, and in addition to or in lieu of any other legal remedies it may have, suspend or reduce future benefits to such Participant or Beneficiary as it deems appropriate to correct the overpayment.
ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS
(a)   Funding . The obligation of the Employers to pay benefits under the Plan constitutes the unsecured promise of the Employers to make payments from their general assets, and no Participant or Spouse shall have any interest in, or a lien or prior claim upon, any property of the Employers. With respect to the benefits under the Plan, each Participant

20


 

    or Spouse shall have the status of a general unsecured creditor of the Participant’s Employer. The Company may establish a so-called “rabbi trust” to hold funds, stock or other securities to be used in payment of the obligations of the Employers under the Plan, and may fund such trust; provided, however, that any funds contained therein shall remain subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Company or any other Employer for which the Participant performs services. It is the intention of the Employers that the Plan be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. No liability for the payment of benefits under the Plan shall be imposed upon any officer, director, employee or stockholder of the Company or any other Employer, or upon the Board, the Committee or any member thereof.
(b)   No Guaranty of Benefits . Nothing contained in this Plan shall constitute a guaranty by any Employer, the Committee or the Board that the assets of any Employer will be sufficient to pay any benefit hereunder.
 
(c)   Assignments and Restrictions . To the extent permitted by law, and except as otherwise provided in this Section (c), no right or interest of a Participant or Spouse under this Plan shall be transferable or assignable (either at law or in equity) nor shall any such right or interest be subject to alienation, anticipation, encumbrance, attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process of any kind, voluntary or involuntary, or in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts of any Participant or Spouse. If a Participant shall attempt to or shall transfer, assign, alienate, anticipate, sell, pledge or otherwise encumber his benefits hereunder or any part thereof, or if by reason of his bankruptcy or other event happening at any time such benefits would devolve upon anyone else or would not be enjoyed by him, then the Company, in its discretion, may terminate his interest in any such benefit to the extent the Company considers necessary or advisable to prevent or limit the effects of such occurrence. Termination shall be effected by filing a “termination declaration” with the Committee and making reasonable efforts to deliver a copy to the Participant (the “Terminated Participant”) whose interest is affected thereby. As long as the Terminated Participant is alive, any benefits affected by the termination shall be retained by the Company and, in the Company’s sole and absolute judgment, may be paid to or expended for the benefit of the Terminated Participants, his spouse, his children or any other person or persons in fact dependent upon him in such a manner as the Company shall deem proper. Upon the death of the Terminated Participant, all benefits withheld from him and not paid to others in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be paid to the Terminated Participant’s

21


 

    surviving Spouse or, if none, to the Terminated Participant’s then living descendants, including adopted children, per stripes .

Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts payable under this Plan may be withheld by the Company as they become due to the extent necessary to cover any debts or other obligations owed to the Company by the Participant, but only if such debts or other obligations are acknowledged as such in writing by the Participant or are confirmed as such by a final, nonappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
(d)   Headings . The various headings used in this Plan are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting the test of the Article, Section, paragraph or subparagraph in which they appear.
 
(e)   Employment . The establishment of this Plan shall not be construed to give any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer.
 
(f)   Applicable Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Plan shall be governed by the internal substantive laws of the State of Ohio, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such State.
 
(g)   Binding Effect on Employer, Participants, Spouses and Their Successors . This Plan shall be binding and inure to the benefit of any Employer or its successors and assigns, and the Participants, Spouses and their heirs, legatees, distributes, executors, administrators or other legal representatives.
 
(h)   Participant Information . Each participant shall keep the Committee informed of his current address and the current address of his Spouse, if applicable. The Participant shall furnish to the Committee any and all information deemed by the Committee to be necessary or desirable for the proper administration of the Plan.
 
(i)   Incapacity . In the event that a Participant or Spouse is declared incompetent and a guardian, conservator or other person is appointed and legally charged with the care of the person or the person’s estate, the payments under the Plan to which such Participant or Spouse is entitled shall be paid to such guardian, conservator or other person legally charged with the care of the person or the estate. Except as provided hereinabove, when the Company, in its sole discretion, determines that the Participant or Spouse is unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the Company may make distribution(s) of the amounts payable to such Participant or Spouse to any one or more of the spouse, lineal ascendants or descendants or other closest living relatives of such Participant or Spouse who demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Company the propriety of making such distribution(s). Any payment so made shall not exceed such amount as is permitted

22


 

    under Section 409A of the Code and shall be in complete discharge of any liability under this Agreement for such payment. The Company shall not be required to see to the application of any such distribution made under this Section.
(j)   Code Section 409A . To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Plan and the benefits payable hereunder comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. The Plan and the benefits payable hereunder shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Plan or benefit payable hereunder to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code and may be made by the Company without the consent of Participants).
ARTICLE XIV
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
(a)   Amendment . The Plan may be amended from time to time in any respect whatsoever by the Company and by the Committee to the extent consistent with its delegated authority. Any such amendment may be retroactive, prospective or both. No such amendment of the Plan document or termination of the Plan, however, shall reduce a Participant’s accrued benefit earned as of the date of such amendment unless the Participant so affected consents in writing to the amendment or such amendment is deemed necessary by the Company to affect the intended purposes of this Plan and/or to comply with applicable law.
 
(b)   Termination . The Company reserves the right to discontinue benefit accruals at any time. The Company also reserves the right to cause an acceleration of the time and form of a Plan payment where the acceleration of such payment is made in accordance with one of the following provisions:
  (i)   Dissolution or Bankruptcy . At the discretion of the Company within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code §331 or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that Plan benefits are included in the Participants’ gross incomes in the latest of:
  (A)   the calendar year in which the Plan termination and liquidation occurs;
 
  (B)   the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or
 
  (C)   the first calendar year in which payment is administratively feasible.

23


 

  (ii)   Discretionary Termination . At the discretion of the Company, provided that:
  (A)   the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Company;
 
  (B)   all other arrangements sponsored by the Company that would be aggregated with this arrangement under Code §409A are also terminated, to the extent any Participant in this Plan also has a benefit under any such other arrangement;
 
  (C)   no payments in liquidation of the Plan, other than payments that would have been made under this Plan had the termination not occurred, are made from the Plan within 12 months of the termination;
 
  (D)   all benefits are fully distributed within 24 months of such termination; and
 
  (E)   the Company does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated under Code §409A with this Plan for 3 years following the date the Company has taken all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate this Plan

24


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Diebold, Incorporated Pension Restoration Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan has been executed this ___day of December, 2008.
             
    DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
           
 
  Its:        
 
           

25

Exhibit 10.5(iv)
DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED PENSION
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
Amended and Restated January 1, 2008

 


 

DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED PENSION
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
(Amended and Restated January 1, 2008)
Table of Contents
         
    Page
ARTICLE I PLAN
    1  
ARTICLE II PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
    1  
ARTICLE III DEFINITIONS
    1  
(1) “401(k) Restoration SERP”
    1  
(2) “Actuarial Equivalent”
    1  
(3) “Affiliate”
    1  
(4) “Annual Compensation”
    2  
(5) “Beneficiary”
    2  
(6) “Board”
    2  
(7) “Change in Control
    2  
(8) “Change in Control Benefit”
    2  
(9) “Code”
    2  
(10) “Committee”
    2  
(11) “Company”
    2  
(12) “Company Service”
    2  
(13) “Disability Benefit”
    2  
(14) “Early Retirement Age”
    2  
(15) “Early Retirement Benefit”
    2  
(16) “Early Retirement Date”
    2  
(17) “Employer”
    3  
(18) “50% Joint and Survivor Annuity”
    3  
(19) “Final Average Monthly Compensation”
    3  
(20) “Normal Retirement Benefit”
    3  
(21) “Normal Retirement Date”
    3  
(22) “100% Joint and Survivor Annuity”
    3  
(23) “Participant”
    3  
(24) “Pension Restoration SERP”
    3  
(25) “Plan”
    3  
(26) “Points”
    3  
(27) “Post-Retirement Death Benefit”
    3  
(28) “Pre-Retirement Death Benefit”
    4  
(29) “Qualified Retirement Plan”
    4  
(30) “Separation from Service”
    4  
(31) “Service Fraction”
    4  
(32) “Social Security Benefit”
    4  
(33) “Specified Employee”
    4  

i


 

         
    Page
(34) “Spouse”
    5  
(35) “Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefit”
    5  
(36) “Terminated For Cause”
    5  
(37) “Termination of Employment”
    5  
(38) “Total Disability”
    6  
(39) “Vested Benefit”
    6  
ARTICLE IV ELIGIBILITY, PARTICIPATION AND VESTING
    6  
(a) Eligibility for Participation in the Plan
    6  
(b) Eligibility for Benefits
    6  
(c) Initial Election
    6  
(d) Vesting
    7  
(e) Forfeiture of Plan Benefits
    7  
ARTICLE V NORMAL RETIREMENT BENEFITS
    7  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    7  
(b) Computation of Amount of Normal Retirement Benefit
    7  
ARTICLE VI EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFIT
    8  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    8  
(b) Computation of Amount of Early Retirement Benefit
    8  
ARTICLE VII VESTED BENEFIT
    9  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    9  
(b) Computation of Amount of Vested Benefit
    10  
ARTICLE VIII DISABILITY BENEFIT
    10  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    10  
(b) Computation of Amount of Disability Benefit
    11  
ARTICLE IX BENEFIT UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
    11  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    11  
(b) Change in Control
    12  
(c) Computation of Amount of Change in Control Benefit
    13  
ARTICLE X DEATH BENEFIT
    14  
(a) Pre-Retirement
    14  
(b) Post-Retirement Death Benefit
    15  
ARTICLE XI OPTIONAL FORMS AND TIMING OF BENEFITS
    15  
(a) Optional Forms of Benefits
    15  
(b) Timing of Benefit Payments
    15  
ARTICLE XII PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND CLAIMS
    18  
(a) Administration by Committee
    18  
(b) Powers of the Committee
    18  
(c) Committee Actions
    18  
(d) Claims and Review Procedure
    19  
(e) Deadline to File Claim
    21  
(f) Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies
    21  
(g) Deadline to File Legal Action
    21  
(h) Knowledge of Fact by Participant Imputed to Beneficiary
    21  
(i) Information Furnished by Participants
    21  

ii


 

         
    Page
(j) Overpayments
    22  
ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS
    22  
(a) Funding
    22  
(b) No Guaranty of Benefits
    22  
(c) Assignments and Restrictions
    22  
(d) Headings
    23  
(e) Employment
    23  
(f) Applicable Law
    23  
(g) Binding Effect on Employer, Participants, Spouses and Their Successors
    23  
(h) Participant Information
    23  
(i) Incapacity
    23  
(j) Code Section 409A
    24  
ARTICLE XIV AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
    24  
(a) Amendment
    24  
(b) Termination
    24  
 iii

 


 

DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED PENSION
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
(Amended and Restated January 1, 2008)
ARTICLE I
PLAN
The Diebold, Incorporated Pension Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) was adopted effective as of January 1, 2007. The Plan is being amended as of January 1, 2008 to comply with final regulations under Code Section 409A, as enacted by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.
ARTICLE II
PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
This Plan was created for the principal purpose of providing retirement income for a select group of executive and highly compensated management employees, within the meaning of Section 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, of Diebold, Incorporated and its subsidiary organizations. It is intended to supplement benefits payable under the Diebold, Incorporated Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees, as well as benefits payable under the Federal Social Security Act and certain other deferred compensation arrangements. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. During the period from January 1, 2007 (the original effective date) and until the effective date of this Restatement, the Plan was operated in good faith compliance with IRS Notice 2005-1, proposed Regulations under Code §409A and other applicable guidance.
ARTICLE III
DEFINITIONS
(a)   The following definitions shall apply with respect to this Plan:
  (1)   “401(k) Restoration SERP” means the Diebold, Incorporated 401(k) Restoration Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.
 
  (2)   “Actuarial Equivalent” shall mean, except where otherwise indicated, a benefit of equivalent value to the benefit it replaces calculated on the basis of the RP-2000 Mortality Table for males (RP-2000 Mortality Table for females for spouses’ mortality) and a seven percent (7%) interest rate per annum, compounded annually.
 
  (3)   “Affiliate” shall mean any entity included with the Company in a controlled group of corporations or trades or businesses under common control within the meaning of Code §414(b) or §414(c), an affiliated service group within the meaning of Code §414(n), or

1


 

      any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company under Code §414(o). For all purposes under this Plan, in applying Code §1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) for purposes of determining the Company’s Affiliates under Code §414(b), the language “at least 80%” shall be applied as it appears in those sections, and in applying Treas. Reg. §1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining trades or business (whether or not incorporated) that are under common control for purposes of Code §414(c), the language “at least 80%” shall be used as it appears in such regulation.
  (4)   “Annual Compensation” shall mean a Participant’s base pay from an Employer for any Plan Year plus the Participant’s annual incentive bonus in the calendar year in which it is accrued. Annual Compensation also include amounts paid to individuals who are citizens or residents of the United State and who are employees of, or provide service to, a foreign affiliate of the Company to which an agreement entered into by the Company under Code Section 3121(l) applies.
 
  (5)   “Beneficiary” shall mean an eligible surviving Spouse that may receive death benefits under this Plan, as are outlined in Article X.
 
  (6)   “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of Diebold, Incorporated.
 
  (7)   “Change in Control” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article IX.
 
  (8)   “Change in Control Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article IX.
 
  (9)   “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
 
  (10)   “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, as such Committee may be constituted from time to time.
 
  (11)   “Company” shall mean Diebold, Incorporated.
 
  (12)   “Company Service” shall mean years of employment (measured in years and completed months) with an Employer.
 
  (13)   “Disability Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article VIII hereof.
 
  (14)   “Early Retirement Age” shall mean the age when a Participant has both attained age 50 and accrued 70 Points.
 
  (15)   “Early Retirement Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article VI hereof.
 
  (16)   “Early Retirement Date” shall mean the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the Participant’s Early Retirement Age.

2


 

  (17)   “Employer” shall mean (a) the Company or it successors, and (b) any Affiliate which may specifically adopt this Plan with the consent of the Company, or its successors.
 
  (18)   “50% Joint and Survivor Annuity” shall mean a reduced monthly Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefit which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the single life annuity under the Plan and is payable to the Participant for his life, with continuance of monthly payments of 50% of such reduced amount after his death to his surviving Spouse until the first day of the month in which occurs the surviving Spouse’s death.
 
  (19)   “Final Average Monthly Compensation” shall mean one-twelfth of the average of the Participant’s Annual Compensation for the five complete consecutive calendar years during his last 10 calendar years of employment with the Employer during which his compensation was the highest. In the event a Participant has been employed for a period of less than five consecutive calendar years, the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation shall be the average of his monthly compensation amounts in effect for all of the complete calendar months during which he was employed by the Employer.
 
  (20)   “Normal Retirement Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article V.
 
  (21)   “Normal Retirement Date” shall mean the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the 65 th birthday of a Participant.
 
  (22)   “100% Joint and Survivor Annuity” shall mean a reduced monthly Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefit which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the single life annuity under the Plan and is payable to the Participant for his life, with continuance of monthly payments of 100% of such reduced amount after his death to his surviving Spouse until the first day of the month in which occurs the surviving Spouse’s death.
 
  (23)   “Participant” shall mean any executive or highly paid management employee of an Employer who is selected to participate in this Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article IV.
 
  (24)   “Pension Restoration SERP” means the Diebold, Incorporated Pension Restoration Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.
 
  (25)   “Plan” shall mean this Diebold, Incorporated Pension Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as in effect from time to time.
 
  (26)   “Points” shall be the numerical total of the Participant’s years of age plus years of Company Service.
 
  (27)   “Post-Retirement Death Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Section (b) of Article X.

3


 

  (28)   “Pre-Retirement Death Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Section (A) of Article X.
 
  (29)   “Qualified Retirement Plan” shall mean the Diebold, Incorporated Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees, as presently set forth and as it may subsequently be amended, or it successor.
 
  (30)   “Separation from Service” shall mean a Participant dies, retires, or otherwise has a Termination of Employment from the Employer. A Separation from Service shall not be considered to have occurred if the Participant’s employment relationship is treated by the Employer as continuing while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if such period of leave does not exceed 6 months or, if longer, so long as the individual’s right to reemployment is provided by statute or by contract. If the period of leave exceeds 6 months and such reemployment rights are not provided, the employment relationship is deemed to terminate on the first date immediately following such 6-month period. Whether a Separation from Service has occurred will be determined in accordance with the requirements of Code §409A.
 
  (31)   “Service Fraction” shall mean, for any Participant, a fraction, the numerator of which is the lesser of (A) the Participant’s years of Company Service, or (B)  25, the denominator of which is 25.
 
  (32)   “Social Security Benefit” shall mean the Primary Insurance Amount under the Federal Social Security Act to which a Participant would be entitled as of the later of his Normal Retirement Date or the date of his actual retirement, computed on the basis of the Participant’s average wage history (estimated or actual) for years before the date of determination and, in the case of a Participant who terminates employment with the Employer prior to his Normal Retirement Date, by assuming that the Participant will earn wages after his termination of employment and prior to his Normal Retirement Date at a rate equal to the Participant’s wage rate at the time of his termination of employment. If a Participant in this Plan is not eligible for full Social Security Benefits (for example, an individual who has previously worked in the military), for purposes of determining benefits under this Plan, such Social Security Benefits would be imputed as if he had been so eligible and had been covered by Social Security for his entire working career.
 
  (33)   “Specified Employee” shall mean a key employee as defined in Code Section 416(i) as further interpreted by the Treasury Regulations issued under Code Section 409A.

4


 

  (34)   “Spouse” shall mean the surviving spouse of a Participant at the time of his death, by only if the Participant and such spouse were married at least one year prior to Separation from Service.
 
  (35)   “Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefit” shall mean the Change in Control Benefit, Disability Benefit, Early Retirement Benefit, Vested Benefit, Normal Retirement Benefit, Pre-Retirement Death benefit or Post-retirement Death Benefit for which a Participant or his Spouse may qualify.
 
  (36)   “Terminated for Cause” shall mean Participant’s Termination of Employment by an Employer due to the Participant’s:
  (i)   intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with his duties or in the course of his employment with the Employer;
 
  (ii)   intentional wrongful damage to property of the Employer;
 
  (iii)   intentional wrongful disclosure of secret processes or confidential information of the Employer; or
 
  (iv)   intentional wrongful engagement in any competitive activity which would constitute a material breach of the duty of loyalty to the Employer and any such at shall have been materially harmful to the Employer.
For purposes of the Plan, no act, or failure to act, on the part of the Participant shall be deemed “intentional” if it was due primarily to an error in judgment or negligence, but shall be deemed “intentional” only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Participant not in good faith or without reasonable belief that his action or omission was not in or opposed tot eh best interest of the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall not be deemed to have been Terminated for Cause hereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Participant a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the Board then in office at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purposes, finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Participant had committed an act set forth above and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. The Participant shall receive reasonable notice and an opportunity for the Participant, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board. Nothing herein shall limit the right of the Participant or his Beneficiaries to contest the validity or propriety of any such determination.
  (37)   “Termination of Employment” shall mean the severing of employment with the Employer, voluntarily or involuntarily. A Participant is presumed to have incurred a Termination of Employment from the Employer where the facts and circumstances

5


 

      indicate that the Employer and the Participant reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or the level of bona fide services the Participant would perform after such date would permanently decrease to 20% or less of the average level of services over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of such services, if less than 36 months). A Termination of Employment will be determined in accordance with treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)(l)(ii).
  (38)   “Total Disability” shall mean a physical or mental impairment that causes a Participant to be unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. Such determination of disability may be made by the Social Security Administration or may be made pursuant to the Company’s long term disability insurance program.
 
  (39)   “Vested Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article VII hereof.
(b)   Throughout this Plan, and whenever appropriate, the masculine gender shall be deemed to include the feminine and neuter, the single shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa.
ARTICLE IV
ELIGIBILITY, PARTICIPATION AND VESTING
(a)   Eligibility for Participation in the Plan . The Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall nominate executive or highly paid management employees of the Employer whose compensation exceeds the limit set forth under Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code for participation in the Plan. The Committee shall make the final decision as to those executives or highly paid management employees who shall become Participants in the Plan. Newly appointed executive or highly paid management employee shall become Participants in the Plan effective as of the next following January 1.
 
(b)   Eligibility for Benefits . A Participant shall be entitled to receive a Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefit (or have a Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefit provided for his surviving Spouse) only if he satisfies the conditions of this Article IV and satisfies the qualification requirements of any of the Articles under the Plan to become eligible to receive a benefit thereunder.
 
(c)   Initial election . Within 30 days of becoming a Participant in the Plan, each Participant shall file an election with the Committee designating what optional form of payment under Article XI shall be paid on account of his Separation from Service.

6


 

(d)   Vesting . A Participant shall be vested hereunder upon attaining ten years of Company Service or upon meeting the requirements for a Retirement Benefit, Disability Benefit, or Change in Control Benefit hereunder.
 
(e)   Forfeiture of Plan Benefits . In the absence of a Change in Control or a finding of Total Disability, a Participant’s participation shall cease and no benefits under this Plan shall be payable:
  (i)   to a Participant if the Participant:
  (A)   voluntarily terminates employment before completing at least ten years of Company Service; or
 
  (B)   fails to give an Employer six months written advance notice of his pending voluntary Termination of Employment if he is leaving Diebold prior to age 55 (or three months written advance notice if he is leaving Diebold at age 55 or later); or
 
  (C)   is Terminated for Cause; or
  (ii)   to a Participant’s Spouse, if the Participant:
  (A)   dies prior to satisfying the requirements for a Spouse’s Pre-Retirement or Post-Retirement Death benefit under Article X; or
 
  (B)   is Terminated for Cause.
ARTICLE V
NORMAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, a Participant who attains age 65 while employed by an Employer shall be eligible, at any time after his said attainment of age 65, to retire and receive a Normal Retirement Benefit commencing at the time set forth in Article XI.
 
(b)   Computation of Amount of Normal Retirement Benefit . A Participant who retires under Section (a) shall be entitled to receive a monthly Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefit equal to 50% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by his Service Fraction, reduced by the sum of:
  (i)   50% of the monthly Social Security Benefit payable to the Participant commencing on the first day of the month coincident with or following his Separation from Service; and
 
  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity, but not including any temporary supplements) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan commencing on the first day of the month coincident with or following his Separation from Service, assuming:

7


 

  (A)   for purposes of determining whether the Participant had a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and when the Participant could elect commencement of his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan (but not for purposes of determining the amount thereof), that the Participant had sufficient service under the Qualified Retirement Plan to have a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and a right to commence receiving such benefit the first of the month coincident with or next following his Separation from Service, and
 
  (B)   that the Participant elected commencement of such benefit on such date; and
  (iii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Pension Restoration SERP commencing on the first day of the month coincident with or following his Separation from Service; and
 
  (iv)   the monthly benefit derived from the Company matching contribution under the terms of the 401(k) Restoration SERP, assuming the Participant receives the full match available in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of Annual Compensation (as such term is defined in the 401(k) Restoration SERP), in excess of the IRC §401(a)(17) limit, accumulated to the first day of the month coincident with or following his Separation from Service with interest at a fixed rate of eight percent (8%) and converted to a single life annuity using the mortality table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62 and an interest rate of seven percent (7%).
ARTICLE VI
EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFIT
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, a Participant who attains his Early Retirement Age while employed by an Employer shall be eligible to retire and receive an Early Retirement Benefit commencing at the time set forth in Article XI.
 
(b)   Computation of Amount of Early Retirement Benefit . A Participant who has Termination of Employment after meeting the requirements under Section (a) shall be entitled to receive a monthly Early Retirement Benefit equal to 50% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by his Service Fraction reduced by the sum of:
  (i)   50% of the monthly Social Security Benefit payable to the Participant commencing on his Normal Retirement Date; and

8


 

  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity, but not including any temporary supplements) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan commencing on his Normal Retirement Date, assuming:
  (A)   for purposes for determining whether the Participant had a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and when the Participant could elect commencement of his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan (but not for purposes of determining the amount thereof), that the Participant had sufficient service under the Qualified Retirement Plan to have a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and a right to commence receiving such benefit on his Normal Retirement Date, and
 
  (B)   that the Participant elected commencement of such benefit as of such date; and
  (iii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Pension Restoration SERP commencing as of his Normal Retirement Date; and
 
  (iv)   the monthly benefit derived from the Company matching contribution under the terms of the 401(k) Restoration SERP, assuming the Participant receives the full match available in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of Annual Compensation (as such term is defined in the 401(k) Restoration SERP) in excess of the IRC §401(a)(17) limit, accumulated to the first day of the month coincident with or following his Normal Retirement Date with interest at a fixed rate of eight percent (8%) and converted to a single life annuity using the mortality table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62 and an interest rate of seven percent (7%).
The monthly benefit computed under this Section (b) shall be actuarially reduced using the assumptions identified in Article III(A)(2) for each full month by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
ARTICLE VII
VESTED BENEFIT
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, a Participant who has a Termination of Employment before he reaches his Early Retirement Age and after the Participant has completed ten or more years of Company Service shall be eligible to receive a Vested Benefit commencing at the time set forth in Article XI.

9


 

(b)   Computation of Amount of Vested Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for an Vested Benefit shall be entitled to receive a monthly Vested Benefit equal to 50% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by his Service Fraction, reduced by the sum of:
  (i)   50% of the monthly Social Security Benefit payable to the Participant commencing on his Normal Retirement Date; and
 
  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity, but not including any temporary supplements) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan commencing on his Normal Retirement Date), assuming:
  (A)   for purposes of determining whether the Participant had a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and when the Participant could elect commencement of his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan (but not for purposes of determining the amount thereof), that the Participant had sufficient service under the Qualified Retirement Plan to have a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and a right to commence receiving such benefit at his Normal Retirement Date, and
 
  (B)   that the Participant elected commencement of such benefit as of such date; and
  (iii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Pension Restoration SERP commencing as of his Normal Retirement Date; and
 
  (iv)   the monthly benefit derived from the Company matching contribution under the terms of the 401(k) Restoration SERP, assuming the Participant receives the full match available in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of Annual Compensation (as such term is defined in the 401(k) Restoration SERP) in excess of the IRC §401(a)(17) limit, accumulated to his Normal Retirement Date with interest at a fixed rate of eight percent (8%) and converted to a single life annuity using the mortality table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62 and an interest rate of seven percent (7%).
The monthly benefit computed under this Section (b) shall be actuarially reduced using the assumptions identified in Article III(a)(2) for each full month by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
ARTICLE VIII
DISABILITY BENEFIT
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, if a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment after completing 15 years of Company Service but before he reaches

10


 

    his Early Retirement Age by reason of his Total Disability, such Participant shall be eligible to receive a Disability Benefit commencing at the time set forth in Article XI.
(b)   Computation of Amount of Disability Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for a Disability Benefit shall be entitled to receive a Disability Benefit equal to 50% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by his Service Fraction, reduced by the sum of:
  (i)   50% of the monthly Social Security Benefit that would be payable to the Participant on account of his Total Disability if he were determined to be entitled to receive a Social Security Benefit as a result of his Total Disability (whether or not the Participant in fact qualifies for such Social Security Benefit); and
 
  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity, but not including any temporary supplements) that would be payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan on account of his Total Disability if he were determined to be entitled to receive a monthly disability benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan as a result of his Total Disability (whether or not the Participant in fact qualifies for such monthly disability benefit), assuming, for purposes of determining the Participant’s eligibility for a disability pension under the Qualified Retirement Plan (but not for purposes of determining the amount thereof), that the Participant had sufficient service under the Qualified Retirement Plan to be eligible for a disability pension thereunder; and
 
  (iii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Pension Restoration SERP commencing on the first day of the month coincident with or following his Termination of Employment due to Total Disability; and
 
  (iv)   the monthly benefit derived from the Company matching contribution under the terms of the 401(k) Restoration SERP, assuming the Participant receives the full match available in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of Annual Compensation (as such term is defined in the 401(k) Restoration SERP) in excess of the IRC §401(a)(17) limit, accumulated to the first day of the month coincident with or following his Termination of Employment due to Total Disability with interest at a fixed rate of eight percent (8%) and converted to a single life annuity using the mortality table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62 and an interest rate of seven percent (7%).
ARTICLE IX
BENEFIT UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . A Participant who (1) has a Termination of Employment with the Employer within 24 months following a Change in Control and (2) is not at the time of such

11


 

    Termination of Employment eligible for a Normal Retirement Benefit, an Early Retirement Benefit, a Vested Benefit or a Disability Benefit, shall be eligible for a Change in Control Benefit commencing at the time set forth in Article XI.
(b)   Change in Control shall mean that:
  (i)   The Company is merged or consolidated or reorganized into or with another corporation or other legal person, and as a result of such merger, consolidation or reorganization less than a majority of the combined voting power of the securities of such corporation or person that are outstanding immediately following the consummation of such transaction is held in the aggregate by the holders of Voting Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company immediately prior to such transaction.
 
  (ii)   The Company sells or otherwise transfers all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation or other legal person, and as a result of such sale or transfer less than a majority of the combined voting power of the securities of such corporation or person that are outstanding immediately following the consummation of such sale or transfer is held in the aggregate by the holders of Voting Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company immediately prior to such sale or transfer.
 
  (iii)   There is a report filed on Schedule 13D or Schedule 14D-1 (or any successor schedule, form or report) thereto, each as promulgated pursuant to the Securities and Exchange of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), disclosing that any person (as the term “person” is used in Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) has become the beneficial owner (as the term “beneficial owner” is defined under Rule 13d-3 or any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act) of securities representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company (the “Voting Stock”);
 
  (iv)   The Company files a report or proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing in response to Form 8-K or Schedule 14A (or any successor schedule, form or report or item therein) that a change in control of the Company has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future pursuant to any then-existing contract or transaction; or
 
  (v)   If during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members thereof, unless the election or the nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of each member of the Board first elected during such period was approved

12


 

      by a vote of at least two-thirds of the member of the Board then still in office who were members of the Board at the beginning of any such period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of subsection (iii) or (iv) hereof, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Plan, either (1) solely because the Company, a Subsidiary, or any Company-sponsored employee stock ownership plan or other employee benefit plan of the Company, files or becomes obligated to file a report or a proxy statement under or in response to Schedule 13D, Schedule 14D-1, Form 8-K or Schedule 14A (or any successor schedule, form or report or item therein) under the Exchange Act, disclosing beneficial ownership by it of shares of Voting Stock, whether in excess of 20 percent or otherwise, or because the Company reports that a change in control of the Company has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future by reason of such beneficiary ownership or (2) solely because of a change in control of any Subsidiary by which any Participant may be employed. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of subsections (i-iv) hereof, if, prior to any event described in subsections (i-iv) hereof that may be instituted by any person who is not an officer or director of the Company, or prior to any disclosed proposal that may be instituted by any person who is not an officer or director of the Company that could lead to any such event, management proposes any structuring of the Company that ultimately leads to an event described in subsections (i-iv) hereof pursuant to such management proposal, than a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the Plan.
(c)   Computation of Amount of Change in Control Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for a Change in Control Benefit shall be entitled to receive a monthly Change in Control Benefit equal to 50% of the Participant’s Final Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by his Service Fraction, reduced by the sum of:
  (i)   50% of the monthly Social Security Benefit payable to the Participant commencing on his Normal Retirement Date; and
 
  (ii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity not including any temporary supplements) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Qualified Retirement Plan commencing on his Normal Retirement Date assuming:
  (A)   for purposes of determining whether the Participant had a vested benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and when the Participant could elect commencement of his benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan (but not for purposes of determining the amount thereof), that the Participant had sufficient service under the Qualified Retirement Plan to have a vested benefit under the

13


 

      Qualified Retirement Plan and a right to commence receiving such benefit at his Normal Retirement Date, and
  (B)   that the Participant elected commencement of such benefit as of such date; and
  (iii)   the monthly benefit (expressed as a single life annuity) payable to the Participant under the terms of the Pension Restoration SERP commencing on his Normal Retirement Date; and
 
  (iv)   the monthly benefit derived from the Company matching contribution under the terms of the 401(k) Restoration SERP, assuming the Participant receives the full match available in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of Annual Compensation (as such term is defined in the 401(k) Restoration SERP) in excess of the IRC §401(a)(17) limit, commencing on his Normal Retirement Date with interest at a fixed rate of eight percent (8%) and converted to a single life annuity using the mortality table prescribed in Revenue Ruling 2001-62 and an interest rate of seven percent (7%).
The monthly benefit computed under the preceding sentence shall be actuarially reduced using the assumptions identified in Article III(A)(2) for each full month by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
ARTICLE X
DEATH BENEFIT
(a)   Pre-Retirement .
  (i)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, if a Participant dies with ten (10) years of Company Service but before commencing to receive payment of a Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefit, the surviving Spouse of such deceased Participant shall be eligible for a Pre-Retirement Death benefit commencing at the time set forth in Article XI.
 
  (ii)   Computation of Amount of Pre-Retirement Death Benefit . The amount of the Pre-Retirement Death Benefit shall be equal to 50% of the reduced monthly amount which would have been payable to the Participant. The reduced monthly amount which would have been payable to the Participant is: the 50% Joint and Survivor Annuity to which a Participant would have been entitled if he had a Separation from Service on the date of his death; survived to the commencement date set forth in Article XI; and retired on such date with a 50% Joint and Survivor Annuity. The monthly benefit specified herein shall be actuarially reduced using the assumptions specified in Article III for each full month by which the date of commencement precedes the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.

14


 

  (iii)   Form and Duration of Payment . The Pre-Retirement Death Benefit shall be a monthly benefit payable from the date of commencement set forth in Article XI until the first day of the month that includes the date of the death of the surviving Spouse.
(b)   Post-Retirement Death Benefit .
  (i)   Qualification for Benefit . The surviving Spouse of a deceased Participant who has died while receiving Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefits (including Disability Benefits) under the Plan and whose optional form of payment elected at retirement provides for a survivor benefit shall be eligible for the Post-Retirement Death Benefit described in paragraph (ii) of this Section.
 
  (ii)   Computation of Amount of Annual Benefit . The Post-Retirement Death Benefit shall be a monthly benefit in an amount equal to either:
  (A)   100%, or
 
  (B)   50%
(as elected by the Participant) of the reduced Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefit the deceased Participant was receiving at the time of his death.
ARTICLE XI
OPTIONAL FORMS AND TIMING OF BENEFITS
(a)   Optional forms of Benefits . A Participant may elect to receive his Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefits in any of the following optional forms of payment:
  (i)   a single life annuity;
 
  (ii)   a 50% Joint and Survivor Annuity (available only if married); or
 
  (iii)   a 100% Joint and Survivor Annuity (available only if married).
Such election shall be made within 30 days after the date the Participant first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan. If the Participant fails to make an election under this Article, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected a single life annuity form of payment.
(b)   Timing of Benefit Payments . Plan Benefits shall commence at the following times for each of the identified Plan Benefits:
  (i)   Normal Retirement Benefits under Article V shall commence as of the later of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or the first of the month coincident with or next following his actual Separation from Service; provided, however, if such Participant is a Specified Employee, payment shall commence on the first day of the month which follows the expiration of a period of six months from the Participant’s Separation from

15


 

      Service. Benefits payable during such six-month period shall be accumulated and paid at the time of commencement of payments.
  (ii)   Early Retirement Benefits under Article VI shall commence on the first day of the month following the later of the Participant’s attaining his Early Retirement Age or his actual Separation from Service; provided, however, if such Participant is a Specified Employee, payment shall commence on the first day of the month which follows the expiration of a period of six months from the Participant’s Separation from Service. Benefits payable during such six-month period shall be accumulated and paid at the time of commencement of payments.
 
  (iii)   Vested Benefits under Article VII shall commence on the first day of the month following the later of the month in which the Participant attains Early Retirement Age or Participant’s actual Separation from Service; provided, however, if such Participant is a Specified Employee, payment shall not commence prior to the first day of the month which follows the expiration of a period of six months from the date of Participant’s Separation from Service. Benefits payable during such six-month period shall be accumulated and paid at the time of commencement of payments.
 
  (iv)   Disability Benefits under Article VIII shall commence on an unreduced actuarial basis, on the first day of the month following the month of Participant’s Separation from Service by reason of Total Disability. Payments shall continue until the earlier of the first day of the month for which the Participant is determined to no longer have a Total Disability or the first day of the month in which the Participant dies (unless a survivor annuity option has been selected, in which case payments shall continue to the Participant’s Surviving Spouse). The Committee may, in its discretion, take such steps as it deems necessary to determine the continued existence of a Participant’s Total Disability and may cease the Disability Benefit payable hereunder if it is established to the Committee’s satisfaction (as determined under the same standards recognized at the time Participant was determined as suffering a Total Disability) that such Total Disability no longer exists or Social Security Disability Benefits are no longer being paid. If a Participant’s Disability Benefit ceases because the Participant has recovered from the Total Disability, the Participant may be eligible for a benefit under the other provisions of the Plan.
 
  (v)   Change in Control Benefits under Article IX shall commence on the first day of the month following the later of the month in which the Participant attains Early Retirement Age or Participant’s Separation from Service; provided, however, if such Participant is a

16


 

      Specified Employee, payment shall not commence prior to the first day of the month which follows the expiration of a period of six months from the Participant’s Separation from Service. Benefits payable during such six-month period shall be accumulated and paid at the time of commencement of payments.
  (vi)   Death Benefits under Article X shall be paid as follows:
  (A)   Pre-Retirement Death Benefits shall commence the later of the date the Participant attains Early Retirement Age or his date of death.
 
  (B)   Post-Retirement Death Benefits shall commence as of the first day of the month immediately following the date of the Participant’s death, and shall continue to be paid as of the first day of each month thereafter until the first day of the month that includes the date of the death of the surviving Spouse.
  (vii)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Plan Benefit payable hereunder will be treated as made as stated herein if the payment is made at such time or a later date within the same calendar year or, if later, by the 15 th day of the third calendar month following such date.
 
  (viii)   Transitional Elections . During 2008, Participants were permitted to make new elections regarding the form of payment of their Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefit, subject to the following rules:
  (A)   such elections were required to be made no later than December 31, 2008,
 
  (B)   such elections could not change a payment that would otherwise have become payable in 2008 or cause payments to be made in 2008 that would otherwise be paid at a later date, and
 
  (C)   such elections were made pursuant to such administrative rules as the Committee prescribed.
Any Participant who failed to make a new payment election in 2008 was deemed to have elected to have his Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefits paid pursuant to his election(s) on file with the Committee prior to the transitional election described in this Section.
  (ix)   Withholding of Taxes . The benefits payable under the Plan shall be subject to the deduction of any federal, state or local income taxes, Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA), FUTA or other taxes that are required to be withheld from such payments by applicable laws and regulations.
 
  (x)   Acceleration of Payments . Notwithstanding this Article XI, each Participant’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefit shall be paid to him upon termination of the Plan to the extent provided in Article XIV.

17


 

  (xi)   Delay of Payment . Notwithstanding this Article XI, the Company may delay the payment of all or any portion of the Participant’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefit as follows:
  (A)   The Committee reasonably anticipates that if the Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefits were made as scheduled, the Company’s deduction with respect to such payments would not be permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code; provided such payments are then made during the Participant’s first taxable year in which the Committee reasonably anticipates that the Company’s deduction would not be barred by application of Section 162(m) of the Code.
 
  (B)   The Committee reasonably anticipates that making scheduled payments would violate Federal Securities laws or applicable laws; provided such payments are then made at the earliest date at which the Committee reasonably contemplates that making the scheduled payments will not cause such a violation.
ARTICLE XII
PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND CLAIMS
(a)   Administration by Committee . The Committee shall be charged with the administration of the Plan.
 
(b)   Powers of the Committee . The Committee shall have all such powers as may be necessary to discharge its duties relative to the administration of the Plan, including, by way of illustration and not limitation, discretionary authority to interpret and construe the Plan, to determine and decide all questions of fact, and all disputes, arising under the Plan including, but not limited to, the eligibility of any employee to participate hereunder, the validity of any Election of Deferral or other election as may be necessary or appropriate hereunder and the right of any employee to benefits payable hereunder. The Committee shall have all power necessary to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, regulations and practices governing the operation of the Plan as it, in its sole discretion, may from time to time deem advisable.
 
(c)   Committee Actions . The Committee shall not be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of the Plan unless attributable to willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Committee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person employed or engaged by the Company with respect to the Plan. Participants who are members of the Committee shall not participate in any action or determination regarding solely their own benefits payable hereunder. All decisions of the Committee shall be by majority of the votes cast and, except as provided in Section (d) of this

18


 

    Article XII, decisions of the Committee made in good faith shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties.
(d)   Claims and Review Procedure . The Committee shall be responsible for the claims procedure under the Plan. An application for benefits under the Plan shall be considered a claim for purposes of this Section (d). Until modified by the Committee, the claims and review procedure set forth in this Section shall be the mandatory claims and review procedure for the resolution of disputes and disposition of claims filed under the Plan.
  (i)   Initial Claim . An individual may, subject to any applicable deadline, file with the Committee a written claim for benefits under the Plan in a form and manner prescribed by the Committee.
  (A)   If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Committee shall notify the claimant of the adverse benefit determination within 90 days after the receipt of the claim.
 
  (B)   The 90-day period for making the claim determination may be extended for 90 days if the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for determination of the claim, provided that the Committee notifies the claimant, prior to the expiration of the initial 90-day period, of the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which a claim determination is expected to be made.
  (ii)   Notice of Initial Adverse Determination . A notice of an adverse determination shall be set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.
  (A)   the specific reasons for the adverse determination;
 
  (B)   references to the specific provisions of the Plan document (or other applicable Plan document) on which the adverse determination is based;
 
  (C)   a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and
 
  (D)   a description of the claims review procedure, including the time limits applicable to such procedure, and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse determination on review.
  (iii)   Request for Review . Within 60 days after receipt of an initial adverse benefit determination notice, the claimant may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the adverse determination and may, in connection therewith submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim benefits. Any request for review of the initial adverse determination not filed within 60 days after receipt of the initial adverse determination notice shall be untimely.

19


 

  (iv)   Claim on Review . If the claim, upon review, is denied in whole or in part, the Committee shall notify the claimant of the adverse benefit determination within 60 days after receipt of such a request for review.
  (A)   The 60-day period for deciding the claim on review may be extended for 60 days if the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for determination of the claim, provided that the Committee notifies the claimant, prior to the expiration of the initial 60-day period, of the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which a claim determination is expected to be made.
 
  (B)   In the event that the time period is extended due to a claimant’s failure to submit information necessary to decide a claim on review, the claimant shall have 60 days within which to provide the necessary information and the period for making the claim determination on review shall be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the claimant until the date on which the claimant responds to the request for additional information or, if earlier, the expiration of 60 days.
 
  (C)   The Committee’s review of a denied claim shall take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
  (v)   Notice of Adverse Determination for Claim on Review . A notice of an adverse determination for a claim on review shall set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:
  (A)   the specific reasons for the denial;
 
  (B)   references to the specific provisions of the Plan document (or other applicable Plan document) on which the adverse determination is based.
 
  (C)   a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits;
 
  (D)   a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the claimant’s right to obtain information about such procedures; and
 
  (E)   a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA §502(a).

20


 

(e)   Deadline to File Claim . To be considered timely under the Plan’s claim and review procedure, a claim must be filed with the Committee within 1 year after the claimant knew or reasonably should have known of the principal facts upon which the claim is based.
 
(f)   Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies . The exhaustion of the claim and review procedure is mandatory for resolving every claim and dispute arising under the Plan as to such claims and disputes.
  (i)   No claimant shall be permitted to commence any legal action to recover Plan benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under Section 502 or Section 510 of ERISA or under any other provision of law, whether or not statutory, until the claim and review procedure set forth herein have been exhausted in their entirety; and
 
  (ii)   In any such legal action all explicit and all implicit determinations by the Committee (including, but not limited to, determinations as to whether the claim, or a request for a review of a denied claim, was timely filed) shall be afforded the maximum deference permitted by law.
(g)   Deadline to File Legal Action . No legal action to recover Plan benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under Section 502 of ERISA or under any other provision of law, whether or not statutory, may be brought by any claimant on any matter pertaining to the Plan unless the legal action is commenced in the proper forum before the earlier of:
  (i)   30 months after the claimant knew or reasonably should have known of the principal facts on which the claim is based, or
 
  (ii)   6 months after the claimant has exhausted the claim and review procedure.
(h)   Knowledge of Fact by Participant Imputed to Beneficiary . Knowledge of all facts that a Participant knew or reasonably should have known shall be imputed to every claimant who is or claims to be a Beneficiary of the Participant or otherwise claims to derive an entitlement by reference to the Participant.
 
(i)   Information Furnished by Participants . Neither the Company nor the Committee shall be liable or responsible for any error in the computation of the accrued benefit of a Participant resulting from any misstatement of fact made by the Participant, directly or indirectly, to the Company or the Committee, and used by it in determining the Participant’s accrued benefit. The Company and the Committee shall not be obligated or required to increase the accrued benefit of such Participant which, on discovery of the misstatement, is found to be understated as a result of such misstatement of the Participant. However, the accrued benefit of any Participant which is overstated by reason of any such misstatement shall be reduced to the amount appropriate in view of accurate facts.

21


 

(j)   Overpayments . If a payment or series of payments made from this Plan is found to be greater than the accrued benefit to which a Participant or Beneficiary is entitled due to factual errors, mathematical errors or otherwise, the Committee may, in its discretion and to the extent consistent with Code §409A, and in addition to or in lieu of any other legal remedies it may have, suspend or reduce future benefits to such Participant or Beneficiary as it deems appropriate to correct the overpayment.
ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS
(a)   Funding . The obligation of the Employers to pay benefits under the Plan constitutes the unsecured promise of the Employers to make payments from their general assets, and no Participant or Spouse shall have any interest in, or a lien or prior claim upon, any property of the Employers. With respect to the benefits under the Plan, each Participant or Spouse shall have the status of a general unsecured creditor of the Participant’s Employer. The Company may establish a so-called “rabbi trust” to hold funds, stock or other securities to be used in payment of the obligations of the Employers under the Plan, and may fund such trust; provided, however, that any funds contained therein shall remain subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Company or any other Employer for which the Participant performs services. It is the intention of the Employers that the Plan be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. No liability for the payment of benefits under the Plan shall be imposed upon any officer, director, employee or stockholder of the Company or any other Employer, or upon the Board, the Committee or any member thereof.
 
(b)   No Guaranty of Benefits . Nothing contained in this Plan shall constitute a guaranty by any Employer, the Committee or the Board that the assets of any Employer will be sufficient to pay any benefit hereunder.
 
(c)   Assignments and Restrictions . To the extent permitted by law, and except as otherwise provided in this Section (c), no right or interest of a Participant or Spouse under this Plan shall be transferable or assignable (either at law or in equity) nor shall any such right or interest be subject to alienation, anticipation, encumbrance, attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process of any kind, voluntary or involuntary, or in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts of any Participant or Spouse. If a Participant shall attempt to or shall transfer, assign, alienate, anticipate, sell, pledge or otherwise encumber his benefits hereunder or any part thereof, or if by reason of his bankruptcy or other event happening at any time such benefits would devolve upon anyone else or would not be enjoyed by him, then the Company, in its

22


 

    discretion, may terminate his interest in any such benefit to the extent the Company considers necessary or advisable to prevent or limit the effects of such occurrence. Termination shall be effected by filing a “termination declaration” with the Committee and making reasonable efforts to deliver a copy to the Participant (the “Terminated Participant”) whose interest is affected thereby. As long as the Terminated Participant is alive, any benefits affected by the termination shall be retained by the Company and, in the Company’s sole and absolute judgment, may be paid to or expended for the benefit of the Terminated Participants, his spouse, his children or any other person or persons in fact dependent upon him in such a manner as the Company shall deem proper. Upon the death of the Terminated Participant, all benefits withheld from him and not paid to others in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be paid to the Terminated Participant’s surviving Spouse or, if none, to the Terminated Participant’s then living descendants, including adopted children, per stripes .
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts payable under this Plan may be withheld by the Company as they become due to the extent necessary to cover any debts or other obligations owed to the Company by the Participant, but only if such debts or other obligations are acknowledged as such in writing by the Participant or are confirmed as such by a final, nonappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
(d)   Headings . The various headings used in this Plan are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting the test of the Article, Section, paragraph or subparagraph in which they appear.
 
(e)   Employment . The establishment of this Plan shall not be construed to give any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer.
 
(f)   Applicable Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Plan shall be governed by the internal substantive laws of the State of Ohio, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such State.
 
(g)   Binding Effect on Employer, Participants, Spouses and Their Successors . This Plan shall be binding and inure to the benefit of any Employer or its successors and assigns, and the Participants, Spouses and their heirs, legatees, distributes, executors, administrators or other legal representatives.
 
(h)   Participant Information . Each participant shall keep the Committee informed of his current address and the current address of his Spouse, if applicable. The Participant shall furnish to the Committee any and all information deemed by the Committee to be necessary or desirable for the proper administration of the Plan.
 
(i)   Incapacity . In the event that a Participant or Spouse is declared incompetent and a guardian, conservator or other person is appointed and legally charged with the care of the person or the

23


 

    person’s estate, the payments under the Plan to which such Participant or Spouse is entitled shall be paid to such guardian, conservator or other person legally charged with the care of the person or the estate. Except as provided hereinabove, when the Company, in its sole discretion, determines that the Participant or Spouse is unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the Company may make distribution(s) of the amounts payable to such Participant or Spouse to any one or more of the spouse, lineal ascendants or descendants or other closest living relatives of such Participant or Spouse who demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Company the propriety of making such distribution(s). Any payment so made shall not exceed such amount as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code and shall be in complete discharge of any liability under this Agreement for such payment. The Company shall not be required to see to the application of any such distribution made under this Section.
(j)   Code Section 409A . To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Plan and the benefits payable hereunder comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. The Plan and the benefits payable hereunder shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Plan or benefit payable hereunder to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code and may be made by the Company without the consent of Participants).
ARTICLE XIV
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
(a)   Amendment . The Plan may be amended from time to time in any respect whatsoever by the Company and by the Committee to the extent consistent with its delegated authority. Any such amendment may be retroactive, prospective or both. No such amendment of the Plan document or termination of the Plan, however, shall reduce a Participant’s accrued benefit earned as of the date of such amendment unless the Participant so affected consents in writing to the amendment or such amendment is deemed necessary by the Company to affect the intended purposes of this Plan and/or to comply with applicable law.
 
(b)   Termination . The Company reserves the right to discontinue benefit accruals at any time. The Company also reserves the right to cause an acceleration of the time and form of a Plan payment where the acceleration of such payment is made in accordance with one of the following provisions:
  (i)   Dissolution or Bankruptcy . At the discretion of the Company within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code §331 or with the approval of a bankruptcy court

24


 

      pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that Plan benefits are included in the Participants’ gross incomes in the latest of:
  (A)   the calendar year in which the Plan termination and liquidation occurs;
 
  (B)   the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or
 
  (C)   the first calendar year in which payment is administratively feasible.
  (ii)   Discretionary Termination . At the discretion of the Company, provided that:
  (A)   the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Company;
 
  (B)   all other arrangements sponsored by the Company that would be aggregated with this arrangement under Code §409A are also terminated, to the extent any Participant in this Plan also has a benefit under any such other arrangement;
 
  (C)   no payments in liquidation of the Plan, other than payments that would have been made under this Plan had the termination not occurred, are made from the Plan within 12 months of the termination;
 
  (D)   all benefits are fully distributed within 24 months of such termination; and
 
  (E)   the Company does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated under Code §409A with this Plan for 3 years following the date the Company has taken all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate this Plan

25


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Diebold, Incorporated Pension Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan has been executed this ___ day of December, 2008.
             
    DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
           
 
  Its:        
 
           

26

Exhibit 10.5(v)
DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
401(k) RESTORATION
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
Amended and Restated January 1, 2008

 


 

DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
401(K) RESTORATION
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
Amended and Restated January 1, 2008
Table of Contents
         
ARTICLE I PLAN
    1  
ARTICLE II PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
    1  
ARTICLE III DEFINITIONS
    1  
(1) “Affiliate”
    1  
(2) “Annual Compensation”
    2  
(3) “Annual Incentive Bonus”
    2  
(4) “Base Salary”
    2  
(5) “Basic Matching Contribution Account”
    2  
(6) “Beneficiary”
    2  
(7) “Board”
    2  
(8) “Change in Control”
    2  
(9) “Change in Control Benefit”
    2  
(10) “Code”
    2  
(11) “Committee”
    2  
(12) “Company”
    2  
(13) “Company Service”
    2  
(14) “Death Benefit”
    3  
(15) “Deferral Election”
    3  
(16) “Deferred Compensation”
    3  
(17) “Deferred Compensation Account”
    3  
(18) “Disability Benefit”
    3  
(19) “Early Retirement Age”
    3  
(20) “Employer”
    3  
(21) “Enhanced Matching Contribution Account”
    3  
(22) “Normal Retirement Age”
    3  
(23) “Participant”
    3  
(24) “Plan”
    3  

(i) 


 

         
(25) “Plan Account”
    3  
(26) “Plan Year”
    3  
(27) “Retirement Benefit”
    3  
(28) “Separation from Service”
    3  
(29) “Specified Employee”
    4  
(30) “Spouse”
    4  
(31) “Termination for Cause”
    4  
(32) “Termination of Employment”
    5  
(33) “Total Disability”
    5  
(34) “Vested Benefit”
    5  
ARTICLE IV ELIGIBILITY, PARTICIPATION AND VESTING
    5  
(a) Eligibility for Participation in the Plan
    5  
(b) Eligibility for Benefits
    6  
(c) Vesting
    6  
(d) Forfeiture of Plan Benefits
    6  
ARTICLE V PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS
    6  
(a) Eligibility to Defer
    6  
(b) Participant Deferrals
    7  
(c) Rules Regarding Deferral Elections
    7  
(d) Performance Based Compensation
    7  
(e) Evergreen Deferral Election
    7  
(f) Deferred Compensation Account
    8  
ARTICLE VI MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS AND EARNINGS
    8  
(a) Basic Matching Contributions
    8  
(b) Enhanced Matching Contributions
    8  
(c) Timing of Employer Matching Contributions
    8  
(d) Investment Earnings
    9  
ARTICLE VII RETIREMENT BENEFITS
    9  
(a) Qualification of Benefit
    9  
(b) Computation of Amount of Retirement Benefit
    9  
ARTICLE VIII VESTED BENEFIT
    9  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    9  
(b) Computation of Amount of Vested Benefit
    9  

(ii) 


 

         
ARTICLE IX DISABILITY BENEFIT
    10  
(a) Qualified for Benefit
    10  
(b) Computation of Amount of Disability Benefit
    10  
ARTICLE X BENEFIT UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
    10  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    10  
(b) Change in Control
    10  
(c) Computation of Amount of Change in Control Benefit
    12  
ARTICLE XI DEATH BENEFIT
    12  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    12  
(b) Computation of Amount and Form of Distribution of the Death Benefit
    12  
ARTICLE XII FORM AND TIMING OF PAYMENT
    12  
(a) Automatic Form of Payment
    12  
(b) Timing of Benefit Payment
    12  
(c) Delay of Payment
    13  
ARTICLE XIII PLAN ADMINISTRATION
    13  
(a) Administration by Committee
    13  
(b) Powers of the Committee
    13  
(c) Committee Actions
    13  
(d) Claims and Review Procedure
    14  
(e) Deadline to File Claim
    16  
(f) Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies
    16  
(g) Deadline to File Legal Action
    16  
(h) Knowledge of Fact by Participant Imputed to Beneficiary
    16  
(i) Information Furnished by Participants
    16  
ARTICLE XIV MISCELLANEOUS
    17  
(a) Funding
    17  
(b) No Guaranty of Benefits
    17  
(c) Assignments and Restrictions
    17  
(d) Headings
    18  
(e) Employment
    18  
(f) Applicable Law
    18  
(g) Binding Effect on Employer, Participants, Spouses and Their Successors
    18  
(h) Participant Information
    18  

(iii) 


 

         
(i) Incapacity
    19  
(j) Code Section 409A
    19  
ARTICLE XV AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
    19  
(a) Amendment
    19  
(b) Termination
    19  

(iv) 


 

DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
401(k) RESTORATION
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
Amended and Restated January 1, 2008
ARTICLE I
PLAN
The Diebold, Incorporated 401(k) Restoration Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) was adopted effective as of January 1, 2007. The Plan is being amended as of January 1, 2008 to comply with final regulations under Code Section 409A, as enacted by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.
ARTICLE II
PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
This Plan was created for the principal purpose of providing retirement income for a select group of executive and highly compensated management employees, within the meaning of Section 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, of Diebold, Incorporated and its subsidiary organizations. It is intended to supplement benefits payable under the Diebold, Incorporated 401(k) Savings Plan, as well as benefits payable under the Federal Social Security Act and certain other deferred compensation arrangements. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. During the period from January 1, 2007 (the original effective date) and until the effective date of this Restatement, the Plan was operated in good faith compliance with IRS Notice 2005-1, proposed regulations under Code Section 409A, and other applicable guidance.
ARTICLE III
DEFINITIONS
(a)   The following definitions shall apply with respect to this Plan:
  (1)   “Affiliate” shall mean any entity included with the Company in a controlled group of corporations or trades or businesses under common control within the meaning of Code §414(b) or §414(c), an affiliated service group within the meaning of Code §414(n), or any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company under Code §414(o). For all purposes under this Plan, in applying Code §1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) for purposes of determining the Company’s Affiliates under Code §414(b), the language “at least 80%” shall be applied as it appears in those sections, and in applying Treas. Reg. §1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining trades or business

1


 

(whether or not incorporated) that are under common control for purposes of Code §414(c), the language “at least 80%” shall be used as it appears in such regulation.
  (2)   “Annual Compensation” shall mean a Participant’s Base Salary from an Employer for any Plan Year including any amounts excluded from the Participant’s gross income as a deferral under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan of the Company pursuant to a salary reduction agreement plus the Participant’s Annual Incentive Bonus in the calendar year in which it is paid. Annual Compensation also includes amounts paid to individuals who are citizens or residents of the United States and who are employees of, or provide services to, a foreign Affiliate of the Company to which an agreement entered into by the Company under Code Section 3121(1) applies.
  (3)   “Annual Incentive Bonus” shall mean the bonus payable to the Participant under the Diebold, Incorporated Annual Incentive Compensation Plan determined before reduction for any contribution to the Qualified 401(k) Plan.
 
  (4)   “Base Salary” shall mean the Participant’s regular annual salary determined before reduction for any contributions by the Participant to the Qualified 401(k) Plan.
 
  (5)   “Basic Matching Contribution Account” shall mean the Participant’s account which holds Basic Matching Contributions made to a Participant under Article VI, as adjusted for earnings or losses thereon.
 
  (6)   “Beneficiary” shall mean a person or entity designated by the Participant to receive the Death Benefit payable under this Plan, as are outlined in Article XI. A Beneficiary may, but is not required to, designate a Spouse as the Beneficiary.
 
  (7)   “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of Diebold, Incorporated.
 
  (8)   “Change in Control” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article X.
 
  (9)   “Change in Control Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article X.
 
  (10)   “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
 
  (11)   “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, as such Committee may be constituted from time to time.
 
  (12)   “Company” shall mean Diebold, Incorporated.
 
  (13)   “Company Service” shall mean years of employment (measured in years and completed months) with an Employer.

2


 

  (14)   “Death Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article XI hereof.
 
  (15)   “Deferral Election” shall mean a written election form on which a Participant may elect to defer under the Plan a portion of his Annual Compensation.
 
  (16)   “Deferred Compensation” shall mean the amounts of Annual Compensation actually deferred by a Participant pursuant to a timely written Deferral Election.
 
  (17)   “Deferred Compensation Account” shall mean the Participant’s account which holds the amounts deferred by the Participant under Article V, as adjusted for earnings or losses thereon.
 
  (18)   “Disability Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article IX hereof.
 
  (19)   “Early Retirement Age” shall mean the date at which the Participant has attained age 55 and, if the Participant is eligible for an Enhanced Matching Contribution, completed three years of Company Service.
 
  (20)   “Employer” shall mean (a) the Company or its successors, and (b) an Affiliate which may specifically adopt this Plan with the consent of the Company, or its successors.
 
  (21)   “Enhanced Matching Contribution Account” shall mean the Participant’s account which holds Enhanced Matching Contributions made to a Participant under Article VI, as adjusted for earnings or losses thereon.
 
  (22)   “Normal Retirement Age” shall mean age 65.
 
  (23)   “Participant” shall mean any executive, or highly paid management employee of an Employer who is selected to participate in this Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article IV.
 
  (24)   “Plan” shall mean this Diebold, Incorporated 401(k) Restoration Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as in effect from time to time.
 
  (25)   “Plan Account” shall mean the Participant’s account balance under the Plan which shall equal the total amount of the Deferred Compensation Account and the Basic Matching Contribution Account or the Enhanced Matching Contribution Account, as applicable.
 
  (26)   “Plan Year” shall mean January 1 through December 31.
 
  (27)   “Retirement Benefit” shall mean the benefit payable under Article VII hereof.
 
  (28)   “Separation from Service” shall mean a Participant dies, retires, or otherwise has a Termination of Employment from the Employer. A Separation from Service shall

3


 

not be considered to have occurred if the Participant’s employment relationship is treated by the Employer as continuing while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if such period of leave does not exceed 6 months or, if longer, so long as the individual’s right to reemployment is provided by statute or by contract. If the period of leave exceeds 6 months and such reemployment rights are not provided, the employment relationship is deemed to terminate on the first date immediately following such 6-month period. Whether a Separation from Service has occurred will be determined in accordance with the requirements of Code §409A.
  (29)   “Specified Employee” shall mean a key employee as defined in Code Section 416(i) as further interpreted by the Treasury Regulations issued under Code Section 409A.
 
  (30)   “Spouse” shall mean the surviving spouse of a Participant at the time of his death, but only if the Participant and such spouse were married at least one year prior to the Participant’s Separation from Service.
 
  (31)   “Termination for Cause” shall mean Participant’s Termination of Employment by an Employer due to the Participant’s:
  (i)   intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with his duties or in the course of his employment with the Employer;
 
  (ii)   intentional wrongful damage to property of the Employer;
 
  (iii)   intentional wrongful disclosure of secret processes or confidential information of the Employer; or
 
  (iv)   intentional wrongful engagement in any competitive activity which would constitute a material breach of the duty of loyalty to the Employer and any such at shall have been materially harmful to the Employer.
For purposes of the Plan, no act, or failure to act, on the part of the Participant shall be deemed “intentional” if it was due primarily to an error in judgment or negligence, but shall be deemed “intentional” only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Participant not in good faith or without reasonable belief that his action or omission was not in or opposed tot eh best interest of the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall not be deemed to have been Terminated for Cause hereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Participant a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the Board then in office at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purposes, finding that, in the

4


 

good faith opinion of the Board, the Participant had committed an act set forth above and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. The Participant shall receive reasonable notice and an opportunity for the Participant, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board. Nothing herein shall limit the right of the Participant or his Beneficiaries to contest the validity or propriety of any such determination.
  (32)   “Termination of Employment” shall mean the severing of employment with the Employer, voluntarily or involuntarily. A Participant is presumed to have incurred a Termination of Employment from the Employer where the facts and circumstances indicate that the Employer and the Participant reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or the level of bona fide services the Participant would perform after such date would permanently decrease to 20% or less of the average level of services over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of such services, if less than 36 months). A Termination of Employment will be determined in accordance with treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)(l)(ii).
 
  (33)   “Total Disability” shall mean a physical or mental impairment that causes a Participant to be unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. Such determination of disability may be made by the Social Security Administration or may be made pursuant to the Company’s long term disability insurance program.
 
  (34)   “Vested Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article VII hereof.
(b)   Throughout this Plan, and whenever appropriate, the masculine gender shall be deemed to include the feminine and neuter, the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa.
ARTICLE IV
ELIGIBILITY, PARTICIPATION AND VESTING
(a)   Eligibility for Participation in the Plan . The Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall nominate executive or highly paid management employees of the Employer whose compensation exceeds the limit set forth under Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code for participation in the Plan. The Committee shall make the final decision as to those

5


 

executives or highly paid management employees who shall become Participants in the Plan. Newly appointed executive or highly paid management employee shall become Participants in the Plan effective as of the next following January 1.
(b)   Eligibility for Benefits . A Participant shall be entitled to receive a Retirement Benefit (or have a Retirement Benefit provided for his surviving Spouse or Beneficiary) only if he satisfies the conditions of this Article IV and satisfies the qualification requirements of any of the Articles under the Plan to become eligible to receive a benefit thereunder.
 
(c)   Vesting . A Participant shall be vested in the Enhanced Matching Contribution Account upon attaining three years of Company Service, upon meeting the requirements for a Disability Benefit or Change in Control Benefit hereunder, or upon attaining age 65. A Participant shall always be 100%, fully vested in the Deferred Compensation Account and the Basic Matching Contribution Account.
 
(d)   Forfeiture of Plan Benefits . In the absence of a Change in Control or a finding of Total Disability, a Participant’s participation shall cease and no Employer Matching Contributions under this Plan shall be payable:
  (i)   to a Participant if the Participant:
  (A)   voluntarily terminates employment before completing at least three years of Company Service; or
 
  (B)   fails to give an Employer six months written advance notice of his pending voluntary Termination of Employment if he is leaving Diebold prior to age 55 (or three months written advance notice if he is leaving Diebold at age 55 or later); or
 
  (C)   is Terminated for Cause; or
  (ii)   to a Participant’s Spouse or Beneficiary, if the Participant:
  (A)   dies prior to satisfying the requirements for a Death Benefit under Article XI; or
 
  (B)   is Terminated for Cause.
ARTICLE V
PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS
(a)   Eligibility to Defer . A Participant may elect to defer receipt of all or a specified portion of his or her Annual Compensation in excess of the IRS pay limits under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for a calendar year in accordance with Section (b) of this Article. A

6


 

Participant’s entitlement to defer shall cease in the year following the year in which he or she ceases to be a Participant.
(b)   Participant Deferrals . For each Plan Year a Participant may elect to make a Deferral Election of his Annual Compensation as follows:
  1.   Base Salary . A Participant may elect to contribute from 1% to 50% of his Base Salary.
 
  2.   Annual Incentive Bonus . A Participant may elect to contribute 1% to 100% of his Annual Incentive Bonus.
(c)   Rules Regarding Deferral Elections . Each Deferral Election made by a Participant shall be subject to the following rules:
  1.   Timing of Deferral Election . Each Participant may elect to defer Annual Compensation which he would otherwise become entitled to receive by filing a Deferral Election. For deferrals of Base Salary, such Deferral Election must be filed not later than December 31 of the Plan Year prior to the beginning of the Plan Year to which such Deferral Election applies. For deferrals of Annual Incentive Bonus, such Deferral Election must be filed not later than December 31 of the Plan Year prior to the beginning of the Plan Year to which such Annual Incentive Bonus is earned.
  2.   Irrevocable . Each Participant’s Deferral Election for a Plan Year shall be irrevocable and shall remain in effect for all such Annual Compensation paid during such Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s contributions to the Plan shall cease upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
  (i)   The Participant’s Total Disability; or
 
  (ii)   The Participant’s death.
(d)   Performance Based Compensation . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article V, with respect to any “performance-based” compensation (as determined by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code) based on services performed over a period of at least 12 months, the Company may, in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to complete and deliver an Election Agreement to the Secretary of the Company no later than six months before the end of such period.
(e)   Evergreen Deferral Election . A Deferral Election that is timely delivered shall be effective for the succeeding year and, except as otherwise specified by a Participant in the Deferral Election, shall continue to be effective from year to year until revoked or modified by written notice to the Secretary of the Company. To be effective for a Plan Year, a

7


 

revocation or modification of a Deferral Election must be delivered prior to the date that an initial election would be required to be delivered under either Section (c) or (d) above.
(f)   Deferred Compensation Account . In connection with a Participant’s first Deferral Election pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Company shall establish a Deferred Compensation Account on its books. The Deferred Compensation Account shall be used to record the Participant’s Deferred Compensation, Employer Basic or Enhanced Matching contributions as applicable, and any Investment Earnings credited thereon.
ARTICLE VI
MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS AND EARNINGS
(a)   Basic Matching Contributions . For each Plan Year a Participant hired prior to July 1, 2001 shall be entitled to receive a Company Basic Matching Contribution equal to the sum of the following:
  (1)   60% times the Participant’s Deferred Compensation for the calendar year that does not exceed three percent (3%) of his Annual Compensation in excess of the IRS limits imposed by 401(a)(17) of the Code for the calendar year; plus
  (2)   40% times the Participant’s Deferred Compensation for the calendar year that exceeds three percent (3%) but not six percent (6%) of his Annual Compensation in excess of the IRS limits imposed by 401(a)(17) of the Code for the calendar year.
Matching contributions made pursuant to the above shall be deposited in the Participant’s Basic Matching Contribution Account as stated in Sections (c) and (d) below.
(b)   Enhanced Matching Contributions : For each Plan Year a Participant hired on or after July 1, 2001 shall be entitled to receive a Company Enhanced Matching Contribution equal to the sum of the following:
  (1)   100% times the Participant’s Deferred Compensation for the calendar year that does not exceed three percent (3%) of his Annual Compensation in excess of the IRS limits imposed by 401(a)(17) of the Code for the calendar year; plus
  (2)   60% times the Participant’s Deferred Compensation for the calendar year that exceeds three percent (3%) but not six percent (6%) of his Annual Compensation in excess of the IRS limits imposed by 401(a)(17) of the Code for the calendar year.
Matching contributions made pursuant to the above shall be deposited in the Participant’s Enhanced Matching Contribution Account as sated in sections (c) and (d) below.
(c)   Timing of Employer Matching Contributions . Notwithstanding provisions of this Article VI, a Company Basic Matching Contribution or Enhanced Matching Contribution shall not be made on behalf of any Participant who is not employed on the last day of the calendar year; provided, however, if the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment as

8


 

a result of death, Total Disability, retirement or a Change in Control, a matching contribution shall be made on behalf of the Participant for such Plan Year.
(d)   Investment Earnings . Participant Deferred Compensation made pursuant to Article V will be deposited as soon as administratively possible after the payroll period in which the Participant Deferred Compensation is made and Matching Contributions made pursuant to Article VI above will be deposited as soon as administratively possible after the end of the calendar year to which the contribution applies and will be held in the Participant’s Plan Account in a rabbi trust as set forth in Article XIV(a). Contributions will be invested in the investment funds selected by the Participant under the Diebold, Incorporated 401(k) Savings Plan. Any change in the investment funds selected under the Diebold, Incorporated 401(k) Savings Plan will proportionately affect the Participant’s Plan Account of this Plan.
ARTICLE VII
RETIREMENT BENEFITS
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, a Participant who attains his Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age while employed by an Employer shall be eligible to retire and receive a Retirement Benefit payable as set forth in Article XII.
(b)   Computation of Amount of Retirement Benefit . A Participant who retires on or after attaining his Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age shall be entitled to receive a Retirement Benefit equal to his Plan Account.
ARTICLE VIII
VESTED BENEFITS
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, a Participant who has a Termination of Employment before he reaches Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age and has completed 3 years of Company Service (if he was eligible for the Enhanced Matching Contribution) shall be entitled to receive a Vested Benefit equal to his Plan Account payable as set forth in Article XII.
(b)   Computation of Amount of Vested Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for a Vested Benefit shall be entitled to receive a Vested Benefit equal to his Plan Account.

9


 

ARTICLE IX
DISABILITY BENEFIT
(a)   Qualified for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, a Participant who has a Termination of Employment before he reaches his Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age by reason of his Total Disability shall be eligible to receive a Disability Benefit payable as set forth in Article XII.
(b)   Computation of Amount of Disability Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for a Disability Benefit shall be entitled to receive a Total Disability Benefit equal to his Plan Account.
ARTICLE X
BENEFIT UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . A Participant who (1) has a Termination of Employment with the Employer within 24 months following a Change in Control and (2) is not at the time of such Termination of Employment eligible for a Retirement Benefit, Vested Benefit or Disability Benefit, shall be eligible for a Change in Control Benefit payable as set forth in Article XII.
(b)   Change in Control shall mean that:
  (i)   The Company is merged or consolidated or reorganized into or with another corporation or other legal person, and as a result of such merger, consolidation or reorganization less than a majority of the combined voting power of the securities of such corporation or person that are outstanding immediately following the consummation of such transaction is held in the aggregate by the holders of Voting Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company immediately prior to such transaction.
  (ii)   The Company sells or otherwise transfers all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation or other legal person, and as a result of such sale or transfer less than a majority of the combined voting power of the securities of such corporation or person that are outstanding immediately following the consummation of such sale or transfer is held in the aggregate by the holders of Voting Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company immediately prior to such sale or transfer.
  (iii)   There is a report filed on Schedule 13D or Schedule 14D-1 (or any successor schedule, form or report) thereto, each as promulgated pursuant to the Securities and Exchange of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), disclosing that any person (as the term “person” is used in Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the

10


 

Exchange Act) has become the beneficial owner (as the term “beneficial owner” is defined under Rule 13d-3 or any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act) of securities representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company (the “Voting Stock”);
  (iv)   The Company files a report or proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing in response to Form 8-K or Schedule 14A (or any successor schedule, form or report or item therein) that a change in control of the Company has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future pursuant to any then-existing contract or transaction; or
  (v)   If during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members thereof, unless the election or the nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of each member of the Board first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the member of the Board then still in office who were members of the Board at the beginning of any such period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of subsection (iii) or (iv) hereof, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Plan, either (1) solely because the Company, a Subsidiary, or any Company-sponsored employee stock ownership plan or other employee benefit plan of the Company, files or becomes obligated to file a report or a proxy statement under or in response to Schedule 13D, Schedule 14D-1, Form 8-K or Schedule 14A (or any successor schedule, form or report or item therein) under the Exchange Act, disclosing beneficial ownership by it of shares of Voting Stock, whether in excess of 20 percent or otherwise, or because the Company reports that a change in control of the Company has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future by reason of such beneficiary ownership or (2) solely because of a change in control of any Subsidiary by which any Participant may be employed. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of subsections (i-iv) hereof, if, prior to any event described in subsections (i-iv) hereof that may be instituted by any person who is not an officer or director of the Company, or prior to any disclosed proposal that may be instituted by any person who is not an officer or director of the Company that could lead to any such event, management proposes any structuring of the Company that ultimately leads to an event described in subsections (i-iv)

11


 

hereof pursuant to such management proposal, than a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the Plan.
(c)   Computation of Amount of Change in Control Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for a Change in Control Benefit shall be entitled to receive a Change of Control Benefit equal to his Plan Account.
ARTICLE XI
DEATH BENEFIT
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, if a Participant dies before commencing to receive payment of a benefit under the Plan, the Beneficiary of such deceased Participant shall be eligible to receive a Death Benefit as set forth in Article XII.
(b)   Computation of Amount and Form of Distribution of the Death Benefit . The Death Benefit shall be equal in amount to the Participant’s Plan Account.
ARTICLE XII
FORM AND TIMING OF PAYMENT
(a)   Automatic Form of Payment . Any Retirement Benefit payable under the Plan shall be paid in a single lump sum.
(b)   Timing of Benefit Payment .
  (i)   Retirement Benefits, Vested Benefit and Change in Control Benefits under Articles VII, VIII and X respectively shall be made on the first day of the month following the later of the month the Participant attains age 55 or the Participant’s Separation from Service; provided, however, if Participant is a Specified Employee, payment shall not be made prior to the first day of the month which follows the expiration of six (6) months from the Participant’s Separation from Service.
  (ii)   Disability Benefits under Article IX shall be made on the first day of the month following the month in which the Participant’s Termination of Employment due to Total Disability occurs.
  (iii)   Death Benefits under Article XI shall be made on the first day of the month following the month of Participant’s death.
(c)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Retirement Benefit payable hereunder will be treated as made as stated herein if the payment is made at such time or a later date within the same calendar year or, if later, by the 15 th day of the third calendar month following such date.

12


 

(d)   Delay of Payment . Notwithstanding this Article XII the Company may delay the payment of all or any portion of the Participant’s Retirement Benefit as follows:
  (i)   The Committee reasonably anticipates that if the Retirement Benefits were made as scheduled, the Company’s deduction with respect to such payments would not be permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code; provided such payments are then made during the Participant’s first taxable year in which the Committee reasonably anticipates that the Company’s deduction would not be barred by application of Section 162(m) of the Code.
  (ii)   The Committee reasonably anticipates that making scheduled payments would violate Federal Securities laws or other applicable laws; provided such payments are then made at the earliest date at which the Committee reasonably contemplates that making the scheduled payments will not cause such a violation.
ARTICLE XIII
PLAN ADMINISTRATION
(a)   Administration by Committee . The Committee shall be charged with the administration of the Plan.
(b)   Powers of the Committee . The Committee shall have all such powers as may be necessary to discharge its duties relative to the administration of the Plan, including, by way of illustration and not limitation, discretionary authority to interpret and construe the Plan, to determine and decide all questions of fact, and all disputes, arising under the Plan including, but not limited to, the eligibility of any employee to participate hereunder, the validity of any Election of Deferral or other election as may be necessary or appropriate hereunder and the right of any employee to benefits payable hereunder. The Committee shall have all power necessary to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, regulations and practices governing the operation of the Plan as it, in its sole discretion, may from time to time deem advisable.
(c)   Committee Actions . The Committee shall not be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of the Plan unless attributable to willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Committee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person employed or engaged by the Company with respect to the Plan. Participants who are members of the Committee shall not participate in any action or determination regarding solely their own benefits payable

13


 

hereunder. All decisions of the Committee shall be by majority of the votes cast and, except as provided in Section (d) of this Article XIII, decisions of the Committee made in good faith shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties.
(d)   Claims and Review Procedure . The Committee shall be responsible for the claims procedure under the Plan. An application for benefits under the Plan shall be considered a claim for purposes of this Section (d). Until modified by the Committee, the claims and review procedure set forth in this Section shall be the mandatory claims and review procedure for the resolution of disputes and disposition of claims filed under the Plan.
  (i)   Initial Claim . An individual may, subject to any applicable deadline, file with the Committee a written claim for benefits under the Plan in a form and manner prescribed by the Committee.
  (A)   If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Committee shall notify the claimant of the adverse benefit determination within 90 days after the receipt of the claim.
  (B)   The 90-day period for making the claim determination may be extended for 90 days if the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for determination of the claim, provided that the Committee notifies the claimant, prior to the expiration of the initial 90-day period, of the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which a claim determination is expected to be made.
  (ii)   Notice of Initial Adverse Determination . A notice of an adverse determination shall be set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.
  (A)   the specific reasons for the adverse determination;
 
  (B)   references to the specific provisions of the Plan document (or other applicable Plan document) on which the adverse determination is based;
 
  (C)   a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and
 
  (D)   a description of the claims review procedure, including the time limits applicable to such procedure, and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse determination on review.
  (iii)   Request for Review . Within 60 days after receipt of an initial adverse benefit determination notice, the claimant may file with the Committee a written request

14


 

for a review of the adverse determination and may, in connection therewith submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim benefits. Any request for review of the initial adverse determination not filed within 60 days after receipt of the initial adverse determination notice shall be untimely.
  (iv)   Claim on Review . If the claim, upon review, is denied in whole or in part, the Committee shall notify the claimant of the adverse benefit determination within 60 days after receipt of such a request for review.
  (A)   The 60-day period for deciding the claim on review may be extended for 60 days if the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for determination of the claim, provided that the Committee notifies the claimant, prior to the expiration of the initial 60-day period, of the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which a claim determination is expected to be made.
 
  (B)   In the event that the time period is extended due to a claimant’s failure to submit information necessary to decide a claim on review, the claimant shall have 60 days within which to provide the necessary information and the period for making the claim determination on review shall be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the claimant until the date on which the claimant responds to the request for additional information or, if earlier, the expiration of 60 days.
 
  (C)   The Committee’s review of a denied claim shall take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
  (v)   Notice of Adverse Determination for Claim on Review . A notice of an adverse determination for a claim on review shall set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:
  (A)   the specific reasons for the denial;
 
  (B)   references to the specific provisions of the Plan document (or other applicable Plan document) on which the adverse determination is based.
 
  (C)   a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits;

15


 

  (D)   a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the claimant’s right to obtain information about such procedures; and
 
  (E)   a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA §502(a).
(e)   Deadline to File Claim . To be considered timely under the Plan’s claim and review procedure, a claim must be filed with the Committee within 1 year after the claimant knew or reasonably should have known of the principal facts upon which the claim is based.
(f)   Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies . The exhaustion of the claim and review procedure is mandatory for resolving every claim and dispute arising under the Plan as to such claims and disputes.
  (i)   No claimant shall be permitted to commence any legal action to recover Plan benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under Section 502 or Section 510 of ERISA or under any other provision of law, whether or not statutory, until the claim and review procedure set forth herein have been exhausted in their entirety; and
 
  (ii)   In any such legal action all explicit and all implicit determinations by the Committee (including, but not limited to, determinations as to whether the claim, or a request for a review of a denied claim, was timely filed) shall be afforded the maximum deference permitted by law.
(g)   Deadline to File Legal Action . No legal action to recover Plan benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under Section 502 of ERISA or under any other provision of law, whether or not statutory, may be brought by any claimant on any matter pertaining to the Plan unless the legal action is commenced in the proper forum before the earlier of:
  (i)   30 months after the claimant knew or reasonably should have known of the principal facts on which the claim is based, or
  (ii)   6 months after the claimant has exhausted the claim and review procedure.
(h)   Knowledge of Fact by Participant Imputed to Beneficiary . Knowledge of all facts that a Participant knew or reasonably should have known shall be imputed to every claimant who is or claims to be a Beneficiary of the Participant or otherwise claims to derive an entitlement by reference to the Participant.
(i)   Information Furnished by Participants . Neither the Company nor the Committee shall be liable or responsible for any error in the computation of the accrued benefit of a Participant resulting from any misstatement of fact made by the Participant, directly or indirectly, to the Company or the Committee, and used by it in determining the Participant’s accrued benefit. The Company and the Committee shall not be obligated or required to increase the

16


 

accrued benefit of such Participant which, on discovery of the misstatement, is found to be understated as a result of such misstatement of the Participant. However, the accrued benefit of any Participant which is overstated by reason of any such misstatement shall be reduced to the amount appropriate in view of accurate facts.
ARTICLE XIV
MISCELLANEOUS
(a)   Funding . The obligation of the Employers to pay benefits under the Plan constitutes the unsecured promise of the Employers to make payments from their general assets, and no Participant or Spouse shall have any interest in, or a lien or prior claim upon, any property of the Employers. With respect to the benefits under the Plan, each Participant, Spouse or Beneficiary shall have the status of a general unsecured creditor of the Participant’s Employer. The Company may establish a so-called “rabbi trust” to hold funds, stock or other securities to be used in payment of the obligations of the Employers under the Plan, and may fund such trust; provided, however, that any funds contained therein shall remain subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Company or any other Employer for which the Participant performs services. It is the intention of the Employers that the Plan be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. No liability for the payment of benefits under the Plan shall be imposed upon any officer, director, employee or stockholder of the Company or any other Employer, or upon the Board, the Committee or any member thereof.
(b)   No Guaranty of Benefits . Nothing contained in this Plan shall constitute a guaranty by any Employer, the Committee or the Board that the assets of any Employer will be sufficient to pay any benefit hereunder.
(c)   Assignments and Restrictions . To the extent permitted by law, and except as otherwise provided in this Section (c), no right or interest of a Participant or Spouse under this Plan shall be transferable or assignable (either at law or in equity) nor shall any such right or interest be subject to alienation, anticipation, encumbrance, attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process of any kind, voluntary or involuntary, or in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts of any Participant or Spouse. If a Participant shall attempt to or shall transfer, assign, alienate, anticipate, sell, pledge or otherwise encumber his benefits hereunder or any part thereof, or if by reason of his bankruptcy or other event happening at any time such benefits would devolve upon anyone else or would not be enjoyed by him, then the Company, in its discretion, may terminate his

17


 

interest in any such benefit to the extent the Company considers necessary or advisable to prevent or limit the effects of such occurrence. Termination shall be effected by filing a “termination declaration” with the Committee and making reasonable efforts to deliver a copy to the Participant (the “Terminated Participant”) whose interest is affected thereby. As long as the Terminated Participant is alive, any benefits affected by the termination shall be retained by the Company and, in the Company’s sole and absolute judgment, may be paid to or expended for the benefit of the Terminated Participants, his spouse, his children or any other person or persons in fact dependent upon him in such a manner as the Company shall deem proper. Upon the death of the Terminated Participant, all benefits withheld from him and not paid to others in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be paid to the Terminated Participant’s surviving Spouse or, if none, to the Terminated Participant’s then living descendants, including adopted children, per stripes .
Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts payable under this Plan may be withheld by the Company as they become due to the extent necessary to cover any debts or other obligations owed to the Company by the Participant, but only if such debts or other obligations are acknowledged as such in writing by the Participant or are confirmed as such by a final, nonappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
(d)   Headings . The various headings used in this Plan are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting the test of the Article, Section, paragraph or subparagraph in which they appear.
(e)   Employment . The establishment of this Plan shall not be construed to give any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer.
(f)   Applicable Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Plan shall be governed by the internal substantive laws of the State of Ohio, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such State.
(g)   Binding Effect on Employer, Participants, Spouses and Their Successors . This Plan shall be binding and inure to the benefit of any Employer or its successors and assigns, and the Participants, Spouses and their heirs, legatees, distributes, executors, administrators or other legal representatives.
(h)   Participant Information . Each participant shall keep the Committee informed of his current address and the current address of his Spouse, if applicable. The Participant shall furnish to the Committee any and all information deemed by the Committee to be necessary or desirable for the proper administration of the Plan.

18


 

(i)   Incapacity . In the event that a Participant or Spouse is declared incompetent and a guardian, conservator or other person is appointed and legally charged with the care of the person or the person’s estate, the payments under the Plan to which such Participant or Spouse is entitled shall be paid to such guardian, conservator or other person legally charged with the care of the person or the estate. Except as provided hereinabove, when the Company, in its sole discretion, determines that the Participant or Spouse is unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the Company may make distribution(s) of the amounts payable to such Participant or Spouse to any one or more of the spouse, lineal ascendants or descendants or other closest living relatives of such Participant or Spouse who demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Company the propriety of making such distribution(s). Any payment so made shall not exceed such amount as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code and shall be in complete discharge of any liability under this Agreement for such payment. The Company shall not be required to see to the application of any such distribution made under this Section.
(j)   Code Section 409A . To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Plan and the benefits payable hereunder comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. The Plan and the benefits payable hereunder shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Plan or benefit payable hereunder to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code and may be made by the Company without the consent of Participants).
ARTICLE XV
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
(a)   Amendment . The Plan may be amended from time to time in any respect whatsoever by the Company and by the Committee to the extent consistent with its delegated authority. Any such amendment may be retroactive, prospective or both. No such amendment of the Plan document or termination of the Plan, however, shall reduce a Participant’s Plan Account as of the date of such amendment unless the Participant so affected consents in writing to the amendment or such amendment is deemed necessary by the Company to affect the intended purposes of this Plan and/or to comply with applicable law.
(b)   Termination . The Company reserves the right to discontinue contributions at any time. The Company also reserves the right to cause an acceleration of the time of a Plan payment

19


 

where the acceleration of such payment is made in accordance with one of the following provisions:
  (i)   Dissolution or Bankruptcy . At the discretion of the Company within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code §331 or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that Plan benefits are included in the Participants’ gross incomes in the latest of:
  (A)   the calendar year in which the Plan termination and liquidation occurs;
 
  (B)   the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or
 
  (C)   the first calendar year in which payment is administratively feasible.
  (ii)   Discretionary Termination . At the discretion of the Company, provided that:
  (A)   the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Company;
 
  (B)   all other arrangements sponsored by the Company that would be aggregated with this arrangement under Code §409A are also terminated, to the extent any Participant in this Plan also has a benefit under any such other arrangement;
 
  (C)   no payments in liquidation of the Plan, other than payments that would have been made under this Plan had the termination not occurred, are made from the Plan within 12 months of the termination;
 
  (D)   all benefits are fully distributed within 24 months of such termination; and
 
  (E)   the Company does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated under Code §409A with this Plan for 3 years following the date the Company has taken all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate this Plan

20


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Diebold, Incorporated 401(k) Restoration Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan has been executed this ___day of December 2008.
         
    DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
 
       
 
  Its:    
 
       

21

Exhibit 10.5(vi)
DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
401(k) SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
Amended and Restated January 1, 2008

 


 

DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
401(k) SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
Amended and Restated January 1, 2008
Table of Contents
         
ARTICLE I PLAN
    1  
ARTICLE II PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
    1  
ARTICLE III DEFINITIONS
    1  
(1) “Affiliate”
    1  
(2) “Annual Compensation”
    2  
(3) “Beneficiary”
    2  
(4) “Board”
    2  
(5) “Change in Control”
    2  
(6) “Change in Control Benefit”
    2  
(7) “Code”
    2  
(8) “Committee”
    2  
(9) “Company”
    2  
(10) “Company Service”
    2  
(11) “Death Benefit”
    2  
(12) “Disability Benefit”
    2  
(13) “Early Retirement Age”
    2  
(14) “Employer”
    2  
(15) “Normal Retirement Age”
    3  
(16) “Participant”
    3  
(17) “Plan”
    3  
(18) “Plan Account”
    3  
(19) “Points”
    3  
(20) “Retirement Benefit”
    3  
(21) “Separation from Service”
    3  
(22) “Specified Employee”
    3  
(23) “Spouse”
    3  
(24) “Termination For Cause”
    3  
(25) “Termination of Employment”
    4  
(26) “Total Disability”
    4  
(27) “Vested Benefit”
    5  


 

         
ARTICLE IV ELIGIBILITY, PARTICIPATION AND VESTING
    5  
(a) Eligibility for Participation in Plan
    5  
(b) Eligibility for Benefits
    5  
(c) Vesting
    5  
(d) Forfeiture of Plan Benefits
    5  
ARTICLE V PLAN CONTRIBUTION CREDITS AND EARNINGS
    6  
(a) Employer Contribution Credits
    6  
(b) Investment Earnings
    6  
ARTICLE VI RETIREMENT BENEFITS
    6  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    6  
(b) Computation of Amount of Benefit
    7  
ARTICLE VII VESTED BENEFIT
    7  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    7  
(b) Computation of Amount of Benefit
    7  
ARTICLE VIII DISABILITY BENEFIT
    7  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    7  
(b) Computation of Amount of Benefit
    7  
ARTICLE IX BENEFIT UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
    7  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    7  
(b) Change in Control
    7  
(c) Computation of Amount of Change in Control Benefit
    9  
ARTICLE X DEATH BENEFIT
    9  
(a) Qualification for Benefit
    9  
(b) Computation of Amount of the Death Benefit
    9  
ARTICLE XI FORM AND TIMING OF PAYMENT
    10  
(a) Automatic Form of Payment
    10  
(b) Timing of Benefit Payment
    10  
(c) Delay of Payment
    10  
ARTICLE XII PLAN ADMINISTRATION
    10  
(a) Administration by Committee
    10  
(b) Powers of the Committee
    11  
(c) Committee Actions
    11  
(d) Claims and Review Procedure
    11  

ii 


 

         
(e) Deadline to File Claim
    13  
(f) Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies
    13  
(g) Deadline to File Legal Action
    14  
(h) Knowledge of Fact by Participant Imputed to Beneficiary
    14  
(i) Information Furnished by Participants
    14  
ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS
    14  
(a) Funding
    14  
(b) No Guaranty of Benefits
    15  
(c) Assignments and Restrictions
    15  
(d) Headings
    16  
(e) Employment
    16  
(f) Applicable Law
    16  
(g) Binding Effect on Employer, Participants, Spouses and Their Successors
    16  
(h) Participant Information
    16  
(i) Incapacity
    16  
(j) Code Section 409A
    17  
ARTICLE XIV AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
    17  
(a) Amendment
    17  
(b) Termination
    17  

iii 


 

DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED 401(k) SUPPLEMENTAL
EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
Amended and Restated January 1, 2008
ARTICLE I

PLAN
The Diebold, Incorporated 401(k) Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) was adopted effective as of January 1, 2007. The Plan is being amended as of January 1, 2008 to comply with final regulations under Code Section 409A, as enacted by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.
ARTICLE II

PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
This Plan was created for the principle purpose of providing retirement income for a select group of executive and highly compensated management employees, within the meaning of Section 201(2), 301(a)(5) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, of Diebold, Incorporated and its subsidiary organizations. It is intended to supplement benefits payable under the Diebold, Incorporated 401(k) Savings Plan, as well as benefits payable under the Federal Social Security Act and certain other deferred compensation arrangements. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. During the period from January 1, 2007 (the original effective date) and until the effective date of this Restatement) the Plan was operated in good faith compliance with IRS Notice 2005-1, proposed regulations under Code §409A and other applicable guidance.
ARTICLE III

DEFINITIONS
(a)   The following definitions shall apply with respect to this Plan:
  (1)   “Affiliate” shall mean any entity included with the Company in a controlled group of corporations or trades or businesses under common control within the meaning of Code §414(b) or §414(c), an affiliated service group within the meaning of Code §414(n), or any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company under Code §414(o). For all purposes under this Plan, in applying Code §1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) for purposes of determining the Company’s Affiliates under Code §414(b), the language “at least 80%” shall be applied as it appears in those sections, and in applying Treas. Reg. §1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining trades or business (whether or not incorporated) that are under

1


 

      common control for purposes of Code §414(c), the language “at least 80%” shall be used as it appears in such regulation.
  (2)   “Annual Compensation “shall mean a Participant’s base pay from an Employer for any Plan Year including any amounts excluded from the Participant’s gross income as a deferral under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan of the Company pursuant to a salary reduction agreement plus the Participants annual incentive bonus in the calendar year in which it is accrued. Annual Compensation also include amounts paid to individuals who are citizens or residents of the United States and who are employees of, or provide services to, a foreign Affiliate of the Company to which an agreement entered into by the Company under Code Section 3121(1) applies.
 
  (3)   “Beneficiary” shall mean a person or entity designated by the Participant to receive the Death Benefit payable under this Plan, as are outlined in Article X. A Beneficiary may, but is not required to, designate a Spouse as the Beneficiary.
 
  (4)   “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of Diebold, Incorporated.
 
  (5)   “Change in Control” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article IX.
 
  (6)   “Change in Control Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article IX.
 
  (7)   “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
 
  (8)   “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, as such Committee may be constituted from time to time.
 
  (9)   “Company” shall mean Diebold, Incorporated.
 
  (10)   “Company Service” shall mean years of employment (measured in years and completed months) with an Employer.
 
  (11)   “Death Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article X hereof.
 
  (12)   “Disability Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article VIII hereof.
 
  (13)   “Early Retirement Age” shall mean age at which the Participant has both attained age 55 and completed 10 years of Company Service.
 
  (14)   “Employer” shall mean (a) the Company or its successors, and (b) any Affiliate or other entity which may specifically adopt this Plan with the consent of the Company, or its successors.

2


 

  (15)   “Normal Retirement Age” shall mean age 65.
 
  (16)   “Participant” shall mean any executive highly paid or management employee of an Employer who is selected to participate in this Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article IV.
 
  (17)   “Plan” shall mean this Diebold, Incorporated 401(k) Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as in effect from time to time.
 
  (18)   “Plan Account” shall mean the Participant’s account balance under the Plan which shall equal the total amount of the contributions made to the Plan on behalf of the Participant as determined under Article V, as adjusted by earnings or losses thereon.
 
  (19)   “Points” shall be the numerical total of the Participant’s years of age plus years of Company Service.
 
  (20)   “Retirement Benefit” shall mean the benefit payable under Article VI hereof.
 
  (21)   “Separation from Service” shall mean a Participant dies, retires, or otherwise has a Termination of Employment from the Employer. A Separation from Service shall not be considered to have occurred if the Participant’s employment relationship is treated by the Employer as continuing while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if such period of leave does not exceed 6 months or, if longer, so long as the individual’s right to reemployment is provided by statute or by contract. If the period of leave exceeds 6 months and such reemployment rights are not provided, the employment relationship is deemed to terminate on the first date immediately following such 6-month period. Whether a Separation from Service has occurred will be determined in accordance with the requirements of Code §409A.
 
  (22)   “Specified Employee” shall mean a key employee as defined in Code Section 416(i) as further interpreted by the Treasury Regulations issued under Code Section 409A.
 
  (23)   “Spouse” shall mean the surviving spouse of a Participant at the time of his death..
 
  (24)   “Termination for Cause” shall mean Participant’s Termination of Employment by an Employer due to the Participant’s:
  (i)   intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with his duties or in the course of his employment with the Employer;
 
  (ii)   intentional wrongful damage to property of the Employer;

3


 

  (iii)   intentional wrongful disclosure of secret processes or confidential information of the Employer; or
 
  (iv)   intentional wrongful engagement in any competitive activity which would constitute a material breach of the duty of loyalty to the Employer and any such at shall have been materially harmful to the Employer.
      For purposes of the Plan, no act, or failure to act, on the part of the Participant shall be deemed “intentional” if it was due primarily to an error in judgment or negligence, but shall be deemed “intentional” only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Participant not in good faith or without reasonable belief that his action or omission was not in or opposed tot eh best interest of the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall not be deemed to have been Terminated for Cause hereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Participant a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the Board then in office at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purposes, finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Participant had committed an act set forth above and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. The Participant shall receive reasonable notice and an opportunity for the Participant, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board. Nothing herein shall limit the right of the Participant or his Beneficiaries to contest the validity or propriety of any such determination.
 
  (25)   “Termination of Employment” shall mean the severing of employment with the Employer, voluntarily or involuntarily. A Participant is presumed to have incurred a Termination of Employment from the Employer where the facts and circumstances indicate that the Employer and the Participant reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or the level of bona fide services the Participant would perform after such date would permanently decrease to 20% or less of the average level of services over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of such services, if less than 36 months). A Termination of Employment will be determined in accordance with treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)(l)(ii).
 
  (26)   “Total Disability”. shall mean a physical or mental impairment that causes a Participant to be unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. Such determination of disability may be made by the

4


 

      Social Security Administration or may be made pursuant to the Company’s long term disability insurance program.
  (27)   “Vested Benefit” shall mean the benefit determined in accordance with Article VII hereof.
(b)   Throughout this Plan, and whenever appropriate, the masculine gender shall be deemed to include the feminine and neuter, the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa.
ARTICLE IV

ELIGIBILITY, PARTICIPATION AND VESTING
(a)   Eligibility for Participation in the Plan . The Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall nominate executive or highly paid management employees of the Employer whose compensation exceeds the limit set forth under Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code for participation in the Plan. The Committee shall make the final decision as to those executives or highly paid management employees who shall become Participants in the Plan. Newly appointed executive or highly paid management employee shall become Participants in the Plan effective as of the next following January 1.
(b)   Eligibility for Benefits . A Participant shall be entitled to receive a Retirement Benefit (or have a Retirement Benefit provided for his surviving Spouse or Beneficiary) only if he satisfies the conditions of this Article IV and satisfies the qualification requirements of any of the Articles under the Plan to become eligible to receive a benefit thereunder.
(c)   Vesting . A Participant shall be vested hereunder upon attaining ten years of Company Service or upon meeting the requirements for a Disability Benefit or Change in Control Benefit or upon attaining age 65 hereunder.
(d)   Forfeiture of Plan Benefits . In the absence of a Change in Control or a finding of Total Disability, a Participant’s participation shall cease and no benefits under this Plan shall be payable:
  (i)   to a Participant if the Participant:
  (A)   voluntarily terminates employment before completing at least ten years of Company Service; or
 
  (B)   fails to give an Employer six months written advance notice of his pending voluntary Termination of Employment if he is leaving Diebold prior to age 55 (or three months written advance notice if he is leaving Diebold at age 55 or later); or

5


 

  (C)   is Terminated for Cause; or
  (ii)   to a Participant’s Spouse or Beneficiary, if the Participant:
  (A)   dies prior to satisfying the requirements for a Death Benefit under Article X; or
 
  (B)   is Terminated for Cause.
ARTICLE V

PLAN CONTRIBUTION CREDITS AND EARNINGS
(a)   Employer Contribution Credits . For each calendar year, the Company shall make a contribution credit to the Plan Account on behalf of each Participant who is employed on the last day of such calendar year or who had a Termination of Employment during the calendar year as a result of retirement, death or Total Disability. The amount of the contribution credit shall be determined by multiplying the Annual Compensation of the Participant by a percentage. Such percentage shall be determined based on the number of Points accrued by the participant as determined under the table set forth below:
         
POINTS   CONTRIBUTION CREDIT
Under 50
    5 %
50-59
    10 %
60-69
    12.5 %
70-79
    15 %
80 and over
    20 %
(b)   Investment Earnings . Company contributions made pursuant to paragraph (a) above will be deposited as soon as administratively possible after the end of the calendar year to which the contribution applies and will be held in an account in the Participant’s name in a rabbi trust as set forth in Article XIII(a). Contributions will be invested in the investment funds selected by the Participant under the Diebold, Incorporated 401(k) Savings Plan. Any change in the investment funds selected under the Diebold, Incorporated 401(k) Savings Plan will proportionately affect the Participant’s Plan Account of this Plan.
ARTICLE VI

RETIREMENT BENEFITS
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, a Participant who attains his Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age while employed by an Employer shall be eligible to retire and receive a Retirement Benefit payable as set forth in Article XI.

6


 

(b)   Computation of Amount of Benefit . A Participant who retires on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age shall be entitled to receive a Retirement Benefit equal to his Plan Account.
ARTICLE VII

VESTED BENEFIT
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, a Participant who has a Termination of Employment before he reaches Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age and after the Participant has completed ten or more years of Company Service shall be eligible to receive a Vested Benefit payable as set forth in Article XI.
(b)   Computation of Amount of Vested Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for a Vested Benefit shall be entitled to receive a Vested Benefit equal to his Plan Account.
ARTICLE VIII

DISABILITY BENEFIT
(a)   Qualified for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, a Participant who has a Termination of Employment after he has completed 15 years of Company Service but before he reaches his Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age by reason of his Total Disability shall be eligible to receive a Disability Benefit payable as set forth in Article XI.
(b)   Computation of Amount of Disability Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for a Disability Benefit shall be entitled to receive a total Disability Benefit equal to his Plan Account.
ARTICLE IX

BENEFIT UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . A Participant who (1) has a Termination of Employment with the Employer within 24 months following a Change in Control and (2) is not at the time of such Termination of Employment eligible for a Retirement Benefit, Vested Benefit or Disability Benefit, shall be eligible for a Change in Control Benefit payable as set forth in Article XI.
 
(b)   Change in Control shall mean that:
  (i)   The Company is merged or consolidated or reorganized into or with another corporation or other legal person, and as a result of such merger, consolidation or

7


 

      reorganization less than a majority of the combined voting power of the securities of such corporation or person that are outstanding immediately following the consummation of such transaction is held in the aggregate by the holders of Voting Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company immediately prior to such transaction.
  (ii)   The Company sells or otherwise transfers all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation or other legal person, and as a result of such sale or transfer less than a majority of the combined voting power of the securities of such corporation or person that are outstanding immediately following the consummation of such sale or transfer is held in the aggregate by the holders of Voting Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company immediately prior to such sale or transfer.
 
  (iii)   There is a report filed on Schedule 13D or Schedule 14D-1 (or any successor schedule, form or report) thereto, each as promulgated pursuant to the Securities and Exchange of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), disclosing that any person (as the term “person” is used in Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) has become the beneficial owner (as the term “beneficial owner” is defined under Rule 13d-3 or any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act) of securities representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company (the “Voting Stock”);
 
  (iv)   The Company files a report or proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing in response to Form 8-K or Schedule 14A (or any successor schedule, form or report or item therein) that a change in control of the Company has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future pursuant to any then-existing contract or transaction; or
 
  (v)   If during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members thereof, unless the election or the nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of each member of the Board first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the member of the Board then still in office who were members of the Board at the beginning of any such period.

8


 

    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of subsection (iii) or (iv) hereof, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Plan, either (1) solely because the Company, a Subsidiary, or any Company-sponsored employee stock ownership plan or other employee benefit plan of the Company, files or becomes obligated to file a report or a proxy statement under or in response to Schedule 13D, Schedule 14D-1, Form 8-K or Schedule 14A (or any successor schedule, form or report or item therein) under the Exchange Act, disclosing beneficial ownership by it of shares of Voting Stock, whether in excess of 20 percent or otherwise, or because the Company reports that a change in control of the Company has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future by reason of such beneficiary ownership or (2) solely because of a change in control of any Subsidiary by which any Participant may be employed. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of subsections (i-iv) hereof, if, prior to any event described in subsections (i-iv) hereof that may be instituted by any person who is not an officer or director of the Company, or prior to any disclosed proposal that may be instituted by any person who is not an officer or director of the Company that could lead to any such event, management proposes any structuring of the Company that ultimately leads to an event described in subsections (i-iv) hereof pursuant to such management proposal, than a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the Plan.
(c)   Computation of Amount of Change in Control Benefit . A Participant who is eligible for a change in Control Benefit shall be entitled to receive a Change of Control Benefit equal to his Plan Account.
ARTICLE X

DEATH BENEFIT
(a)   Qualification for Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Article IV, if a Participant dies with ten (10) years of Company Service but before commencing to receive payment of a benefit under the Plan, the Spouse or Beneficiary elected by the Participant of such deceased Participant shall be eligible to receive a Death Benefit as set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section.
(b)   Computation of Amount of the Death Benefit . The Death Benefit shall be equal in amount to the Participant’s Plan Account.

9


 

ARTICLE XI

FORM AND TIMING OF PAYMENT
(a)   Automatic Form of Payment . Any Retirement Benefit payable under the Plan shall be paid in a single lump sum.
(b)   Timing of Benefit Payment .
  (i)   Retirement Benefits, Vested Benefit and Change in Control Benefits under Articles VI, VII and IX respectively shall be made on the first day of the month following the later of the month the Participant attains age 55 or the Participant’s Separation from Service; provided, however, if Participant is a Specified Employee, payment shall not be made prior to the first day of the month which follows the expiration of six (6) months from the Participant’s Separation from Service.
 
  (ii)   Disability Benefits under Article VIII shall be made on the first day of the month following the month in which the Participant’s Termination of Employment due to Total Disability occurs.
 
  (iii)   Death Benefits under Article X shall be made on the first day of the month following the month of Participant’s death.
(c)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Retirement Benefit payable hereunder will be treated as made as stated herein if the payment is made at such time or a later date with the same calendar year or, if later, by the 15 th day of the third calendar month following such date.
(d)   Delay of Payment . Notwithstanding this Article XI the Company may delay the payment of all or any portion of the Participant’s Retirement Benefit as follows:
  (i)   The Committee reasonably anticipates that if the Retirement Benefits were made as scheduled, the Company’s deduction with respect to such payments would not be permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code; provided such payments are then made during the Participant’s first taxable year in which the Committee reasonably anticipates that the Company’s deduction would not be barred by application of Section 162(m) of the Code.
 
  (ii)   The Committee reasonably anticipates that making scheduled payments are then made at the earliest date at which the Committee reasonably contemplates that making the scheduled payments will not cause such a violation.
ARTICLE XII

PLAN ADMINISTRATION
(a)   Administration by Committee . The Committee shall be charged with the administration of the Plan.

10


 

(b)   Powers of the Committee . The Committee shall have all such powers as may be necessary to discharge its duties relative to the administration of the Plan, including, by way of illustration and not limitation, discretionary authority to interpret and construe the Plan, to determine and decide all questions of fact, and all disputes, arising under the Plan including, but not limited to, the eligibility of any employee to participate hereunder, the validity of any Election of Deferral or other election as may be necessary or appropriate hereunder and the right of any employee to benefits payable hereunder. The Committee shall have all power necessary to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, regulations and practices governing the operation of the Plan as it, in its sole discretion, may from time to time deem advisable.
(c)   Committee Actions . The Committee shall not be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of the Plan unless attributable to willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Committee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person employed or engaged by the Company with respect to the Plan. Participants who are members of the Committee shall not participate in any action or determination regarding solely their own benefits payable hereunder. All decisions of the Committee shall be by majority of the votes cast and, except as provided in Section (d) of this Article XII, decisions of the Committee made in good faith shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties.
(d)   Claims and Review Procedure . The Committee shall be responsible for the claims procedure under the Plan. An application for benefits under the Plan shall be considered a claim for purposes of this Section (d). Until modified by the Committee, the claims and review procedure set forth in this Section shall be the mandatory claims and review procedure for the resolution of disputes and disposition of claims filed under the Plan.
  (i)   Initial Claim . An individual may, subject to any applicable deadline, file with the Committee a written claim for benefits under the Plan in a form and manner prescribed by the Committee.
  (A)   If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Committee shall notify the claimant of the adverse benefit determination within 90 days after the receipt of the claim.
 
  (B)   The 90-day period for making the claim determination may be extended for 90 days if the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for determination of the claim, provided that

11


 

      the Committee notifies the claimant, prior to the expiration of the initial 90-day period, of the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which a claim determination is expected to be made.
  (ii)   Notice of Initial Adverse Determination . A notice of an adverse determination shall be set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.
  (A)   the specific reasons for the adverse determination;
 
  (B)   references to the specific provisions of the Plan document (or other applicable Plan document) on which the adverse determination is based;
 
  (C)   a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and
 
  (D)   a description of the claims review procedure, including the time limits applicable to such procedure, and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse determination on review.
  (iii)   Request for Review . Within 60 days after receipt of an initial adverse benefit determination notice, the claimant may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the adverse determination and may, in connection therewith submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim benefits. Any request for review of the initial adverse determination not filed within 60 days after receipt of the initial adverse determination notice shall be untimely.
 
  (iv)   Claim on Review . If the claim, upon review, is denied in whole or in part, the Committee shall notify the claimant of the adverse benefit determination within 60 days after receipt of such a request for review.
  (A)   The 60-day period for deciding the claim on review may be extended for 60 days if the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for determination of the claim, provided that the Committee notifies the claimant, prior to the expiration of the initial 60-day period, of the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which a claim determination is expected to be made.
 
  (B)   In the event that the time period is extended due to a claimant’s failure to submit information necessary to decide a claim on review, the claimant shall have 60 days within which to provide the necessary information

12


 

      and the period for making the claim determination on review shall be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the claimant until the date on which the claimant responds to the request for additional information or, if earlier, the expiration of 60 days.
  (C)   The Committee’s review of a denied claim shall take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
  (v)   Notice of Adverse Determination for Claim on Review . A notice of an adverse determination for a claim on review shall set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:
  (A)   the specific reasons for the denial;
 
  (B)   references to the specific provisions of the Plan document (or other applicable Plan document) on which the adverse determination is based.
 
  (C)   a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits;
 
  (D)   a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the claimant’s right to obtain information about such procedures; and
 
  (E)   a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA §502(a).
(e)   Deadline to File Claim . To be considered timely under the Plan’s claim and review procedure, a claim must be filed with the Committee within 1 year after the claimant knew or reasonably should have known of the principal facts upon which the claim is based.
(f)   Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies . The exhaustion of the claim and review procedure is mandatory for resolving every claim and dispute arising under the Plan as to such claims and disputes.
  (i)   No claimant shall be permitted to commence any legal action to recover Plan benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under Section 502 or Section 510 of ERISA or under any other provision of law, whether or not

13


 

      statutory, until the claim and review procedure set forth herein have been exhausted in their entirety; and
  (ii)   In any such legal action all explicit and all implicit determinations by the Committee (including, but not limited to, determinations as to whether the claim, or a request for a review of a denied claim, was timely filed) shall be afforded the maximum deference permitted by law.
(g)   Deadline to File Legal Action . No legal action to recover Plan benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under Section 502 of ERISA or under any other provision of law, whether or not statutory, may be brought by any claimant on any matter pertaining to the Plan unless the legal action is commenced in the proper forum before the earlier of:
  (i)   30 months after the claimant knew or reasonably should have known of the principal facts on which the claim is based, or
 
  (ii)   6 months after the claimant has exhausted the claim and review procedure.
(h)   Knowledge of Fact by Participant Imputed to Beneficiary . Knowledge of all facts that a Participant knew or reasonably should have known shall be imputed to every claimant who is or claims to be a Beneficiary of the Participant or otherwise claims to derive an entitlement by reference to the Participant.
(i)   Information Furnished by Participants . Neither the Company nor the Committee shall be liable or responsible for any error in the computation of the accrued benefit of a Participant resulting from any misstatement of fact made by the Participant, directly or indirectly, to the Company or the Committee, and used by it in determining the Participant’s accrued benefit. The Company and the Committee shall not be obligated or required to increase the accrued benefit of such Participant which, on discovery of the misstatement, is found to be understated as a result of such misstatement of the Participant. However, the accrued benefit of any Participant which is overstated by reason of any such misstatement shall be reduced to the amount appropriate in view of accurate facts.
ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS
(a)   Funding . The obligation of the Employers to pay benefits under the Plan constitutes the unsecured promise of the Employers to make payments from their general assets, and no Participant or Spouse shall have any interest in, or a lien or prior claim upon, any property of the Employers. With respect to the benefits under the Plan, each Participant,

14


 

    Spouse or Beneficiary shall have the status of a general unsecured creditor of the Participant’s Employer. The Company may establish a so-called “rabbi trust” to hold funds, stock or other securities to be used in payment of the obligations of the Employers under the Plan, and may fund such trust; provided, however, that any funds contained therein shall remain subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Company or any other Employer for which the Participant performs services. It is the intention of the Employers that the Plan be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. No liability for the payment of benefits under the Plan shall be imposed upon any officer, director, employee or stockholder of the Company or any other Employer, or upon the Board, the Committee or any member thereof.
(b)   No Guaranty of Benefits . Nothing contained in this Plan shall constitute a guaranty by any Employer, the Committee or the Board that the assets of any Employer will be sufficient to pay any benefit hereunder.
(c)   Assignments and Restrictions . To the extent permitted by law, and except as otherwise provided in this Section (c), no right or interest of a Participant or Spouse under this Plan shall be transferable or assignable (either at law or in equity) nor shall any such right or interest be subject to alienation, anticipation, encumbrance, attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process of any kind, voluntary or involuntary, or in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts of any Participant or Spouse. If a Participant shall attempt to or shall transfer, assign, alienate, anticipate, sell, pledge or otherwise encumber his benefits hereunder or any part thereof, or if by reason of his bankruptcy or other event happening at any time such benefits would devolve upon anyone else or would not be enjoyed by him, then the Company, in its discretion, may terminate his interest in any such benefit to the extent the Company considers necessary or advisable to prevent or limit the effects of such occurrence. Termination shall be effected by filing a “termination declaration” with the Committee and making reasonable efforts to deliver a copy to the Participant (the “Terminated Participant”) whose interest is affected thereby. As long as the Terminated Participant is alive, any benefits affected by the termination shall be retained by the Company and, in the Company’s sole and absolute judgment, may be paid to or expended for the benefit of the Terminated Participants, his spouse, his children or any other person or persons in fact dependent upon him in such a manner as the Company shall deem proper. Upon the death of the Terminated Participant, all benefits withheld from him and not paid to others in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be paid to the Terminated Participant’s

15


 

      surviving Spouse or, if none, to the Terminated Participant’s then living descendants, including adopted children, per stripes .
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts payable under this Plan may be withheld by the Company as they become due to the extent necessary to cover any debts or other obligations owed to the Company by the Participant, but only if such debts or other obligations are acknowledged as such in writing by the Participant or are confirmed as such by a final, nonappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
 
(d)   Headings . The various headings used in this Plan are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting the test of the Article, Section, paragraph or subparagraph in which they appear.
 
(e)   Employment . The establishment of this Plan shall not be construed to give any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer.
 
(f)   Applicable Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Plan shall be governed by the internal substantive laws of the State of Ohio, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such State.
 
(g)   Binding Effect on Employer, Participants, Spouses and Their Successors . This Plan shall be binding and inure to the benefit of any Employer or its successors and assigns, and the Participants, Spouses and their heirs, legatees, distributes, executors, administrators or other legal representatives.
 
(h)   Participant Information . Each participant shall keep the Committee informed of his current address and the current address of his Spouse, if applicable. The Participant shall furnish to the Committee any and all information deemed by the Committee to be necessary or desirable for the proper administration of the Plan.
 
(i)   Incapacity . In the event that a Participant or Spouse is declared incompetent and a guardian, conservator or other person is appointed and legally charged with the care of the person or the person’s estate, the payments under the Plan to which such Participant or Spouse is entitled shall be paid to such guardian, conservator or other person legally charged with the care of the person or the estate. Except as provided hereinabove, when the Company, in its sole discretion, determines that the Participant or Spouse is unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the Company may make distribution(s) of the amounts payable to such Participant or Spouse to any one or more of the spouse, lineal ascendants or descendants or other closest living relatives of such Participant or Spouse who demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Company the propriety of making such distribution(s). Any payment so made shall not exceed such amount as is permitted

16


 

    under Section 409A of the Code and shall be in complete discharge of any liability under this Agreement for such payment. The Company shall not be required to see to the application of any such distribution made under this Section.
(j)   Code Section 409A . To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Plan and the benefits payable hereunder comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. The Plan and the benefits payable hereunder shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Plan or benefit payable hereunder to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code and may be made by the Company without the consent of Participants).
ARTICLE XIV

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
(a)   Amendment . The Plan may be amended from time to time in any respect whatsoever by the Company and by the Committee to the extent consistent with its delegated authority. Any such amendment may be retroactive, prospective or both. No such amendment of the Plan document or termination of the Plan, however, shall reduce a Participant’s Plan Account as of the date of such amendment unless the Participant so affected consents in writing to the amendment or such amendment is deemed necessary by the Company to affect the intended purposes of this Plan and/or to comply with applicable law.
(b)   Termination . The Company reserves the right to discontinue contributions at any time. The Company also reserves the right to cause an acceleration of the time of a Plan payment where the acceleration of such payment is made in accordance with one of the following provisions:
  (i)   Dissolution or Bankruptcy . At the discretion of the Company within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code §331 or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that Plan benefits are included in the Participants’ gross incomes in the latest of:
  (A)   the calendar year in which the Plan termination and liquidation occurs;
 
  (B)   the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or
 
  (C)   the first calendar year in which payment is administratively feasible.
  (ii)   Discretionary Termination . At the discretion of the Company, provided that:

17


 

  (A)   the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Company;
 
  (B)   all other arrangements sponsored by the Company that would be aggregated with this arrangement under Code §409A are also terminated, to the extent any Participant in this Plan also has a benefit under any such other arrangement;
 
  (C)   no payments in liquidation of the Plan, other than payments that would have been made under this Plan had the termination not occurred, are made from the Plan within 12 months of the termination;
 
  (D)   all benefits are fully distributed within 24 months of such termination; and
 
  (E)   the Company does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated under Code §409A with this Plan for 3 years following the date the Company has taken all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate this Plan

18


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Diebold, Incorporated 401(k) Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan has been executed this            day of December 2008.
             
 
  DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   
 
  Its:        
 
     
 
   

19

Exhibit 10.7(iv)
DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN NO. 2
FOR DIRECTORS OF DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
(Effective as of January 1, 2005)
          Diebold, Incorporated hereby establishes, effective as of January 1, 2005, the Deferred Compensation Plan No. 2 for Directors of Diebold, Incorporated to provide Directors with the opportunity to defer payment of their directors’ fees in compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Directors’ fees (and earnings thereon) that are “deferred” (for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) after December 31, 2004 are eligible for deferral in accordance with the provisions of this plan. Directors’ fees (and earnings thereon) that are “deferred” (for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code) on or before December 31, 2004 are eligible for deferral in accordance with the provisions of the 1985 Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Diebold, Incorporated.
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
          For the purposes hereof, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated.
     1. “Account” shall mean the bookkeeping account on which the amount of the Fees which are deferred by a Participant shall be recorded and on which gains, losses and earnings shall be credited in accordance with the Plan.
     2. “Beneficiary” of “Beneficiaries” shall mean the person or persons designated by a Participant in accordance with the Plan to receive payment of the remaining balance of the Account in the event of the death of the Participant prior to receipt of the entire amount credited to the Participant’s Account.
     3. “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
     4. “Committee” shall mean the Compensation and Pension Committee of the Board or such other Committee as may be authorized by the Board to administer the Plan.
     5. “Company” shall mean Diebold, Incorporated and its successors, including, without limitation, the surviving corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation of Diebold, Incorporated with any other corporation or corporations.
     6. “Director” shall mean any member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
     7. “Election Agreement” shall mean an agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, as modified from time to time by the Company

 


 

     8. “Fee” shall mean all fees and compensation earned as a Director including retainer and committee fees.
     9. “Participant” shall mean any Director who has at any time elected to defer the receipt of Fees in accordance with the Plan.
     10. “Plan” shall mean the deferred compensation plan as set forth herein, together with all amendments hereto, which Plan shall be called the Deferred Compensation Plan No. 2 for Directors of Diebold, Incorporated.
     11. “Unforeseeable Emergency” shall mean a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Section 152 of the Code without regard to Sections 152(b)(1), 152(b)(2) and 152(d)(1)(B) of the Code) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. A withdrawal on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency may be paid to the Participant only if the amounts distributed with respect to an emergency do not exceed the amounts necessary to satisfy such emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes and penalties reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship) or by cessation of deferrals under the Plan.
     12. “Year” shall mean the calendar year.
ARTICLE II
ELECTION TO DEFER
     1.  Eligibility . Any Director may elect to defer receipt of all or a specified part of his or her Fees for any Year in accordance with Section 2 of this Article. A Director’s entitlement to defer shall cease with respect to the Year following the Year in which he or she ceases to be a Director.
     2.  Election to Defer . (i) A Director who desires to defer the payment of all or a portion of his or her Fees for any Year must complete and deliver an Election Agreement to the Secretary of the Company before the first day of the first Year of service for which such Fees are payable. A Director who timely delivers an Election Agreement to the Secretary of the Company shall be a Participant.
          (ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provision of Subsection (i), any Director hereafter elected to the Board of Directors of the Company who was not a Director on the preceding December 31 may make an election to defer payment of Fees with respect to services performed subsequent to the filing of the Election Agreement by delivering the Election Agreement to the Secretary of the Company within thirty (30) days of such election.

2


 

          (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provision of Subsection (i), with respect to any “performance-based” compensation (as determined by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code) based on services performed over a period of at least 12 months a Participant may complete and deliver an Election Agreement to the Secretary of the Company no later than six months before the end of such period.
          (iv) An Election Agreement, once timely delivered, shall be effective for all Fees for the succeeding Year and, except as otherwise specified by a Director in his or her Election Agreement, shall continue to be effective from Year to Year until terminated or modified by written notice to the Secretary of the Company. Except as provided for in the below provisions of Subsection (v), in order to be effective to revoke or modify an election to defer fees otherwise payable in any particular Year, a revocation or modification must be delivered prior to the date that an initial election would be required to be delivered under either Subsection (i) or Subsection (iii) above.
          (v) Subject to the approval of the Company, a Participant may make a subsequent election requesting a change in the period of deferral (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 3 of this Article) and/or the form of payment (subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 5). Such subsequent election must meet all of the following requirements and shall be in writing on a form provided by the Company:
               (a) the subsequent election shall not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which such amendment is made;
               (b) in the case of a subsequent election related to a payment not made on account of the Participant’s death or an Unforeseeable Emergency, the first payment with respect to which the amendment is made shall in all cases be deferred for a period of not less then 5 years from the date on which such payment otherwise would have been made;
               (c) in the case of a subsequent election related to a payment that is to be made at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, such an amendment of the election must be made at least 12 months prior to the date of the first scheduled payment.
     3.  Amount Deferred; Period of Deferral . A Participant shall designate on the Election Agreement the percentage of his or her Fees that are to be deferred. That percentage of Fees shall be deferred until the earliest to occur of (i) the date the Participant experiences a “separation from service” with the Company (determined in accordance with the standards of Section 409A of the Code); provided, however, that in the case of a Participant who is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A of the Code) as of the date of such separation from service, such date shall be the first business day of the seventh month after the date of the Participant’s separation from service with the Company, or (ii) the date specified by the Participant on the Election Agreement, at which time payment of the amount deferred shall be made in accordance with Section 5 or 6 of this Article.
     4.  Account; Earnings . The percentage of Fees which a Participant elects to defer shall be treated as if it were set aside in an Account on the date the Fees would otherwise have been paid to the Participant. A Participant’s Account shall be credited with gains, losses and earnings based

3


 

on hypothetical investment directions made by the Participant, in accordance with investment deferral crediting options and procedures adopted by the Committee from time to time. A Participant may change such hypothetical investment directions pursuant to such procedures adopted by the Committee from time to time. The Company specifically retains the right in its sole discretion to change the investment deferral crediting options and procedures from time to time. By electing to defer any amount pursuant to the Plan, each Participant shall thereby acknowledge and agree that the Company is not and shall not be required to make any investment in connection with the Plan, nor is it required to follow the Participant’s hypothetical investment directions in any actual investment it may make or acquire in connection with the Plan or in determining the amount of any actual or contingent liability or obligation of the Company thereunder or relating thereto. Any amounts credited to a Participant’s Account with respect to which a Participant does not provide investment direction shall be credited with earnings in an amount determined by the Committee in its sole discretion or, if an amount is not so determined, such amounts shall bear interest at                      until further ordered by the Committee or the Board of Directors. A Participant’s Account shall be adjusted as of each business day, except that interest, if any, for a calendar quarter shall be credited on the first day of the following quarter.
     5.  Payment of Account . The amount of a Participant’s Account shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum or in a number of approximately equal quarterly installments (not to exceed 40), as designated by the Participant on the Election Agreement. The amount of the Account remaining unpaid shall continue to be credited with gains, losses and earnings, as provided in Section 4 of this Article. The lump sum payment or the first quarterly installment, as the case may be, shall be made on the last day of the period of deferral as specified in Section 3 of this Article. Each payment to the Participant shall be considered a separate payment and not one of a series of payments.
     6.  Death of Participant . In the event of the death of a Participant, the amount of the Participant’s Account shall be paid to the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated in a writing substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, in accordance with the Participant’s Election Agreement and Section 5 of this Article. A Participant’s Beneficiary designation may be changed at any time prior to his death by execution and delivery of a new Beneficiary designation form. The form on file with the Corporation at the time of the Participant’s death which bears the latest date shall govern. In the absence of a Beneficiary designation or the failure of any Beneficiary to survive the Participant, the amount of the Participant’s Account shall be paid to the Participant’s estate. In the event of the death of the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries after the death of a Participant, the remaining amount of the Account shall continue to be paid to the estate of the last Beneficiary to receive payments. Any payments to be made upon the death of the Participant before the Participant’s Account has begun to be paid shall be paid or commence to be paid within ninety (90) days of the date of the Participant’s death, provided that the Beneficiary shall not have the right to designate the taxable year of payment. Any payments to be made upon the death of the Participant after the Participant’s Account has begun to be paid shall be paid to the Beneficiary at the same time as they would have been paid to the Participant if then living.
     7.  Small Payments . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, upon the date that payments would commence under Section 3, the total value of the account balance(s) held by a Participant under this Plan, and any other agreements, methods, programs, plans or other arrangements with respect to which deferrals of compensation are treated as having been deferred under a single

4


 

nonqualified deferred compensation plan with the account balances under the Plan under Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(c)(2), does not exceed the applicable dollar amount under Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code, the entire amount of the Account shall be paid in a lump sum in accordance with Section 5 of this Article.
     8.  Acceleration . Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in the event of the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of the Company or more than fifty percent (50%) of its stock by any person, firm, corporation or group of related corporations, in a transaction or transactions not approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, provided such transaction constitutes a “change in the ownership or effective control of the corporation, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the corporation” (for purposes of Section 409A of the Code), the entire amount of a Participant’s Account will be paid in a lump sum to the Participant or his Beneficiary on the date of the closing of such transaction, or (ii) if a Participant incurs an Unforeseeable Emergency, to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code, an amount from such Participant’s Account or Accounts shall be immediately paid to the Participant on the date within thirty (30) days after the date the Committee determines that the Participant has incurred an Unforeseeable Emergency, provided that the Participant shall not have the right to designate the taxable year of payment.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
          The Company, through its Board of Directors, shall be responsible for the general administration of the Plan and for carrying out the provisions hereof. The Board of Directors may delegate any or all of its authority under the Plan to the Committee. The Company shall have all such powers as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan, including the power to determine all questions relating to eligibility for and the amount in the Account and all questions pertaining to claims for benefits and procedures for claim review; to resolve all other questions arising under the Plan, including any questions of construction; and to take such further action as the Company shall deem advisable in the administration of the Plan. The actions taken and the decisions made by the Company hereunder shall be final and binding upon all interested parties. In accordance with the provisions of Section 503 of the Employee Income Retirement Security Act of 1974, the Company shall provide a procedure for handling claims of Participants or their Beneficiaries under this Plan. Such procedure shall be in accordance with regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor and shall provide adequate written notice within a reasonable period of time with respect to the denial of any such claim as well as a reasonable opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of any such denial.
ARTICLE IV
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
          The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan with respect to any future Year at any time by action of its Board of Directors; provided, however, that no such action shall adversely affect any Participant or Beneficiary who has a Account or shall result in

5


 

acceleration of payment of the amount of an Account, except as otherwise permitted under the Plan.
ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS
     1.  Nonalienation of Deferred Compensation . No Participant or Beneficiary shall encumber or dispose of the right to receive any payments hereunder.
     2.  Interest of Director . The obligation of the Company under the Plan to make payment of amounts reflected on an Account merely constitutes the unsecured promise of only the Company to make payments from its general assets as provided herein, and no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any interest in, or a lien or prior claim upon, any property of the Company. Further, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any claim whatsoever against any Subsidiary for amounts reflected on an Account. The Company may establish a so-called “rabbi trust” to hold funds, stock or other securities to be used in payment of its obligations under the Plan, and may fund such trust; provided, however, that any funds contained therein shall remain subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors.
     3.  Claims of Other Persons . The provisions of the Plan shall in no event be construed as giving any person, firm or corporation any legal or equitable right as against the Company or any subsidiary, or the officers, employees, or directors of the Company or any subsidiary, except any such rights as are specifically provided for in the Plan or are hereafter created in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan.
     4.  Severability . The invalidity and unenforceability of any particular provision of the Plan shall not affect any other provision hereof, and the Plan shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted herefrom.
     5.  Governing Law . The provisions of the Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio.
     6.  Compliance with Section 409A of the Code . To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Plan and any grants made hereunder comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. The Plan and any grants made hereunder shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent.

6

Exhibit 10.10
DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
DEFERRED INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN NO. 2
(Effective as of January 1, 2005)
     Diebold, Incorporated establishes, effective as of January 1, 2005, the Deferred Incentive Compensation Plan No. 2 for Diebold, Incorporated. Such plan is established to provide the opportunity to defer incentive compensation payments in compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Incentive compensation payments (and earnings thereon) that are “deferred” (for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) after December 31, 2004 are eligible for deferral in accordance with the provisions of this plan. Incentive compensation payments (and earnings thereon) that are “deferred” (for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code) on or before December 31, 2004 are eligible for deferral in accordance with the provisions of 1992 Deferred Incentive Compensation Plan for Diebold, Incorporated.
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     For the purposes hereof, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated.
     1. “Account” shall mean a bookkeeping account in which Incentive Compensation which is deferred by a Participant shall be recorded and to which gains, losses, earnings, dividends, distributions and interest may be credited in accordance with the Plan.
     2. “Beneficiary” or “Beneficiaries” shall mean the person or persons designated by a Participant in accordance with the Plan to receive payment of the remaining balance of the Participant’s Account in the event of the death of the Participant prior to receipt of the entire amount credited to the Participant’s Account.
     3. “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
     4. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
     5. “Change in Control” shall mean that: (i) The Company is merged or consolidated or reorganized into or with another corporation or other legal person, and as a result of such merger, consolidation or reorganization less than a majority of the combined voting power of the securities of such corporation or person that are outstanding immediately following the consummation of such transaction is held in the aggregate by the holders of Voting Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;
          (ii) The Company sells or otherwise transfers all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation or other legal person, and as a result of such sale or transfer less than a majority of the combined voting power of the securities of such corporation or person that are outstanding immediately following the consummation of such sale or transfer is held in the

 


 

aggregate by the holders of Voting Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company immediately prior to such sale or transfer;
          (iii) There is a report filed on Schedule 13D or Schedule 14D-1 (or any successor schedule, form or report) thereto, each as promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), disclosing that any person (as the term “person” is used in Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) has become the beneficial owner (as the term “beneficial owner” is defined under Rule 13d-3 or any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act) of securities representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company (the “Voting Stock”);
          (iv) The Company files a report or proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing in response to Form 8-K or Schedule 14A (or any successor schedule, form or report or item therein) that a change in control of the Company has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future pursuant to any then-existing contract or transaction; or
          (v) If during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members thereof, unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of each member of the Board first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the members of the Board then still in office who were members of the Board at the beginning of any such period.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of subsection (iii) or (iv) hereof, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Agreement, either (1) solely because the Company, a Subsidiary, or any Company-sponsored employee stock ownership plan or other employee benefit plan of the Company, files or becomes obligated to file a report or a proxy statement under or in response to Schedule 13D, Schedule 14D-1, Form 8-K or Schedule 14A (or any successor schedule, form or report or item therein) under the Exchange Act, disclosing beneficial ownership by it of shares of Voting Stock, whether in excess of 20 percent or otherwise, or because the Company reports that a change in control of the Company has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future by reason of such beneficial ownership or (2) solely because of a change in control of any Subsidiary by which any Participant may be employed. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of subsections (i-iv) hereof, if, prior to any event described in subsections (i-iv) hereof that may be instituted by any person who is not an officer or director of the Company, or prior to any disclosed proposal that may be instituted by any person who is not an officer or director of the Company that could lead to any such event, management proposes any restructuring of the Company that ultimately leads to an event described in subsections (i-iv) hereof pursuant to such management proposal, then a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the Plan.
     6. “Committee” shall mean the Compensation and Pension Committee of the Board or such other Committee as may be authorized by the Board to administer the Plan.

2


 

     7. “Common Shares” shall mean Common Shares, $1.25 par value, of the Company or any security into which such Common Shares may be changed by reason of any transaction or event of the type referred to in Section 9 of Article II of the Plan.
     8. “Company” shall mean Diebold, Incorporated and its successors, including, without limitation, the surviving corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation of Diebold, Incorporated with any other corporation or corporations.
     9. “Effective Date” shall mean January 1, 2005.
     10. “Election Agreement” shall mean an agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, as modified from time to time by the Company.
     11. “Eligible Associate” shall mean an associate of the Company (or a Subsidiary that has adopted the Plan) who is selected by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof to participate in this Plan. An associate will be considered an Eligible Associate as of the date designated by the Board as his or her effective date of eligibility. Unless otherwise determined by the Board or a committee thereof, an Eligible Associate shall continue as such until termination of employment.
     12. “Incentive Compensation” shall mean (i) cash incentive compensation earned as an associate pursuant to an incentive compensation plan now in effect or hereafter established by the Company, including, without limitation, the Annual Incentive Plan and the 1991 Plan, and (ii) incentive compensation payable in the form of Common Shares pursuant to the 1991 Plan or any similar plan approved by the Board for purposes of this Plan.
     13. “Participant” shall mean any Eligible Associate who has at any time elected to defer the receipt of Incentive Compensation in accordance with the Plan.
     14. “Plan” shall mean this deferred incentive compensation plan as amended and restated hereby, together with all amendments hereto, which shall be known as the Deferred Incentive Compensation Plan No. 2 for Diebold, Incorporated.
     15. “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, joint venture, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect ownership or other equity interest and directly or indirectly owns or controls more than 50 percent of the total combined voting or other decision-making power.
     16. “Unforeseeable Emergency” shall mean a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Section 152 of the Code without regard to Sections 152(b)(1), 152(b)(2) and 152(d)(1)(B) of the Code) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. A withdrawal on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency may be paid to the Participant only if the amounts distributed with respect to an emergency do not exceed the amounts necessary to satisfy such emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes and penalties reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by

3


 

insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship) or by cessation of deferrals under the Plan.
     17. “Year” shall mean a calendar year.
     18. “1991 Plan” shall mean the Diebold, Incorporated 1991 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
ARTICLE II
ELECTION TO DEFER
     1.  Eligibility . An Eligible Associate may elect to defer receipt of all or a specified part of his or her Incentive Compensation for any Year in accordance with Section 2 of this Article. An Eligible Associate’s entitlement to defer shall cease with respect to the Year following the Year in which he or she ceases to be an Eligible Associate.
     2.  Election to Defer . (i) An Eligible Associate who desires to defer the payment of all or a portion of his or her Incentive Compensation must complete and deliver an Election Agreement to the Secretary of the Company before the first day of the first Year of service for which such Incentive Compensation is payable. An Eligible Associate who timely delivers an Election Agreement to the Secretary of the Company shall be a Participant.
          (ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provision of Subsection (i), any associate who becomes an Eligible Associate after the Effective Date, e.g. , new hires or promoted associates, may become a Participant for a Year with respect to services performed subsequent to the filing of an Election Agreement if he or she submits to the Secretary of the Company a properly completed Election Agreement within thirty (30) days after becoming an Eligible Associate.
          (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provision of Subsection (i), subject to the approval of the Company, with respect to any “performance-based” compensation (as determined by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code) based on services performed over a period of at least 12 months, an Eligible Associate may complete and deliver an Election Agreement to the Secretary of the Company no later than six months before the end of such period.
          (iv) An Election Agreement that is timely delivered shall be effective for the succeeding Year and, except as otherwise specified by an Eligible Associate in his or her Election Agreement, shall continue to be effective from Year to Year until revoked or modified by written notice to the Secretary of the Company. Except as provided for in the below provision of Subsection (v), in order to be effective to revoke or modify an election to defer Incentive Compensation otherwise payable for any particular Year, a revocation or modification must be delivered prior to the date that an initial election would be required to be delivered under either Subsection (i) or Subsection (iii) above.
          (v) Subject to the approval of the Company, a Participant may make a subsequent election requesting a change in the period of deferral (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 3 of this Article) and/or the form of payment (subject to the limitations set forth in

4


 

this Section 5). Such subsequent election must meet all of the following requirements and shall be in writing on a form provided by the Company:
               (a) the subsequent election shall not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which such amendment is made;
               (b) in the case of a subsequent election related to a payment not made on account of the Participant’s death or an Unforeseeable Emergency, the first payment with respect to which the amendment is made shall in all cases be deferred for a period of not less then 5 years from the date on which such payment otherwise would have been made;
               (c) in the case of a subsequent election related to a payment that is to be made at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, such an amendment of the election must be made at least 12 months prior to the date of the first scheduled payment.
     3.  Amount Deferred; Period of Deferral . A Participant shall designate on the Election Agreement the percentage of his or her Incentive Compensation that is to be deferred. A Participant may specify in the Election Agreement that different percentages shall apply to different Incentive Compensation plans or different forms of payment, i.e., cash or Common Shares. The applicable percentage or percentages of Incentive Compensation shall be deferred until the earlier to occur of (a) the date the Participant experiences a “separation from service” with the Company (determined in accordance with the standards of Section 409A of the Code); provided , however , that in the case of a Participant who is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A of the Code) as of the date of such separation from service, such date shall be the first day of the seventh month after the date of the Participant’s separation from service with the Company, or (b) the date specified by the Participant on the Election Agreement.
     4.  Accounts . (i) Cash Incentive Compensation that a Participant elects to defer shall be treated as if it were set aside in an Account on the date the Incentive Compensation would otherwise have been paid to the Participant. A Participant’s Account shall be credited with gains, losses and earnings based on hypothetical investment directions made by the Participant, in accordance with investment deferral crediting options and procedures adopted by the Committee from time to time. A Participant may change such hypothetical investment directions pursuant to such procedures adopted by the Committee from time to time. The Company specifically retains the right in its sole discretion to change the investment deferral crediting options and procedures from time to time. By electing to defer any amount pursuant to the Plan, each Participant shall thereby acknowledge and agree that the Company is not and shall not be required to make any investment in connection with the Plan, nor is it required to follow the Participant’s hypothetical investment directions in any actual investment it may make or acquire in connection with the Plan or in determining the amount of any actual or contingent liability or obligation of the Company thereunder or relating thereto. Any amounts credited to a Participant’s Account with respect to which a Participant does not provide investment direction shall be credited with earnings in an amount determined by the Committee in its sole discretion or, if an amount is not so determined, such amounts shall bear interest at                      until further ordered by the Committee or the Board of Directors. A Participant’s Account shall be adjusted as of each business day, except that interest, if any, for a calendar quarter shall be credited on the first day of the following quarter.

5


 

          (ii) Incentive Compensation payable in the form of Common Shares that a Participant elects to defer shall be reflected in a separate Account, which shall be credited with the number of Common Shares that would otherwise have been issued or transferred and delivered to the Participant. Such Account shall be credited from time to time with amounts equal to dividends or other distributions paid on the number of Common Shares reflected in such Account, and such Account shall be credited with gains, losses and earnings on cash amounts credited to such Account from time to time in the manner provided in Subsection (i) above with respect to Cash Incentive Compensation.
     5.  Payment of Accounts . The amounts in Participants’ Accounts shall be paid as provided in this Section 5.
          (i) The amount of a Participant’s Account attributable to deferral of cash Incentive Compensation shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum or in a number of approximately equal quarterly installments (not to exceed 40), as designated by the Participant in the Election Agreement. The amount of such Account remaining unpaid shall continue to be credited with gains, losses and earnings as provided in Section 4 of this Article. The lump sum payment or the first quarterly installment, as the case may be, shall be made on the last day of the period of deferral as specified in Section 3 of this Article. Each payment to the Participant under this Section 5(i) shall be considered a separate payment and not one of a series of payments.
          (ii) The number of Common Shares in a Participant’s Account attributable to deferral of Incentive Compensation payable in the form of Common Shares shall be issued or transferred to the Participant on the last day of the period of deferral as specified in Section 3 of this Article. All amounts credited to such Account in respect of dividends and distributions, and the gains, losses and earnings thereon as provided in Subsection (ii) of Section 4 of this Article shall likewise be paid to the Participant at such time. Upon application of an Eligible Associate prior to his or her election to defer Incentive Compensation payable in the form of Common Shares, the Committee may authorize payment in installments of the amounts in his or her Account attributable to such Incentive Compensation, which shall commence to be paid on the last day of the period of deferral as specified in Section 3 of this Article. Each payment to the Participant under this Section 5(ii) shall be considered a separate payment and not one of a series of payments.
     6.  Death of a Participant . In the event of the death of a Participant, the amount of the Participant’s Account or Accounts shall be paid to the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated in a writing substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Beneficiary Designation”), in accordance with the Participant’s Election Agreement and Section 5 of this Article. A Participant’s Beneficiary Designation may be changed at any time prior to his or her death by the execution and delivery of a new Beneficiary Designation. The Beneficiary Designation on file with the Company that bears the latest date at the time of the Participant’s death shall govern. In the absence of a Beneficiary Designation or the failure of any Beneficiary to survive the Participant, the amount of the Participant’s Account or Accounts shall be paid to the Participant’s estate. In the event of the death of the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries after the death of a Participant, the remaining amount of the Account or Accounts shall continue to be paid to the estate of the last Beneficiary to receive payments. Any payments to be made upon the death of the Participant before the Participant’s Account has begun to be paid shall be paid or commence to be paid within ninety (90) days of the date of the Participant’s death, provided that the Beneficiary shall not have the right to

6


 

designate the taxable year of payment. Any payments to be made upon the death of the Participant after the Participant’s Account has begun to be paid shall be paid to the Beneficiary at the same time as they would have been paid to the Participant if then living.
     7.  Small Payments . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, upon the date that payments would commence under Section 3, the total value of the account balance(s) held by a Participant under this Plan, and any other agreements, methods, programs, plans or other arrangements with respect to which deferrals of compensation are treated as having been deferred under a single nonqualified deferred compensation plan with the account balances under the Plan under Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(c)(2), does not exceed the applicable dollar amount under Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code, the entire amount of the Account shall be paid in a lump sum in accordance with Section 5 of this Article.
     8.  Acceleration . Notwithstanding the provisions of the foregoing: (i) if a Change in Control, which constitutes a “change in the ownership or effective control of the corporation, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the corporation” (for purposes of Section 409A of the Code), occurs, the amount of each Participant’s Account or Accounts shall immediately be paid to the Participant in full on the date of the closing of such transaction or (ii) if a Participant incurs an Unforeseeable Emergency, to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code, an amount from such Participant’s Account or Accounts shall be immediately paid to the Participant on the date within thirty (30) days after the date the Committee determines that the Participant has incurred an Unforeseeable Emergency, provided that the Participant shall not have the right to designate the taxable year of payment.
     9.  Adjustments . The Board may make or provide for such adjustments in the numbers of Common Shares credited to Participants’ Accounts, and in the kind of shares so credited, as the Board in its sole discretion, exercised in good faith, may determine is equitably required to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants that otherwise would result from (i) any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, recapitalization or other change in the capital structure of the Company, or (ii) any merger, consolidation, spin-off, split-off, spin-out, split-up, reorganization, partial or complete liquidation or other distribution of assets, issuance of rights or warrants to purchase securities, or (iii) any other corporate transaction or event having an effect similar to any of the foregoing. Moreover, in the event of any such transaction or event, the Board, in its discretion, may provide in substitution for any or all Common Shares deliverable under this Plan such alternative consideration as it, in good faith, may determine to be equitable in the circumstances.
     10.  Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue any fractional Common Shares pursuant to this Plan. The Board may provide for the elimination of fractions or for the settlement of fractions in cash.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
     The Company, through its Board, shall be responsible for the general administration of the Plan and for carrying out the provisions hereof. The Board may delegate any or all of its authority

7


 

under the Plan to the Committee. The Company shall have all such powers as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan, including the power to (i) determine all questions relating to eligibility for participation in the Plan and the amount in the Account or Accounts of any Participant and all questions pertaining to claims for benefits and procedures for claim review, (ii) resolve all other questions arising under the Plan, including any questions of construction, and (iii) take such further action as the Company shall deem advisable in the administration of the Plan. The actions taken and the decisions made by the Company hereunder shall be final and binding upon all interested parties. In accordance with the provisions of Section 503 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Company shall provide a procedure for handling claims of Participants or their Beneficiaries under this Plan. Such procedure shall be in accordance with regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor and shall provide adequate written notice within a reasonable period of time with respect to the denial of any such claim as well as a reasonable opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of any such denial.
ARTICLE IV
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
     The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan with respect to any future Year at any time by action of the Board; provided, however, that no such action shall adversely affect any Participant or Beneficiary who has an Account, or result in the acceleration of payment of the amount of any Account (except as otherwise permitted under the Plan).
ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS
     1.  Non-alienation of Deferred Compensation . Except as permitted by this Plan, no right or interest under this Plan of any Participant or Beneficiary shall, without the written consent of the Company, be (i) assignable or transferable in any manner, (ii) subject to alienation, anticipation, sale, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, garnishment or other legal process or (iii) in any manner liable for or subject to the debts or liabilities of the Participant or Beneficiary.
     2.  Participation by Associates of Subsidiaries . An Eligible Associate who is employed by a Subsidiary and elects to participate in the Plan shall participate on the same basis as an associate of the Company. The Account or Accounts of a Participant employed by a Subsidiary shall be paid in accordance with the Plan solely by such Subsidiary to the extent attributable to Incentive Compensation that would have been paid by such Subsidiary in the absence of deferral pursuant to the Plan.
     3.  Interest of Associate . The obligation of the Company under the Plan to make payment of amounts reflected in an Account merely constitutes the unsecured promise of the Company to make payments from its general assets or in the form of its Common Shares, as the case may be, as provided herein, and no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any interest in, or a lien or prior claim upon, any property of the Company. Further, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any claim whatsoever against any Subsidiary for amounts reflected in an Account. The Company shall establish a so-called “rabbi trust” to hold funds, Common Shares or other securities

8


 

to be used in payment of its obligations under the Plan, and may fund such trust; provided, however, that any funds contained therein shall remain subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Company or the Subsidiary for which the Eligible Associate performs services. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as guaranteeing future employment to Eligible Associates. It is the intention of the Company that the Plan be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA.
     4.  Claims of Other Persons . The provisions of the Plan shall in no event be construed as giving any other person, firm or corporation any legal or equitable right as against the Company or any Subsidiary or the officers, associates or directors of the Company or any Subsidiary, except any such rights as are specifically provided for in the Plan or are hereafter created in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan.
     5.  Severability . The invalidity and unenforceability of any particular provision of the Plan shall not affect any other provision hereof, and the Plan shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted herefrom.
     6.  Governing Law . Except to the extent preempted by federal law, the provisions of the Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio.
     7.  Relationship to Other Plans . This Plan is intended to serve the purposes of and to be consistent with the 1991 Plan and any similar plan approved by the Board for purposes of this Plan. The issuance or transfer of Common Shares pursuant to this Plan shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of the 1991 Plan and any other such plan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Common Shares credited to the Accounts of Participants pursuant to this Plan as Incentive Compensation shall be taken into account for purposes of Section 3 of the 1991 Plan (Shares Available Under the Plan) and for purposes of the corresponding provisions of any other such plan.
     8.  Compliance with Section 409A of the Code . To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Plan and any grants made hereunder comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. The Plan and any grants made hereunder shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent.

9

Exhibit 10.24
(DIEBOLD LOGO)
RSU Agreement
     WHEREAS, [Associate] (hereinafter called the “Grantee”) is a key associate of Diebold, Incorporated (hereinafter called the “Corporation”) or a Subsidiary;
     WHEREAS, the execution of an RSU Agreement substantially in the form hereof has been authorized by a resolution of the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) duly adopted on                      (the “Date of Grant”);
     NOW, THEREFORE, the Corporation hereby confirms to the Grantee, effective Date of Grant, pursuant to the Corporation’s 1991 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan (As Amended and Restated as of February 15, 2006) (the “Plan”), [as specified in award letter] Deferred Shares in the form of Restricted Stock Units (“RSU’s”) subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions described below.
1. Definitions.
          As used in this Agreement:
  (a)   “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following events shall occur:
  (i)   The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 15% or more of either: (A) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation (the “Corporation Common Stock”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“Voting Stock”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (1) any acquisition directly from the Corporation, (2) any acquisition by the Corporation, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation, or (4) any acquisition by any Person pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 1(b); or

 


 

  (ii)   Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board cease for any reason (other than death or disability) to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Corporation’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Corporation in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of the Exchange Act) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
 
  (iii)   Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Corporation Common Stock and Voting Stock immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Corporation or all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions relative to each other as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Corporation Common Stock and Voting Stock of the Corporation, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any entity resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or such entity resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 15% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the entity resulting from such Business Combination, or the combined voting power of the

2


 

      then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or
  (iv)   Approval by the shareholders of the Corporation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.
  (b)   “Deferral Period” means the period commencing                      and ending on                      .
 
  (c)   Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan.
2. Payment of RSU’s.
          The RSU’s granted hereby shall become payable to the Grantee if they become nonforfeitable in accordance with Section 3, Section 4 or Section 5 hereof.
3. Vesting of RSU’s.
          Subject to the terms and conditions of Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, the Grantee’s right to receive Common Shares under this Agreement shall become nonforfeitable at the end of the Deferral Period.
4. Effect of Change in Control.
          In the event of a Change in Control prior to the end of the Deferral Period, the RSU’s granted hereby shall become nonforfeitable.
5. Effect of Death, Disability or Retirement.
  (a)   If the Grantee’s employment with the Corporation or one of its Subsidiaries should terminate because of death or permanent total disability, the RSU’s granted hereby shall become nonforfeitable.
 
  (b)   If the Grantee’s employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary should terminate on or after the date on which the Grantee attains age 65 and on such date the Grantee shall have completed five (5) or more years of continuous employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, the RSU’s granted hereby shall become nonforfeitable.
 
  (c)   If the Grantee’s employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary should terminate and the sum of the Grantee’s age and the number of the Grantee’s years of continuous employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries on such date equals or exceeds 70, the extent to which the RSU’s granted hereby shall become nonforfeitable shall be determined as if the Grantee’s employment had not terminated and the result shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is

3


 

      the number of full months the Grantee was employed during the Deferral Period and the denominator of which is the total number of months in the Deferral Period; provided, however, the Board, upon the recommendation of the Committee may, in its discretion, increase payments made under the foregoing circumstances up to the full amount payable for service throughout the Deferral Period.
6. Effect of Terminations of Employment; Detrimental Activity.
          In the event that the Grantee’s employment shall terminate in a manner other than any specified in Section 5 hereof or if the Grantee shall engage in any Detrimental Activity (as defined below), the Grantee shall forfeit any RSU’s that have not become nonforfeitable by such Grantee at the time of such termination; provided , however , that the Board upon recommendation of the Committee may order that any part or all of such RSU’s become nonforfeitable.
7. Form and Time of Payment of RSU’s.
          Except as otherwise provided for in Section 12, payment shall be made in the form of the Corporation’s Common Shares at the time they become nonforfeitable in accordance with Section 3, 4 or 5 hereof. To the extent that the Corporation is required to withhold federal, state, local or foreign taxes in connection with the delivery of Common Shares to the Grantee or any other person under this Agreement, the number of Common Shares to be delivered to the Grantee or such other person shall be reduced (based on the Market Value per Share as of the date the RSU’s become payable) to provide for the taxes required to be withheld, with any fractional shares that would otherwise be delivered being rounded up to the next nearest whole share. The Committee may, at its discretion, adopt any alternative method of providing for taxes required to be withheld.
8. Detrimental Activity.
          If the Grantee, either during employment by the Corporation or a Subsidiary or within one year after termination of such employment, shall engage in any Detrimental Activity, and the Board shall so find, and (except for any Detrimental Activity described in Section 8(d)(v)(B)) if the Grantee shall not have ceased all Detrimental Activity within 30 days after notice of such finding given within one year after commencement of such Detrimental Activity, the Grantee shall:
  (a)   Return to the Corporation all Common Shares that the Grantee has not disposed of that were paid out pursuant to this Agreement within a period of one year prior to the date of the commencement of such Detrimental Activity, and
 
  (b)   With respect to any Common Shares that the Grantee has disposed of that were paid out pursuant to this Agreement within a period of one year prior to the date of the commencement of such Detrimental Activity, pay to the Corporation in cash the value of such Common Shares on the date such Common Shares were paid out.
 
  (c)   To the extent that the amounts referred to in Section 8(a) and (b) above are not paid to the Corporation, the Corporation may set off the amounts so payable to it against any amounts that may be owing from time to time by the Corporation or a Subsidiary

4


 

      to the Grantee, whether as wages, deferred compensation or vacation pay or in the form of any other benefit or for any other reason.
  (d)   For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Detrimental Activity” shall include:
  (i)   Engaging in any activity, as an employee, principal, agent, or consultant for another entity, and in a capacity, that directly competes with the Corporation or any Subsidiary in any actual product, service or business activity (or in any product, service or business activity which was under active development while the Grantee was employed by the Corporation if such development is being actively pursued by the Corporation during the one-year period first referred to in this Section 8) for which the Grantee has had any direct responsibility and direct involvement during the last two years of his or her employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary, in any territory in which the Corporation or a Subsidiary manufactures, sells, markets, services, or installs such product or service, or engages in such business activity.
 
  (ii)   Soliciting any employee of the Corporation or a Subsidiary to terminate his or her employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary.
 
  (iii)   The disclosure to anyone outside the Corporation or a Subsidiary, or the use in other than the Corporation or a Subsidiary’s business, without prior written authorization from the Corporation, of any confidential, proprietary or trade secret information or material relating to the business of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, acquired by the Grantee during his or her employment with the Corporation or its Subsidiaries or while acting as a consultant for the Corporation or its Subsidiaries thereafter.
 
  (iv)   The failure or refusal to disclose promptly and to assign to the Corporation upon request all right, title and interest in any invention or idea, patentable or not, made or conceived by the Grantee during employment by the Corporation and any Subsidiary, relating in any manner to the actual or anticipated business, research or development work of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or the failure or refusal to do anything reasonably necessary to enable the Corporation or any Subsidiary to secure a patent where appropriate in the United States and in other countries.
 
  (v)   Activity that results in Termination for Cause. For the purposes of this Section, “Termination for Cause” shall mean a termination:
  (A)   due to the Grantee’s willful and continuous gross neglect of his or her duties for which he or she is employed, or
 
  (B)   due to an act of dishonesty on the part of the Grantee constituting a felony resulting or intended to result, directly or indirectly, in his or

5


 

      her gain for personal enrichment at the expense of the Corporation or a Subsidiary.
9. Payment of Dividend Equivalents.
          During the Deferral Period, from and after the Date of Grant and until the earlier of (a) the time when the RSU’s become payable in accordance with Section 3, Section 4 or Section 5 hereof or (b) the time when the Grantee’s right to receive Common Shares upon payment of RSU’s is forfeited in accordance with Section 6 hereof, the Company shall pay to the Grantee, whenever a dividend is paid on Common Shares (or at such later time as may be consistent with the Corporation’s administrative requirements), an amount of cash equal to the product of the per-share amount of the dividend paid times the number of such RSU’s.
10. RSU’s Non-Transferable.
          Neither the RSU’s granted hereby nor any interest therein or in the Common Shares related thereto shall be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution prior to payment.
11. Dilution and Other Adjustments.
          In the event of any change in the aggregate number of outstanding Common Shares by reason of (a) any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, recapitalization or other change in the capital structure of the Corporation, or (b) any merger, consolidation, spin-off, split-off, spin-out, split-up, reorganization, partial or complete liquidation or other distribution of assets, issuance of rights or warrants to purchase securities, or (c) any other corporate transaction or event having an effect similar to any of the foregoing, then the Committee shall adjust the number of RSU’s then held by the Grantee in such manner as to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of the Grantee that would otherwise result from such event. Furthermore, in the event that any transaction or event described or referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall occur, the Committee may provide in substitution of any or all of the Grantee’s rights under this Agreement such alternative consideration as the Committee may determine in good faith to be equitable under the circumstances. Such adjustments made by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Agreement.
12. Compliance with Section 409A of the Code .
          To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement and the Plan comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, so that the income inclusion provisions of Section 409A(a)(1) do not apply to Grantee. This Agreement and the Plan shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Agreement or the Plan to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code and may be made by the Company without the consent of the Grantee). In particular, to the extent the RSU’s become nonforfeitable pursuant to Section 4 or Section 5 and the

6


 

issuance of the Common Shares at such time would subject the Grantee to penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7 above, issuance of the Common Shares will be made, to the extent necessary to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, to the Grantee on the earlier of (a) the Grantee’s “separation from service” with the Company (determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code); provided, however, that if the Grantee is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), the Grantee’s date of issuance of the Common Shares shall be the date that is six months after the date of the Grantee’s separation from service with the Company, (b) the end of the Deferral Period, or (c) the Grantee’s death. Reference to Section 409A of the Code is to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and will also include any proposed, temporary or final regulations, or any other guidance, promulgated with respect to such Section by the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service.
13. Employment Rights.
          For purposes of this Agreement, the continuous employ of the Grantee with the Corporation or a Subsidiary shall not be deemed interrupted, and the Grantee shall not be deemed to have ceased to be an associate of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, by reason of the transfer of his or her employment among the Corporation and its Subsidiaries. This RSU award is a voluntary, discretionary bonus being made on a one-time basis and it does not constitute a commitment to make any future awards. This RSU award and any payments made hereunder will not be considered salary or other compensation for purposes of any severance pay or similar allowance, except as otherwise required by law. Nothing in this Agreement will give the Grantee any right to continue employment with the Corporation or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or a Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Grantee.
14. Data Privacy.
          Information about the Grantee and the Grantee’s participation in the Plan may be collected, recorded, and held, used and disclosed for any purpose related to the administration of the Plan. The Grantee understands that such processing of this information may need to be carried out by the Corporation and its Subsidiaries and by third party administrators whether such persons are located within the Grantee’s country or elsewhere, including the United States of America. The Grantee consents to the processing of information relating to the Grantee and the Grantee’s participation in the Plan in any one or more of the ways referred to above.
15. Plan and Capitalized Terms.
          This Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan.

7


 

16. Amendments.
          Any amendment to the Plan shall be deemed to be an amendment to this Agreement to the extent that the amendment is applicable hereto; provided , however , that no amendment shall adversely affect the rights of the Grantee with respect to RSU’s without the Grantee’s consent.
17. Validity.
          If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any provision hereof to any person or circumstances is held invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision in any other person or circumstances shall not be affected, and the provisions so held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal shall be reformed to the extent (and only to the extent) necessary to make it enforceable, valid and legal.
18. Governing Law.
          This Agreement is made under, and shall be construed in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Ohio.
The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of an executed original of this RSU Agreement and accepts the RSU’s granted thereunder on the terms and conditions set forth herein in the Plan.
                 
Date:
               
 
 
 
     
 
[Associate Name]
   
          Executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation at North Canton, Ohio as of the                      .
DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
Thomas W. Swidarski
President and Chief Executive Officer

8

Exhibit 10.25
Performance Period 20xx-20xx
(DIEBOLD LOGO)
Performance Share Agreement
          WHEREAS, [*] (hereinafter called the “Grantee”) is a key associate of Diebold, Incorporated (hereinafter called the “Corporation”) or a Subsidiary; and
          WHEREAS, the execution of a Performance Share Agreement substantially in the form hereof has been authorized by a resolution of the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) duly adopted on                      (the “Date of Grant”).
          NOW, THEREFORE, subject to the terms and conditions of the 1991 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan (As Amended and Restated as of February 15, 2006) (the “Plan”), and the terms and conditions described below, the Corporation hereby confirms to the Grantee the grant, effective on the Date of Grant, of [*] Performance Shares, together with the opportunity to earn up to an additional 100% of such number of Performance Shares for superior performance as described herein.
     1.  Definitions .
          As used in this Agreement:
          (a) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following events shall occur:
          (i) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 15% of more of either: (A) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation (the “Corporation Common Stock”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“Voting

 


 

Stock”); provided , however , that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisition shall not constitute a Change in Control (1) any acquisition directly from the Corporation, (2) any acquisition by the Corporation, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation, or (4) any acquisition by any Person pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 1(b); or
          (ii) Individuals who, as to the date hereof, constitute the Board cease for any reason (other than death or disability) to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Corporation’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Corporation in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of the Exchange Act) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
          (iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Corporation Common Stock and Voting Stock immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Corporation or all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets either directly or through

2


 

one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions relative to each other as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Corporation Common Stock and Voting Stock of the Corporation, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any entity resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or such entity resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 15% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the entity resulting from such Business Combination, or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or
          (iv) Approval by the shareholders of the Corporation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.
          (b) “Management Objectives” means Relative Total Shareholder Return goals established by the Board for the Corporation for the Performance Period covered by this Agreement as described in Section 2 of this Agreement.
          (c) “Performance Period” means the period commencing with the closing price of the Common Shares of the Corporation on                      through the time of the determination of the closing price on the New York Stock Exchange on the day of the Corporation’s annual earnings release in                      .
          (d) “Relative Total Shareholder Return” or “Relative TSR” means the return, including reinvested dividends (or as determined at the beginning of the Performance Period in such manner as is consistent with the index), shareholders earn from investing in Common Shares, relative to the return earned from an investment in each of the following: (i) a benchmark peer group index comprised of the ___companies set forth on Exhibit A and (ii) all the companies comprising the Standard & Poors 400 Midcap Index at the closing prices of                      .
          (e) Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan.

3


 

     2.  Management Objectives .
          The Management Objectives for the Performance Period covered by this Agreement are set forth on Exhibit B-1 . The following applies with respect to the Management Objectives.
          (a) Each Management Objective shall be evaluated separately with the total award determined through the matrix set forth on Exhibits B-1 and B-2 , which correlates the Corporation’s performance against each Management Objective.
          (b) In no event shall the Grantee be entitled to receive more than 200% of the Performance Shares granted hereunder.
     3.  Grant of Performance Shares .
          The Corporation hereby grants to the Grantee the number of Performance Shares specified above, which may be earned by the Grantee during the Performance Period as set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement.
     4.  Earned Shares .
          The Performance Shares granted hereby shall be earned based on the level of the Corporation’s results with respect to each of the Management Objectives established for the Performance Period covered by this Agreement. The number of Performance Shares earned shall be determined based on the level of results of the Management Objectives in accordance with the matrix, which correlates performance against both measures, as set forth on Exhibits B-1 and B-2 . No additional Performance Shares shall be earned for results in excess of the maximum level of results for the Management Objectives. If results for a Management Objective are attained at interim levels of performance on the matrix, a proportionate number of Performance Shares shall be earned, as determined by mathematical interpolation, as described by example in Exhibit B-1 . If the Corporation’s performance with respect to both Management Objectives is determined to be below the 10 th percentile, the number of Performance Shares earned, if any, shall be at the discretion of the Committee, except in the case of Covered Employees.
     5.  Payment of Awards .
          Payment shall be made in the form of the Corporation’s Common Shares, cash or a combination of Common Shares and cash, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

4


 

Final awards shall be paid, less applicable taxes, as soon as practicable after the receipt of audited financial statements relating to the last fiscal year of the Performance Period covered by this Agreement and the determination by the Committee of the level of attainment of each Management Objective, (but in all events within 2 1/2 months of the last day of the last fiscal year of the Performance Period) except as otherwise agreed to by the Corporation and the Grantee.
          Any payment of awards due pursuant to this Agreement to a deceased Grantee shall be paid to the beneficiary designated by the Grantee by the latest Designation of Death Beneficiary in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto filed by the Grantee with the Corporation. If no such beneficiary has been designated or survives the Grantee, payment shall be made to the Grantee’s legal representative. A beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Grantee at any time, provided the change or revocation is filed with the Corporation.
          Prior to payment, the Corporation shall only have an unfunded and unsecured obligation to make payment of earned awards to the Grantee.
     6.  Effect of Change in Control .
          In the event of a Change in Control prior to the end of the Performance Period, the Performance Shares granted hereby (and under any prior Performance Share Agreements between the Corporation and the Grantee) shall be deemed to have been earned in full and shall be immediately due and payable in the form of Common Shares as soon as practicable following such Change in Control, but in all events within 2-1/2 months following the year in which the Change in Control occurs.
     7.  Effect of Death, Disability or Retirement .
          If the Grantee’s employment with the Corporation or one of its Subsidiaries should terminate under the circumstances set forth in 7(a) through 7(d) below, prior to the payment of an award, the extent to which the Performance Shares granted hereby shall be deemed to have been earned shall be determined as if the Grantee’s employment had not terminated and the result shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months the Grantee was employed during the Performance Period and the denominator of which is the total number of months in the Performance Period; provided, however, the Board, upon the recommendation of the Committee may, in its discretion, increase payments made under the foregoing circumstances up to the full amount payable for service throughout the Performance Period:

5


 

          (a) because of death
          (b) because of permanent disability
          (c) on or after the date on which the Grantee attains age 65 and on such date the Grantee shall have completed five (5) or more years of continuous employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries;
          (d) any sum of the Grantee’s age and the number of the Grantee’s years of continuous employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries on such termination date equals or exceeds 70.
     8.  Effect of Other Terminations of Employment; Detrimental Activity .
          In the event that the Grantee’s employment shall terminate prior to the payment of an award in a manner other than any specified in Section 7 hereof or if the Grantee shall at any time engage in any Detrimental Activity (as defined below), the Grantee shall forfeit any rights he or she may have in any Performance Shares that have not been paid out to the Grantee prior to the time of such termination; provided, however, that the Board, upon recommendation of the Committee, may order payment of an award in an amount determined as in Section 7 hereof for termination for the reasons set forth in Section 7 hereof, under circumstances which warrant such exceptional treatment in the judgment of the Committee and the Board.
     9.  Detrimental Activity .
          If the Grantee, either during employment by the Corporation or a Subsidiary or within one year after termination of such employment, shall engage in any Detrimental Activity, and the Board shall so find, and (except for any Detrimental Activity described in Section 9(d)(v)(B)) if the Grantee shall not have ceased all Detrimental Activity within 30 days after notice of such finding given within one year after commencement of such Detrimental Activity, the Grantee shall:
          (a) Return to the Corporation all Performance Shares that the Grantee has not disposed of and an amount equal to all cash paid out pursuant to this Agreement within a period of one year prior to the date of the commencement of such Detrimental Activity, and
          (b) With respect to any Performance Shares that the Grantee has disposed of that were paid out pursuant to this Agreement within a period of one year prior to the date of the

6


 

commencement of such Detrimental Activity, pay to the Corporation in cash the value of such Performance Shares on the date such Performance Shares were paid out.
          (c) To the extent that the amounts referred to in Section 9(a) and (b) above are not paid to the Corporation, the Corporation may set off the amounts so payable to it against any amounts that may be owing from time to time by the Corporation or a Subsidiary to the Grantee, whether as wages, deferred compensation or vacation pay or in the form of any other benefit or for any other reason.
          (d) For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Detrimental Activity” shall include:
          (i) Engaging in any activity, as an employee, principal, agent, or consultant for another entity, and in a capacity, that directly competes with the Corporation or any Subsidiary in any actual product, service or business activity (or in any product, service or business activity which was under active development while the Grantee was employed by the Corporation if such development is being actively pursued by the Corporation during the one-year period first referred to in this Section 9) for which the Grantee has had any direct responsibility and direct involvement during the last two years of his or her employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary, in any territory in which the Corporation or a Subsidiary manufactures, sells, markets, services, or installs such product or service, or engages in such business activity.
          (ii) Soliciting any employee of the Corporation or a Subsidiary to terminate his or her employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary.
          (iii) The disclosure to anyone outside the Corporation or a Subsidiary, or the use in other than the Corporation or a Subsidiary’s business, without prior written authorization from the Corporation, of any confidential, proprietary or trade secret information or material relating to the business of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, acquired by the Grantee during his or her employment with the Corporation or its Subsidiaries or while acting as a consultant for the Corporation or its Subsidiaries thereafter.
          (iv) The failure or refusal to disclose promptly and to assign to the Corporation upon request all right, title and interest in any invention or idea, patentable or

7


 

not, made or conceived by the Grantee during employment by the Corporation and any Subsidiary, relating in any manner to the actual or anticipated business, research or development work of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or the failure or refusal to do anything reasonably necessary to enable the Corporation or any Subsidiary to secure a patent where appropriate in the United States and in other countries.
          (v) Activity that results in Termination for Cause. For the purposes of this Section, “Termination for Cause” shall mean a termination:
     (A) due to the Grantee’s willful and continuous gross neglect of his or her duties for which he or she is employed, or
     (B) due to an act of dishonesty on the part of the Grantee constituting a felony resulting or intended to result, directly or indirectly, in his or her gain for personal enrichment at the expense of the Corporation or a Subsidiary.
     10.  Shares Non-Transferable .
          The Performance Shares granted hereby that have not yet been paid out are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
     11.  Dilution and Other Adjustments .
          In the event of any change in the aggregate number of outstanding Common Shares by reason of any stock dividend or stock split, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, then the Committee, shall adjust the Management Objectives and/or the number of Performance Shares then held by the Grantee. Such adjustments made by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Agreement.
     12.  Withholding Taxes .
          To the extent that the Corporation is required to withhold federal, state, local or foreign taxes in connection with the delivery of Common Shares to the Grantee or other person under this Agreement, and the amounts available to the Corporation for such withholding are insufficient, it shall be a condition to the receipt of such delivery that the Grantee or such other person will make arrangements satisfactory to the Corporation for payment of the balance of such taxes required to be withheld, which arrangements (in the discretion of the Committee) may

8


 

include relinquishment of a portion of such benefit. In no event, however, shall the Corporation accept Common Shares for payment of taxes in excess of required tax withholding rates, except that, in the discretion of the Committee, the Grantee or such other person may surrender Common Shares owned for more than 6 months to satisfy any tax obligations resulting from any such transaction.
     13.  Compliance with Section 409A of the Code.
          To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement and the Plan comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, so that the income inclusion provisions of Section 409A(a)(1) do not apply to Grantee. This Agreement and the Plan shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Agreement or the Plan to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code and may be made by the Company without the consent of the Grantee). In particular, to the extent the Performance Shares shall be deemed to be earned upon a Change in Control pursuant to Section 6 and such Change in Control does not constitute a “change in the ownership or effective control of the corporation, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the corporation” (determined in accordance with Section 409A), then notwithstanding that the Performance Shares shall be deemed to be earned upon the Change in Control or anything to the contrary in Section 6, payment which in such case may be in the form of Common Shares, cash or a combination of Common Shares and cash, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, will be made, to the extent necessary to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, to the Grantee on the earlier of (a) the Grantee’s “separation from service” with the Company (determined in accordance with Section 409A); provided, however, that if the Grantee is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), the payment date shall be the date that is six months after the date of the Grantee’s separation of service with the Company, (b) the date payment otherwise would have made under Section 5 above, or (c) the Grantee’s death. Reference to Section 409A of the Code is to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and will also include any proposed, temporary or final regulations, or any other guidance, promulgated with respect to such Section by the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service.

9


 

     14.  Employment Rights .
          For purposes of this Agreement, the continuous employ of the Grantee with the Corporation or a Subsidiary shall not be deemed interrupted, and the Grantee shall not be deemed to have ceased to be an associate of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, by reason of the transfer of his or her employment among the Corporation and its Subsidiaries. This award is a voluntary, discretionary bonus being made on a one-time basis and it does not constitute a commitment to make any future awards. This award and any payments made hereunder will not be considered salary or other compensation for purposes of any severance pay or similar allowance, except as otherwise required by law. Nothing in this Agreement will give the Grantee any right to continue employment with the Corporation or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or a Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Grantee.
     15.  Data Protection .
          Information about the Grantee and the Grantee’s participation in the Plan may be collected, recorded and held, used and disclosed for any purpose related to the administration of the Plan. The Grantee understands that such processing of this information may need to be carried out by the Corporation and its Subsidiaries and by third party administrators whether such persons are located within the Grantee’s country or elsewhere, including the United States of America. The Grantee consents to the processing of information relating to the Grantee and the Grantee’s participation in the Plan in any one or more of the ways referred to above.
     16.  Amendments .
          Any amendment to the Plan shall be deemed to be an amendment to this agreement to the extent that the amendment is applicable hereto; provided , however , that no amendment shall adversely affect the rights of the Grantee with respect to the Performance Shares without the Grantee’s consent.
     17.  Validity .
          If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any provision hereof to any person or circumstances is held invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision in any other person or circumstances shall not be affected, and the provisions so held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal shall be reformed to the extent (and only to the extent) necessary to make it enforceable, valid and legal.

10


 

     18.  Governing Law .
          This Agreement is made under, and shall be construed in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Ohio.
          Executed as of the ___day of February, 20___.
DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
     The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of an executed original of this Performance Share Agreement and accepts the Performance Shares granted thereunder on the terms and conditions set forth therein and in the Plan.
                 
Date:
               
 
 
 
     
 
[Signature]
   

11

Exhibit 10.28
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), made and entered into as of                      by and between Diebold, Incorporated, an Ohio corporation (together with its successors and assigns permitted under this Agreement, the “Company”), and Mr. Thomas W. Swidarski (the “Executive”).
W I T N E S S E T H
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive previously entered into an Agreement dated as of the Effective Date (the “2005 Agreement”) setting forth the terms and conditions upon which the Executive agreed to serve as an officer of the Company;
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to amend and restate the 2005 Agreement;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is mutually acknowledged, the Company and the Executive (individually a “Party” and together the “Parties”) agree as follows:
     1.  Definitions .
          (a) “Affiliate” of a person or other entity shall mean a person or other entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the person or other entity specified.
          (b) “Base Salary” shall mean the salary provided for in Section 4 below or any increased salary granted to the Executive pursuant to Section 4.
          (c) “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
          (d) “Cause” shall mean that prior to any termination pursuant to Section 12(c), the Executive shall have committed:
               (i) an intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with his duties or in the course of his employment with the Company or any subsidiary;
               (ii) intentional wrongful damage to property of the Company or any subsidiary;
               (iii) intentional wrongful disclosure of secret processes or confidential information of the Company or any subsidiary; or
               (iv) intentional wrongful engagement in any competitive activity which would constitute a material breach of the duty of loyalty;
and any such act shall have been materially harmful to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole. For purposes of this Agreement, no act, or failure to act, on the part of the Executive shall be deemed “intentional” if it was due primarily to an error in judgment or negligence, but shall be

 


 

deemed “intentional” only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in or not opposed to the best interest of the Company and its subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for “Cause” hereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the Board then in office at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Executive had committed an act set forth above in this Section 1(d) and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
          (e) A “Change in Control” shall be as defined in the Change in Control Employment Agreement, which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.
          (f) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
          (g) “Conditions Agreement” shall mean that certain Conditions of Employment agreement dated January 1, 2002 and executed by the Executive on February 25, 2002.
          (h) “Constructive Termination Without Cause” shall mean termination by the Executive of his employment at his initiative within 30 days following the Executive’s learning of the occurrence of any of the following events without his consent:
               (i) Failure to elect, reelect or otherwise maintain the Executive in the offices or positions in the Company or any subsidiary which the Executive held immediately prior to such termination, or the removal of the Executive as a Director of the Company (or any successor thereto) if the Executive shall have been a Director of the Company immediately prior to such termination, or the removal of the Executive as a member of the managing authority of any subsidiary if the Executive shall have been a member of such body immediately prior to such termination;
               (ii) Failure to elect or reelect the Executive to any of the positions described in Section 3 below;
               (iii) A significant adverse change in the nature or scope of the authorities, powers, functions, responsibilities or duties attached to the position or positions with the Company and its Subsidiaries which the Executive held immediately prior to such change, a reduction in the aggregate of the Executive’s Base Salary and incentive pay potential received from the Company and its subsidiaries, or the termination of the Executive’s rights to any employee benefits to which he was entitled immediately prior to such termination which would be material when viewed in light of all of the employee benefits provided to him taken as a whole or a reduction in scope or value thereof without the prior written consent of the Executive;
               (iv) any purported termination of the Executive’s employment that is not effected for Cause or Disability;
               (v) the expiration or termination by the Company of the Change in Control Employment Agreement unless replaced by an agreement providing benefits to the Executive that are no less favorable than the existing Change in Control Employment Agreement; or

2


 

               (vi) the failure of the Company to obtain the assumption in writing of its obligation to perform this Agreement by any successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company within 15 days after a merger, consolidation, sale or similar transaction.
Following written notice from the Executive of any of the events described above, the Company shall have 10 calendar days in which to cure. If the Company fails to cure, the Executive’s termination shall become effective on the 11th calendar day following the written notice.
          (i) “Date of Termination” shall mean the date on which the Executive incurs a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.
          (j) “Disability” shall mean the Executive’s permanent and total disability as defined by the Social Security Administration.
          (k) “Effective Date” shall be December 12, 2005.
          (l) “Equity Incentive Plan” shall mean the Company’s 1991 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of January 30, 1997, as amended.
          (m) “Pro Rata” shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that the Executive was employed in the applicable performance period (a calendar year in the case of an annual bonus and a performance cycle in the case of an award under the Equity Incentive Plan) and the denominator of which shall be the number of days in the applicable performance period.
          (n) “Shares” shall mean the Common Shares of the Company.
          (o) “Term of Employment” shall mean the period specified in Section 2 below (including any extension as provided therein).
     2.  Term of Employment .
          The Term of Employment shall begin on the Effective Date, and shall extend until the second anniversary of the Effective Date, with automatic one-year renewals thereafter unless either Party notifies the other at least 6 months before the scheduled expiration date that the term is not to renew. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Term of Employment may be earlier terminated by either Party in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.
     3.  Position, Duties and Responsibilities .
          (a) Commencing on the Effective Date and continuing for the remainder of the Term of Employment, the Executive shall be employed as the Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company and be responsible for the general management of the affairs of the Company. The Executive also shall be nominated to become a member of the Board, effective as of the Effective Date. The Executive, in carrying out his duties under this Agreement, shall report to the Board. During the term of this Agreement, the Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company and shall use his best efforts, skills and abilities to promote its interests.
          (b) Nothing herein shall preclude the Executive from (i) serving on the boards of directors of a reasonable number of other corporations with the concurrence of the Board, (ii)

3


 

serving on the boards of a reasonable number of trade associations and/or charitable organizations, (iii) engaging in charitable activities and community affairs, and (iv) managing his personal investments and affairs, provided that such activities set forth in this Section 3(b) do not conflict or interfere with the effective discharge of his duties and responsibilities under Section 3(a).
     4.  Base Salary .
          The Executive shall be paid an annualized Base Salary, payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company, of $550,000. The Base Salary shall be reviewed annually for increase in the discretion of the Board.
     5.  Annual Incentive Award .
          During the Term of Employment, commencing in 2006 the Executive shall have a bonus opportunity each year equal to 200% of Base Salary, payable in that amount if the maximum performance goals established for the relevant year are met. If such performance goals are not met, the Executive shall receive 40% of Base Salary if the threshold performance goals are met, and 100% of Base Salary if the target performance goals are met. The Executive shall be paid his annual incentive awards no later than other senior executives of the Company are paid their annual incentive awards.
     6.  Sign-on Arrangements .
          As soon as practicable following the Effective Date, the Company shall grant the Executive 150,000 options to purchase Shares with a seven year maturity, vesting as follows: one-half shall vest the day after Shares have traded at $50 per share or higher for 20 consecutive trading days, and one-half shall vest the day after the Shares have traded at $60 per share or higher for 20 consecutive trading days. Otherwise all 150,000 options will become exercisable on the sixth anniversary date of the award. The strike price for these options will be $37.87.
     7.  Additional Long-Term Incentive Awards .
          (a) Stock Options . The Executive shall be eligible for stock option awards commencing with awards in 2007, or sooner at the discretion of the Board, in accordance with Company practices applicable to its senior-level executives at the sole discretion of the Board.
          (b) Long-Term Incentive Plans . The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s Equity Incentive Plan (for the 2006-2008 and future award cycles) with a 20,000 share target and a 40,000 share maximum. The Executive also shall be eligible to participate in any other long-term incentive plan the Company may adopt, on a basis comparable to other senior-level executives.
     8.  Employee Benefit Programs .
          During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in any employee pension and welfare benefit plans and programs made available to the Company’s senior level executives, as such plans or programs may be in effect from time to time, including, without limitation, pension, profit sharing, 401(k) savings and other retirement plans or programs, medical, dental, hospitalization, short-term and long-term disability and life insurance plans, accidental death and dismemberment protection, travel accident insurance, and any other pension or retirement plans or programs and any other employee welfare benefit plans or programs that

4


 

may be sponsored by the Company from time to time, including any plans that supplement the above-listed types of plans or programs, whether funded or unfunded. The Executive’s participation shall be based on, and the calculation of all benefits shall be based on, the assumptions that the Executive has met all service-period or other requirements for such participation. The Executive shall be entitled to four weeks paid vacation per year of employment, which shall be subject to the Company’s vacation policy for senior executives.
     9.  Supplemental Pension .
          The Executive shall be provided a Supplemental Pension based upon the Company’s Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan II (the “SERP II”).
     10.  Reimbursement of Business and Other Expenses .
          The Executive is authorized to incur reasonable expenses in carrying out his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement and the Company shall promptly reimburse him for all reasonable business expenses incurred in connection with carrying out the business of the Company, subject to documentation in accordance with the Company’s policy.
     11.  Perquisites . The Executive shall receive standard Company executive perquisites, including, without limitation, the following:
          (a) The Executive shall be entitled to fly first-class in the event the Company does not have its own aircraft available for his use.
          (b) The Executive shall be provided a monthly car allowance for a luxury class automobile up to a maximum of $3,295 which, if taxable to the Executive, shall be provided on a tax grossed-up basis.
          (c) The Company shall reimburse the Executive for reasonable financial planning and tax preparation fees up to an annual maximum of $20,000.
          (d) The Executive shall be provided with dues and membership fees for one country club.
          (e) The Executive shall be entitled to an annual physical at the Company’s expense at the Cleveland Clinic (or equivalent facility).
All reimbursements under Section 10 or Section 11 shall be for expenses incurred by the Executive during the Term of Employment. In all events such reimbursement will be made no later than the end of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred. Each provision of reimbursements shall be considered a separate payment and not one of a series of payments for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. Any expense reimbursed by the Company in one taxable year in no event will affect the amount of expenses required to be reimbursed or in-kind benefits required to be provided by the Company in any other taxable year.
     12.  Termination of Employment .
          (a) Termination Due to Death . In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated due to his death, his estate or his beneficiaries, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the following benefits;

5


 

               (i) Base Salary through the end of the month in which death occurs, and paid consistent with regular payroll practices of the Company;
               (ii) Pro Rata annual incentive award for the year in which the Executive’s death occurs, if, and to the extent, such awards are payable, and paid when bonuses are paid to other officers;
               (iii) all outstanding options, whether or not then vested, shall vest and shall remain exercisable for a period of one year or until their stated expiration date, if earlier;
               (iv) Pro Rata long-term incentives shall be payable when scheduled to be paid (if, and to the extent, such awards are payable); and
               (v) a pre-retirement death benefit based on Section XII of the SERP II based on the Executive being deemed to have satisfied the eligibility requirements for a Supplemental Retirement Benefit under SERP II.
          (b) Termination Due to Disability . In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated due to his Disability, he shall be entitled to the following benefits:
               (i) disability benefits in accordance with the long-term disability program in effect for senior executives of the Company; provided, however, in no event shall such benefits provide the Executive with less than 60% of his Base Salary to age 65;
               (ii) Base Salary through the end of the month in which disability benefits commence, and paid consistent with the regular payroll practices of the Company;
               (iii) Pro Rata annual incentive award for the year in which the Executive’s termination occurs, if such awards are payable, subject to Section 12(k), and paid when bonuses are paid to others;
               (iv) all outstanding options, whether or not then vested, shall vest and shall remain exercisable for a period of one year or until their stated expiration date, if earlier;
               (v) Pro Rata long-term incentives shall be payable, subject Section 12(k), when scheduled to be paid (if, and to the extent, such awards are payable); and
               (vi) continued participation in all medical, dental, vision and hospitalization insurance coverage and in other employee benefit plans or programs covered by Section 8 in which he was participating on the Date of Termination until the earlier of 36 months following termination of employment or the date, or dates, he receives equivalent coverage and benefits from a subsequent employer; provided , however , that this continued participation does not include continued participation in either the qualified pension plan or the 401(k) plan. In the event the Company’s plans do not permit continuation of Executive’s participation in the benefit plans and programs covered by this Section 12(d)(vii), following his termination, then the Company shall itself pay or provide the benefits to the Executive. The Executive shall pay the cost, on an after-tax basis, for the continued health benefit coverage. Subject to Section 12(k), on or about January 31 of the year following the year in which the Date of Termination occurs and continuing on or about each January 31 until the year following the last year of the benefits period, the Company will make a payment to the Executive such that, after payment of all taxes incurred by the Executive as a result of the Executive’s receipt of the continued health benefit coverage and

6


 

payment by the Company, the Executive retains an amount equal to the amount the Executive paid during the immediately preceding calendar year for the health benefit coverage described in this Section.
          In no event shall a termination of the Executive’s employment for Disability occur until the Party terminating his employment gives written notice to the other Party in accordance with Section 23 below.
          (c) Termination by the Company for Cause . In the event the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause:
               (i) he shall be entitled to Base Salary through the Date of Termination, paid consistent with the regular payroll practices of the Company;
               (ii) all outstanding options which are not then vested shall be forfeited; vested options shall remain exercisable until the earlier of the thirtieth day after the date of termination or the originally scheduled expiration date of the options, unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise;
          (d) Termination without Cause or Constructive Termination without Cause . In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, other than due to Disability or death, or in the event there is a Constructive Termination without Cause, the Executive shall be entitled to the following benefits:
               (i) Base Salary through the Date of Termination, paid consistent with regular payroll practices of the Company;
               (ii) Base Salary, at the annualized rate in effect on the Date of Termination, for a period of 24 months following such termination, payable, subject to Section 12(k), promptly following the Date of Termination in a lump sum;
               (iii) a Pro Rata annual incentive award for the year in which termination occurs, based on the time the executive was employed in that year if, and to the extent, such awards are otherwise earned, to be paid in a single installment, subject to Section 12(k), when such awards are paid to others in the year following the year of termination;
               (iv) an annual incentive award at twice the Target bonus level for the year in which termination occurs, promptly payable, subject to Section 12(k), in a single installment after his termination;
               (v) all outstanding options, whether or not then vested, shall vest and shall remain exercisable for a period of two years or until the end of their term, if less;
               (vi) Pro Rata long-term incentives shall be payable, subject to Section 12(k), when scheduled to be paid (if, and to the extent, such awards are payable); and
               (vii) continued participation in all medical, dental, vision and hospitalization insurance coverage and in other employee benefit plans or programs covered by Section 8 in which he was participating on the date of the termination of his employment until the earlier of 24 months following termination of employment or the date, or dates, he receives equivalent coverage and benefits from a subsequent employer; provided , however , that this

7


 

continued participation does not include continued participation in either the qualified pension plan or the 401(k) plan. In the event the Company’s plans do not permit continuation of Executive’s participation in the benefit plans and programs covered by this Section 12(d)(vii), following his termination, then the Company shall itself pay or provide the benefit to the Executive. The Executive shall pay cost, on an after-tax basis, for the continued health benefit coverage, subject to Section 12(k), on or about January 31 of the year following the year in which the Date of Termination occurs and continuing on or about each January 31 until the year following the last year of the benefits period the Company will make a payment to the Executive such that, after payment of all taxes incurred by the Executive as a result of the Executive’s receipt of the continued health benefit coverage and payment by the Company, the Executive retains an amount equal to the amount the Executive paid during the immediately preceding calendar year for the health benefit coverage described in this Section.
          (e) Voluntary Termination . A termination of employment by the Executive on his own initiative, other than a termination due to Disability or a Constructive Termination without Cause, shall have the same consequences as provided in Section 12(c) for a termination for Cause. A voluntary termination under this Section 12(e) shall be effective on the date specified in the Executive’s written notice.
          (f) Non-renewal by the Company . In the event that the Company notifies the Executive pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement that the Term of Employment shall not renew, the Executive shall be entitled to the same benefits as provided in Section 12(d); provided , however , that the period for which entitlements are provided shall be 12 months instead of 24 months in all subsections where such period applies.
          (g) Consequences of a Change in Control . The Executive’s entitlements relating to a Change in Control of the Company shall be determined in accordance with the Change in Control Employment Agreement which is attached hereto as Exhibit A. In addition, in the event of a Change in Control, the options referred to in Section 6 shall immediately vest and become fully exercisable. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Change in Control Employment Agreement after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Change in Control Employment Agreement shall control and there shall be no duplication of benefits.
          (h) Other Termination Benefits . In the case of any of the foregoing terminations, the Executive or his estate shall also be entitled to:
               (i) the balance of any incentive awards due for performance periods which have been completed, but which have not yet been paid;
               (ii) any expense reimbursements due the Executive; and
               (iii) other benefits, if any, in accordance with applicable plans and programs of the Company.
          (i) No Mitigation; No Offset . In the event of any termination of employment under this Section 12, the Executive shall be under no obligation to seek other employment and there shall be no offset against amounts due the Executive under this Agreement on account of any remuneration attributable to any subsequent employment that he may obtain.

8


 

          (j) Nature of Payments . Any amounts due under this Section 12 are in the nature of severance payments considered to be reasonable by the Company and are not in the nature of a penalty.
          (k) Timing of Payments . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i) and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time) on the Date of Termination, then amounts that otherwise would be payable pursuant to Sections 12(b)(iii), 12(b)(v), 12(b)(vi), 12(d)(ii), 12(d)(iii), 12(d)(iv), 12(d)(vi) and 12(d)(vii) of this Agreement (as well as any other payment or benefit that the Executive is entitled to receive upon his separation from service and that would be considered to be deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code) during the six-month period immediately following the Date of Termination will instead be paid or made available on the earlier of the first day of the seventh month following the Executive’s Date of Termination and the Executive’s death.
     13.  Non-Competition .
          (a) The Executive agrees that during the Executive’s employment with the Company and for a period of two (2) years following the termination of such employment, whether termination is by the Executive or by the Company, and regardless of the reasons therefore, the Executive shall not engage in any activity as an employee, principal, agent or consultant for another entity, and in a capacity, that directly competes with the company or any of its related entities including subsidiaries, affiliates and partnerships, in any actual product, service, or business activity (or in any product, service, or business activity which was under active development while the Executive was employed by Company if such development is being actively pursued during such two (2) year period by the Company), in any territory in which the Company or any of its related entities including subsidiaries, affiliates and partnerships, manufactures, sells, markets, services, or installs such product or service, or engages in such business activity.
          (b) The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that, in the event of the termination of his employment with the Company, the Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that the Executive can obtain employment in business activities which do not compete with the Company, and that the enforcement of this Agreement by way of injunction shall not prevent the Executive from earning a reasonable livelihood. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the covenants contained herein are necessary for the protection of the Company’s legitimate business interests and are reasonable in scope and duration.
     14.  No Solicitation of Employees .
          The Executive agrees that during his employment with the Company and for a period of two (2) years following the termination of such employment, whether termination is by the Executive or by the Company, regardless of the reasons therefore, the Executive will not directly or indirectly (a) induce or assist others in inducing any person who is an employee, officer, consultant, or agent of the Company or its affiliates to give up employment or business affiliation with the Company or its affiliates; or (b) employ or associate in business with any person who is employed by or associated in business with the Company during the two-year period prior to the termination of the Executive’s employment. In the event that the scope of the restrictions in Sections 13 or 14 are found overly broad, Executive agrees that a court should reform the restrictions by limiting them to the maximum reasonable scope.

9


 

     15.  Confidentiality . In addition to his obligations under the Conditions Agreement, which remain in full force and effect:
          (a) The Executive agrees that he will not, at any time during the Term of Employment or thereafter, disclose or use any trade secret, proprietary or confidential information of the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, obtained during the course of his employment, except as required in the course of such employment or with the written permission of the Company or, as applicable, any subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company or as may be required by law, provided that, if the Executive receives legal process with regard to disclosure of such information, he shall promptly notify the Company and cooperate with the Company, at the Company’s sole expense, in seeking a protective order.
          (b) The Executive agrees that at the time of the termination of his employment with the Company, whether at the instance of the Executive or the Company, and regardless of the reasons therefor, he will deliver to the Company, and not keep or deliver to anyone else, any and all notes, files, memoranda, papers and, in general, any and all physical matter containing information, including any and all documents significant to the conduct of the business of the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company which are in his possession, except for any documents for which the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company has given written consent to removal at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment and his personal rolodex, personal files, phone book and similar items.
          (c) The Executive agrees that the Company’s remedies at law would be inadequate in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 13; accordingly, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to its rights at law, to seek an injunction and other equitable relief without the need to post a bond.
     16.  Resolution of Disputes .
          Any disputes arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be resolved by third party mediation of the dispute and, failing that, at the election of the Executive by binding arbitration, to be held in Cleveland, Ohio, in accordance with the rules and procedures of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each Party shall bear his or its own costs of the mediation, arbitration or litigation. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 16, the parties agree that in the event of any alleged breach by the Executive of any of his obligations under Sections 13, 14, or 15, then the arbitration requirements of this Section 16 shall not apply, and that instead, the Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to seek relief in a court of general jurisdiction in the State of Ohio, and the parties hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court. In addition, in connection with any such court action, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law available to the Company for breach by Executive of any of his obligations under Sections 13, 14, and 15 of this Agreement would be inadequate and that damages flowing from such a breach would not readily be susceptible to being measured in monetary terms. Accordingly, the Executive acknowledges, consents and agrees that, in addition to any other rights or remedies which the Company may have at law, in equity or under this Agreement, upon adequate proof of the Executive’s violation of any provision of Sections 13, 14, and 15 of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to immediate injunctive relief and may obtain a temporary order restraining any threatened or further breach, without the necessity of proof of actual damage.

10


 

     17.  Assignability: Binding Nature .
          This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors, heirs (in the case of the Executive) and assigns. Rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by the Company pursuant to a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the continuing entity, or the sale or liquidation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, provided that the assignee or transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and such assignee or transferee assumes the liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company, as contained in this Agreement, either contractually or as a matter of law. The Company further agrees that, in the event of a sale of assets or liquidation as described in the preceding sentence, it shall take whatever action it reasonably can in order to cause such assignee or transferee to expressly assume the liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company hereunder. No rights or obligations of the Executive under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by the Executive other than his rights to compensation and benefits, which may be transferred only by will or operation of law.
     18.  Entire Agreement .
          This Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement between the Parties concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, discussions, negotiations and undertakings, whether written or oral, between the Parties with respect thereto.
     19.  Amendment or Waiver .
          No provision in this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and an authorized officer of the Company. No waiver by either Party of any breach by the other Party of any condition or provision contained in this Agreement to be performed by such other Party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar condition or provision at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Any waiver must be in writing and signed by the Executive or an authorized officer of the Company, as the case may be.
     20.  Severability .
          In the event that any provision or portion of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law so as to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.
     21.  Survivorship .
          Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, the respective rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder shall survive any termination of the Executive’s employment. This Agreement itself (as distinguished from the Executive’s employment) may not be terminated by either Party without the written consent of the other Party. Upon the expiration of the term of the Agreement, the respective rights and obligations of the Parties shall survive such expiration to the extent necessary to carry out the intentions of the Parties an embodied in the rights (such as vested rights) and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement.

11


 

     22.  References .
          In the event of the Executive’s death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to the Executive shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.
     23.  Governing Law .
          This Agreement shall be governed in accordance with the laws of Ohio without reference to principles of conflict of laws.
     24.  Notices .
          All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when (a) delivered personally, (b) delivered by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or (c) delivered by overnight courier (provided that a written acknowledgment of receipt is obtained by the overnight courier) to the Party concerned at the address indicated below or to such changed address as such Party may subsequently give such notice of:
          If to the Company:
Diebold, Incorporated
5995 Mayfair Road
North Canton, Ohio 44720

Attention: Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer
          If to the Executive:
Thomas W. Swidarski
7574 Elderkin Court
Hudson, Ohio 44236
     25.  Heading .
          The headings of the sections contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
     26.  Counterparts .
          This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts.
     27. Code Section 409A Compliance.
          To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement will be administered in a manner consistent with this intent. References to Section 409A of the Code will include any proposed, temporary or final regulation, or any other formal guidance, promulgated with respect to such section by the U.S. Department of Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service. Each payment to be

12


 

made to the Executive under the provisions of this Agreement will be considered to be a separate payment and not one of a series of payments for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
The Company
                 
By:
               
 
 
 
     
 
   
Sheila M. Rutt       Thomas W. Swidarski
Vice President,            
Chief Human Resources Officer            

13

Exhibit 10.29
(DIEBOLD LOGO)
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), dated as of ___by and between DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED, an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), and Thomas W. Swidarski (“the Executive”);
WITNESSETH :
     WHEREAS, the Executive is a senior executive who has made and is expected to continue to make major contributions to the profitability, growth and financial strength of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined);
     WHEREAS, the Company recognizes that, as is the case for most publicly held companies, the possibility of a Change in Control (as that term is hereafter defined) exists;
     WHEREAS, the Company desires to assure itself and its Subsidiaries of both present and future continuity of management in the event of a Change in Control and desires to establish certain minimum compensation rights for key senior executive officers, including the Executive, applicable in the event of a Change in Control;
     WHEREAS, the Company wishes to ensure that senior executives are not practically disabled from discharging their duties upon a Change in Control;
     WHEREAS, this Agreement is not intended to alter materially the compensation and benefits which the Executive could reasonably expect to receive absent a Change in Control and, accordingly, although effective and binding as of the date hereof, this Agreement shall become operative only upon the occurrence of a Change in Control; and
     WHEREAS, the Executive is willing to render services on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:
     1.  Operation of Agreement : (a) This Agreement, which amends and restates the Employment Agreement between the Company and the Executive dated December 12, 2005, shall be effective and binding immediately upon its execution, but, anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement shall not become operative unless and until there shall have occurred a Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall have occurred if at any time during the Term (as that term is hereafter defined) any of the following events shall occur:
          (i) The Company is merged or consolidated or reorganized into or with another corporation or other legal person, and as a result of such merger, consolidation or reorganization less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such corporation or person immediately after such transaction is held in the aggregate by the holders of Voting Stock (as that term is hereafter defined) of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;
          (ii) The Company sells or otherwise transfers all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation or other legal person, and as a result of such sale or transfer less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such corporation or person immediately after such sale or transfer is held in the aggregate by the holders of Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such sale or transfer;

 


 

          (iii) There is a report filed on Schedule 13D or Schedule 14D-1 (or any successor schedule, form or report), each as promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), disclosing that any person (as the term “person” is used in Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) has become the beneficial owner (as the term “beneficial owner” is defined under Rule 13d-3 or any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act) of securities representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company (“Voting Stock”);
          (iv) The Company files a report or proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act disclosing in response to Form 8-K or Schedule 14A (or any successor schedule, form or report or item therein) that a change in control of the Company has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future pursuant to any then-existing contract or transaction; or
          (v) If during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of each Director of the Company first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors of the Company then still in office who were Directors of the Company at the beginning of any such period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv) hereof, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Agreement either (i) solely because (A) the Company, (B) a Subsidiary of the Company, or (C) any Company-sponsored employee stock ownership plan or any other employee benefit plan of the Company, either files or becomes obligated to file a report or a proxy statement under or in response to Schedule 13D, Schedule 14D-1, Form 8-K or Schedule 14A (or any successor schedule, form or report or item therein) under the Exchange Act, disclosing beneficial ownership by it of shares of Voting Stock, whether in excess of 20% or otherwise, or because the Company reports that a change in control of the Company has or may have occurred or will or may occur in the future by reason of such beneficial ownership or (ii) solely because of a change in control of any Subsidiary by which the Executive may be employed. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Sections 1(a)(i-iv) hereof, if, prior to any event described in Sections 1(a)(i-iv) hereof instituted by any person not an officer or director of the Company, or prior to any disclosed proposal instituted by any person not an officer or director of the Company which could lead to any such event, management proposes any restructuring of the Company which ultimately leads to an event described in Sections 1(a)(i-iv) hereof pursuant to such management proposal, then a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Agreement.
          (b) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control at any time during the Term, this Agreement shall become immediately operative, except that in the event that any such agreement to merge, consolidate, reorganize or sell or otherwise transfer assets referred to in Section 1(a)(i) or 1(a)(ii) is terminated without such merger, consolidation, reorganization or sale or transfer having been consummated, or the person filing such Schedule 13D or Schedule 14D-1 referred to in Section 1(a)(iii) files an amendment to such Schedules disclosing that it no longer is the beneficial owner of securities representing 20% or more of the Voting Stock of the Company, or the Company reports that the change of control which it reported in the filing referred to in Section 1(a)(iv) will not in fact occur, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) may by notice to the Executive nullify the operation of this Agreement by reason of such Change in Control, without prejudice to any exercise by the Executive of his rights under this Agreement that may have occurred prior to such nullification.
          (c) The period during which this Agreement shall be in effect (the “Term”) shall commence as of the date hereof and shall expire as of the later of (i) the close of business on December 31, 2011 and (ii) the expiration of the Period of Employment (as that term is hereafter defined), provided, however, that (A) commencing on January 1, 2009 and each January 1 thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for an additional year unless, not later than September 30 of the immediately preceding year, the Company or the Executive shall have given notice that it or he, as the case may be, does not wish to have the Term extended, and (B) subject to Section 8 hereof, if, at any time prior to a Change in Control, the Executive for any reason is no longer an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, thereupon the Term shall be deemed to have expired and this Agreement shall immediately terminate and be of no further effect.

2


 

     2.  Employment; Period of Employment : (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Company shall continue the Executive in the employ of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Executive shall remain in such employ for the period set forth in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Period of Employment”). During the Period of Employment, the Executive agrees to serve in such office or offices of the Company or any Subsidiary to which the Board or the managing authority of any Subsidiary may from time to time elect or appoint him. Throughout the Period of Employment, the Executive shall devote substantially all of his time during normal business hours (subject to vacations, sick leave and other absences in accordance with the policies of the Company and its Subsidiaries as in effect for senior executives immediately prior to the Change in Control) to the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries, but nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Executive from devoting reasonable periods of time during normal business hours to (i) serving as a director, trustee or member of or participant in any organization or business so long as such activity would not constitute Competitive Activity (as that term is hereafter defined), (ii) engaging in charitable and community activities, or (iii) managing his personal investments.
          (b) The Period of Employment shall commence on the date of an occurrence of a Change in Control and, subject only to the provisions of Section 4 hereof, shall continue until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the third anniversary of the occurrence of the Change in Control, (ii) the Executive’s death, or (iii) the Executive’s attainment of age 65; provided, however, that commencing on each anniversary of the Change in Control, the Period of Employment shall automatically be extended for an additional year unless, not later than 90 calendar days prior to such anniversary date, either the Company or the Executive shall have given written notice to the other that the Period of Employment shall not be so extended.
          (c) As used in this Agreement, the term “Subsidiary” means a corporation, company or other entity (i) more than 50 percent of whose outstanding shares or securities (representing the right to vote for the election of directors or other managing authority) are, or (ii) which does not have outstanding shares or securities (as may be the case in a partnership, joint venture or unincorporated association), but more than 50 percent of whose ownership interest representing the right generally to make decisions for such other entity is, now or hereafter, owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company, but such corporation, company or other entity shall be deemed to be a Subsidiary only so long as such ownership or control exists.
     3.  Compensation During Period of Employment : (a) For his services pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Executive shall receive during the Period of Employment (i) annual base salary at a rate not less than the Executive’s annual fixed or base compensation (payable monthly or otherwise as in effect for senior executives of the Company immediately prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control) or such higher rate as may be approved from time to time by the Board or the Compensation Committee thereof (the “Committee”) (which base salary at such rate is herein referred to as “Base Pay”) and (ii) an annual amount equal to not less than the highest aggregate annual bonus, incentive or other payments of cash compensation in addition to the amounts referred to in clause (i) above made or to be made in regard to services rendered in any calendar year during the two calendar years immediately preceding the year in which the Change in Control occurred pursuant to any bonus, incentive, profit-sharing, performance, discretionary pay or similar policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company or any Subsidiary or any successor thereto providing benefits at least as great as the benefits payable thereunder prior to a Change in Control (“Incentive Pay”), provided, however, that with the prior written consent of the Executive, nothing herein shall preclude a change in the mix between Base Pay and Incentive Pay so long as the aggregate cash compensation received by the Executive in any one calendar year is not reduced in connection therewith or as a result thereof, and provided further, however, that in no event shall any increase in the Executive’s aggregate cash compensation or any portion thereof in any way diminish any other obligation of the Company under this Agreement.
          (b) For his services pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, during the Period of Employment the Executive shall be a full participant in, and shall be entitled to the perquisites, benefits and service credit for benefits as provided under, any and all employee retirement income and welfare benefit policies, plans, programs or arrangements in which senior executives of the Company or its Subsidiaries participate, including without limitation any stock option, stock purchase, stock appreciation, restricted stock grant, savings, pension, supplemental executive retirement or other retirement income or welfare benefit, deferred compensation, group and/or executive life, health, medical/hospital or other insurance (whether funded by actual insurance or self-insured by the Company or any Subsidiary), disability, salary continuation, expense reimbursement and

3


 

other employee benefit policies, plans, programs or arrangements that may now exist or any equivalent successor policies, plans, programs or arrangements that may be adopted hereafter by the Company or any Subsidiary providing perquisites, benefits and service credit for benefits at least as great as are payable thereunder prior to a Change in Control (collectively, “Employee Benefits”), provided, however, that except as expressly provided in, and subject to the terms of, Section 5(a)(ii) hereof, the Executive’s rights thereunder shall be governed by the terms thereof and shall not be enlarged hereunder or otherwise affected hereby. Subject to the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence, if and to the extent such perquisites, benefits or service credit for benefits are not payable or provided under any such policy, plan, program or arrangement as a result of the amendment or termination thereof, then the Company shall itself pay or provide therefor. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude improvement or enhancement of any such Employee Benefits, provided that no such improvement shall in any way diminish any other obligation of the Company under this Agreement.
     (c) (i) The Company has determined that the amounts payable pursuant to this Section 3 constitute reasonable compensation for services to be rendered during the Period of Employment. Accordingly, notwithstanding any other provision hereof, unless such action would be expressly prohibited by applicable law, if any amount paid or payable pursuant to this Section 3 for services to be rendered during the Period of Employment, or pursuant to Section 5, or pursuant to or by reason of any other agreement, policy, plan, program or arrangement (collectively “Other Agreements”) is subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the Company will pay to the Executive an additional amount in cash equal to the amount necessary to cause the aggregate remuneration received by the Executive under this Section 3 for services to be rendered during the Period of Employment, or Section 5, or the Other Agreements, including such additional cash payment (net of all federal, state and local income taxes and all taxes payable as the result of the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code) to be equal to the aggregate remuneration the Executive would have received under this Section 3 for services to be rendered during the Period of Employment, or Section 5, or the Other Agreements, excluding such additional payment (net of all federal, state and local income taxes), as if Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code (and any successor provisions thereto) had not been enacted into law.
          (ii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3(c) to the contrary and subject to the first paragraph of Section 5(a), the payments described in Section 3(c)(i) shall be paid or reimbursed within five business days after the Executive submits evidence of incurrence of such taxes and/or expenses, provided that in all events such reimbursement will be made no later than the end of the year following the year in which the applicable taxes are remitted or, in the case of reimbursement of expenses incurred due to a tax audit or litigation to which there is no remittance of taxes, no later than the end of the year following the year in which the audit is completed or there is a final and nonappealable settlement or other resolution of the litigation in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v). Each provision of reimbursements pursuant to this Section 3(c) shall be considered a separate payment and not one of a series of payments for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. Any expense reimbursed by the Company in one taxable year in no event will affect the amount of expenses required to be reimbursed or in-kind benefits required to be provided by the Company in any other taxable year.
     4.  Termination Following a Change in Control : (a) In the event of the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Executive’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries may be terminated by the Company and its Subsidiaries during the Period of Employment and the Executive shall not be entitled to the benefits provided by Section 5 hereof only upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events:
          (i) The Executive’s death;
          (ii) If the Executive shall become permanently disabled within the meaning of, and begins actually to receive disability benefits pursuant to, the long-term disability plan in effect for senior executives of the Company and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to the Change in Control; or
          (iii) For “Cause,” which for purposes of this Agreement shall mean that, prior to any termination pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof, the Executive shall have committed:

4


 

          (A) an intentional act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with his duties or in the course of his employment with the Company or any Subsidiary;
          (B) intentional wrongful damage to property of the Company or any Subsidiary;
          (C) intentional wrongful disclosure of secret processes or confidential information of the Company or any Subsidiary; or
          (D) intentional wrongful engagement in any competitive activity which would constitute a material breach of the duty of loyalty (“Competitive Activity”);
and any such act shall have been materially harmful to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. For purposes of this Agreement, no act, or failure to act, on the part of the Executive shall be deemed “intentional” if it was due primarily to an error in judgment or negligence, but shall be deemed “intentional” only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in or not opposed to the best interest of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for “Cause” hereunder unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the Board then in office at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Executive had committed an act set forth above in this Section 4(a)(iii) and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. Nothing herein shall limit the right of the Executive or his beneficiaries to contest the validity or propriety of any such determination.
          (b) In the event of the occurrence of a Change in Control, during the Period of Employment the Executive shall be entitled to the benefits as provided in Section 5 hereof upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events:
          (i) Any termination by the Company and its Subsidiaries of the employment of the Executive prior to the date upon which the Executive shall have attained age 65, which termination shall be for any reason other than for Cause or as a result of the death of the Executive or by reason of the Executive’s disability and the actual receipt of disability benefits in accordance with Section 4(a)(ii) hereof; or
          (ii) Termination by the Executive of his employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries during the Period of Employment after the Change in Control upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
          (A) Failure to elect, reelect or otherwise maintain the Executive in the offices or positions in the Company or any Subsidiary which the Executive held immediately prior to a Change in Control, or the removal of the Executive as a Director of the Company (or any successor thereto) if the Executive shall have been a Director of the Company immediately prior to the Change in Control, or the removal of the Executive as a member of the managing authority of any Subsidiary if the Executive shall have been a member of such body immediately prior to the Change in Control;
          (B) A significant adverse change in the nature or scope of the authorities, powers, functions, responsibilities or duties attached to the position or positions with the Company and its Subsidiaries which the Executive held immediately prior to the Change in Control, a reduction in the aggregate of the Executive’s Base Pay and Incentive Pay received from the Company and its Subsidiaries, or the termination of the Executive’s rights to any Employee Benefits to which he was entitled immediately prior to the Change in Control or a reduction in scope or value thereof without the prior written consent of the Executive, any of which is not remedied within 10 calendar days after receipt by the Company of written notice from the Executive of such change, reduction or termination, as the case may be;
          (C) A determination by the Executive made in good faith that as a result of a Change in Control and a change in circumstances thereafter significantly affecting his position, including without limitation a change in the scope of the business or other activities for which he was responsible immediately prior to the

5


 

Change in Control, he has been rendered substantially unable to carry out, has been substantially hindered in the performance of, or has suffered a substantial reduction in, any of the authorities, powers, functions, responsibilities or duties attached to the position held by the Executive immediately prior to the Change in Control, which situation is not remedied within 10 calendar days after written notice to the Company from the Executive of such determination;
          (D) The liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company or transfer of all or a significant portion of its business and/or assets, unless the successor or successors (by liquidation, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to which all or a significant portion of its business and/or assets have been transferred (directly or by operation of law) shall have assumed all duties and obligations of the Company under this Agreement pursuant to Section 10 hereof;
          (E) The Company shall relocate its principal executive offices, or the Company or any Subsidiary shall require the Executive to have his principal location of work changed, to any location which is in excess of 25 miles from the location thereof immediately prior to the Change in Control or the Company or any Subsidiary shall require the Executive to travel away from his office in the course of discharging his responsibilities or duties hereunder significantly more (in terms of either consecutive days or aggregate days in any calendar year) than was required of him prior to the Change in Control without, in either case, his prior written consent; or
          (F) Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, any material breach of this Agreement by the Company or any successor thereto.
          (c) A termination by the Company and its Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 4(a) hereof or by the Executive pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof shall not affect any rights which the Executive may have pursuant to any agreement, policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company or any Subsidiary providing Employee Benefits, which rights shall be governed by the terms thereof. If this Agreement or the employment of the Executive is terminated under circumstances in which the Executive is not entitled to any payments under Section 3 or 5 hereof, the Executive shall have no further obligation or liability to the Company hereunder with respect to his prior or any future employment.
     5.  Severance Compensation : (a) If, following the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall terminate the Executive’s employment during the Period of Employment other than pursuant to Section 4(a) hereof, or if the Executive shall terminate his employment pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof, the Company shall pay to the Executive the amount specified in Section 5(a)(i) hereof within five business days after the Termination Date (as that term is defined in Section 5(b)); provided, however, if the Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i) and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time), then amounts that otherwise would be payable pursuant to Sections 3(c), 5(a), 5(e) and 7(a) of this Agreement (as well as any other payment or benefit that the Executive is entitled to receive upon his separation from service and that would be considered to be deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code) during the six-month period immediately following the Termination Date will instead be paid or made available on the earlier of the first day of the seventh month following the Executive’s Termination Date and the Executive’s death:
          (i) In lieu of any further payments to the Executive for periods subsequent to the Termination Date, but without affecting the rights of the Executive referred to in Section 5(b) hereof, a lump sum payment (the “Severance Payment”) in an amount equal to three times the Base Pay of the Executive.
          (ii) Commencing the Termination Date and continuing until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the first anniversary of the Termination Date, (ii) the Executive’s death, or (iii) the Executive’s attainment of age 65 (the “Benefits Period”), the Company shall continue to provide the Executive with medical, dental, vision, and prescription drug benefits (collectively “health benefits”) and life insurance benefits substantially similar to those which the Executive was receiving or entitled to receive immediately prior to the Termination Date (and if and to the extent that such benefits shall not or cannot be paid or provided under any policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company or its Subsidiaries solely due to the fact that the Executive is no longer an officer or employee of the Company and its

6


 

Subsidiaries, then the Company shall itself pay or provide for the payment to the Executive, his dependents and beneficiaries, such health benefits and life insurance benefits). The Executive shall pay the cost, on an after-tax basis, for the continued health benefit coverage, on or about January 31 of the year following the year in which the Termination Date occurs and continuing on or about each January 31 until the year following the last year of the Benefits Period, and, subject to the first paragraph of this Section 5(a), concurrently therewith the Company will make a payment to the Executive such that, after payment of all taxes incurred by the Executive as a result of the Executive’s receipt of the continued health benefit coverage and payment by the Company, the Executive retains an amount equal to the amount the Executive paid during the immediately preceding calendar year for the health benefit coverage described in this Section. Without otherwise limiting the purposes or effect of Section 6 hereof, benefits payable to the Executive pursuant to this Section 5(a)(ii) by reason of any “welfare benefit plan” of the Company (as the term “welfare benefit plan” is defined in Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) shall be reduced to the extent comparable welfare benefits are actually received by the Executive from another employer during the Benefits Period.
          (b) For purposes of this Agreement, “Termination Date” means the date on with the Executive incurs a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Each payment to be made to the Executive under the provisions of this Agreement will be considered to be a separate payment and not one of a series of payments for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.
          (c) There shall be no right of set-off or counterclaim in respect of any claim, debt or obligation against any payment to or benefit for the Executive provided for in this Agreement.
          (d) Without limiting the rights of the Executive at law or in equity, if the Company fails to make any payment required to be made hereunder on a timely basis, the Company shall pay interest on the amount thereof at an annualized rate of interest equal to twelve percent (12%).
          (e) Subject to the first paragraph of Section 5(a), the Company will pay the Executive a lump sum payment in an amount equal to the additional benefits that the Executive would have accrued under each qualified or nonqualified pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation or supplemental plan maintained by the Company for the Executive’s benefit had the Executive continued his employment with the Company for one additional year following his Termination Date assuming the Executive was fully vested under such plans.
     6.  No Mitigation Obligation : The Company hereby acknowledges that it will be difficult, and may be impossible, for the Executive to find reasonably comparable employment following the Termination Date. In addition, the Company acknowledges that its severance pay plans applicable in general to its salaried employees do not provide for mitigation, offset or reduction of any severance payment received thereunder. Accordingly, the parties hereto expressly agree that the payment of the severance compensation by the Company to the Executive in accordance with the terms of this Agreement will be liquidated damages, and that the Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall any profits, income, earnings or other benefits from any source whatsoever create any mitigation, offset, reduction or any other obligation on the part of the Executive hereunder or otherwise.
     7.  Indemnification of Legal Fees and Expenses; Security for Payment : (a) Indemnification of Legal Fees . It is the intent of the Company that the Executive not be required to incur the expenses associated with the enforcement of his rights under this Agreement by litigation or other legal action because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to the Executive hereunder. Accordingly, if it should appear to the Executive that the Company has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation designed to deny, or to recover from, the Executive the benefits intended to be provided to the Executive hereunder, the Company irrevocably authorizes the Executive from time to time to retain counsel of his choice, at the expense of the Company as hereafter provided, to represent the Executive in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Company or any Subsidiary, Director, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Company, in any jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any existing or prior attorney-client relationship between the Company and

7


 

such counsel, the Company irrevocably consents to the Executive’s entering into an attorney-client relationship with such counsel, and in that connection the Company and the Executive agree that a confidential relationship shall exist between the Executive and such counsel. The Company shall pay or cause to be paid and shall be solely responsible for any and all attorneys’ and related fees and expenses incurred by the Executive as a result of the Company’s failure to perform this Agreement or any provision hereof or as a result of the Company or any person contesting the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any provision hereof as aforesaid, provided any such reimbursement of attorneys’ and related fees and expenses shall be made not later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the Executive incurred the expense. In no event will the amount of expenses so reimbursed by the Company in one year affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year.
          (b) Trust Agreements . To ensure that the provisions of this Agreement can be enforced by the Executive, two agreements (“Trust Agreement” and “Trust Agreement No. 2”) dated as of February 10, 1989, have been established between National City Bank, a national banking association (“Trustee”) and the Company. The Trust Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions relating to payment from the Trust Agreement of the Severance Payment and other Employee Benefits pursuant to Section 5(a) hereof owed by the Company, and Trust Agreement No. 2 sets forth the terms and conditions relating to payment from Trust Agreement No. 2 of attorneys’ and related fees and expenses pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof owed by the Company. Executive shall make demand on the Company for any payments due Executive pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof prior to making demand therefor on the Trustee under Trust Agreement No. 2. Payments by such Trustee shall discharge the Company’s liability under Section 7(a) hereof only to the extent that trust assets are used to satisfy such liability.
          (c) Obligation of the Company to Fund Trusts . Upon the earlier to occur of (X) a Change in Control that involves a transaction that was not approved by the Board, and was not recommended to the Company’s shareholders by the Board, (Y) a declaration by the Board that the Trusts should be funded in connection with a Change in Control that involves a transaction that was approved by the Board, or was recommended to shareholders by the Board, or (Z) a declaration by the Board that a Change in Control is imminent, the Company shall promptly , to the extent it has not previously done so and to the extent the amount contributed would not be treated as property transferred in connection with the performances of services for purposes of Code Section 83, as provided in Section 409A(b)(3) of the Code, and in any event within five (5) business days:
          (i) transfer to the Trustee to be added to the principal of the trust under the Trust Agreement a sum equal to the aggregate value on the date of the Change in Control of the Severance Payment and Employee Benefits which could become payable to Executive under the provisions of Section 5(a)(i) and Section 5(a)(ii) hereof; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to transfer, in the aggregate, to the trust under the Trust Agreement a sum in excess of the maximum amount authorized by its Board by resolutions on February 10, 1989, which resolutions contemplate the funding of the trust under the Trust Agreement. Any Severance Payment or other payment of Employee Benefits by the Trustee pursuant to the Trust Agreement shall, to the extent thereof, discharge the Company’s obligation to pay the Severance Payment and other Employee Benefits hereunder, it being the intent of the Company that assets in such Trust be held as security for the Company’s obligation to pay the Severance Payment and other Employee Benefits under this Agreement; and
          (ii) transfer to the Trustee to be added to the principal of the trust under Trust Agreement No. 2 the sum of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000). Any payments of attorneys’ and related fees and expenses, which are the obligation of the Company under Section 7(a) hereof, by the Trustee pursuant to Trust Agreement No. 2 shall, to the extent thereof, discharge the Company’s obligation hereunder, it being the intent of the Company that such assets in such Trust be held as security for the Company’s obligation under Section 7(a) hereof.
     8.  Employment Rights : Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement shall create any right or duty on the part of the Company or the Executive to have the Executive remain in the employment of the Company or any Subsidiary prior to any Change in Control, provided, however, that any termination of employment of the Executive or the removal of the Executive from such Executive’s office or position following the commencement of any discussion with a third person that ultimately results in a Change in Control shall be deemed to be a termination or removal of the Executive after a Change in Control for purposes of this Agreement.

8


 

     9.  Withholding of Taxes : The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement all federal, state, city or other taxes as shall be required pursuant to any law or government regulation or ruling.
     10.  Successors and Binding Agreement : (a) The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor to the Company, including without limitation any persons acquiring directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (and such successor shall thereafter be deemed the “Company” for the purposes of this Agreement), but shall not otherwise be assignable, transferable or delegable by the Company.
          (b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees and/or legatees.
          (c) This Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign, transfer or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder except as expressly provided in Section 10(a) hereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Executive’s right to receive payments hereunder shall not be assignable, transferable or delegable, whether by pledge, creation of a security interest or otherwise, other than by a transfer by his will or by the laws of descent and distribution and, in the event of any attempted assignment or transfer contrary to this Section 10(c), the Company shall have no liability to pay any amount so attempted to be assigned, transferred or delegated.
          (d) The Company and the Executive recognize that each party will have no adequate remedy at law for breach by the other of any of the agreements contained herein and, in the event of any such breach, the Company and the Executive hereby agree and consent that the other shall be entitled to a decree of specific performance, mandamus or other appropriate remedy to enforce performance of this Agreement.
     11.  Notice : For all purposes of this Agreement, all communications including without limitation notices, consents, requests or approvals, provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or five business days after having been mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the Company (to the attention of the Secretary of the Company) at its principal executive office and to the Executive at his principal residence, or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing and in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
     12.  Governing Law : The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such State.
     13.  Validity : If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any provision hereof to any person or circumstances is held invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to any other person or circumstances shall not be affected, and the provision so held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal shall be reformed to the extent (and only to the extent) necessary to make it enforceable, valid and legal.
     14.  Entire Agreement : This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and replaces any and all prior agreements pertaining thereto. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, expressed or implied with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.
     15.  Amendment : No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Executive and the Company. No waiver by either party hereto

9


 

at any time of any breach by the other party hereto or compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.
     16.  Counterparts : This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement.
     17.  Code Section 409A Compliance : To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement will be administered in a manner consistent with this intent. References to Section 409A of the Code will include any proposed, temporary or final regulation, or any other formal guidance, promulgated with respect to such section by the U.S. Department of Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
         
  DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
 
 
  By      
    Sheila M. Rutt   
    Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer   
 
     
 
Thomas W. Swidarski
   

10

Exhibit 10.30
(DIEBOLD LOGO)
DEFERRED SHARES AGREEMENT
     WHEREAS, * (hereinafter called the “Grantee”) is a Non-Employee Director of Diebold, Incorporated (hereinafter called the “Corporation”);
     WHEREAS, the execution of a Deferred Shares Agreement substantially in the form hereof has been authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) duly adopted on                      (the “Date of Grant”);
     NOW, THEREFORE, the Corporation hereby confirms to the Grantee, effective as of the Date of Grant, pursuant to the Corporation’s 1991 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan (As Amended and Restated as of February 15, 2006) (the “Plan”), the grant of                      Deferred Shares subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions described below.
1. Definitions.
          Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan. As used in this Agreement:
  (a)   Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following events shall occur:
  (i)   The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 15% or more of either: (A) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation (the “Corporation Common Stock”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“Voting Stock”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (1) any acquisition directly from the Corporation, (2) any acquisition by the Corporation, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation, or (4) any acquisition by any Person pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 1(b); or
 
  (ii)   Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board cease for any reason (other than death or disability) to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Corporation’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the

 


 

      Corporation in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of the Exchange Act) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
 
  (iii)   Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Corporation Common Stock and Voting Stock immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Corporation or all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions relative to each other as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Corporation Common Stock and Voting Stock of the Corporation, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any entity resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or such entity resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 15% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding             shares of common stock of the entity resulting from such Business Combination, or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or
 
  (iv)   Approval by the shareholders of the Corporation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.
  (b)   Deferral Period ” means the period commencing the Date of Grant and ending the latest of (i) the third anniversary of the Date of Grant, (ii) the date the Grantee attains age 69, or (iii) the date of the Grantee’s “separation from service” as so defined for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

2


 

2. Vesting of Deferred Shares.
  (a)   General . Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 2(b), (c), (d) and (e) hereof, the Grantee’s right to receive Deferred Shares under this Agreement shall become nonforfeitable on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.
 
  (b)   Effect of Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control prior to the first anniversary of the Date of Grant, the Deferred Shares granted hereby shall immediately become nonforfeitable.
 
  (c)   Effect of Death, Disability . If the Grantee’s service as a Non-Employee Director should terminate because of death or Disability (as so defined for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(ii) of the Code) prior to the first anniversary of the Date of Grant, the Deferred Shares granted hereby shall immediately become nonforfeitable.
 
  (d)   Effect of Retirement . If the Grantee’s service as a Non-Employee Director should terminate prior to the first anniversary of the Date of Grant, but more than six months after the Date of Grant and when he or she has served as a Director for ten full years or more or attained age 72, the Deferred Shares granted hereby shall become immediately nonforfeitable.
 
  (e)   Effect of Other Termination of Service . In the event that the Grantee’s service as a Non-Employee Director shall terminate prior to the first anniversary of the Date of Grant in a manner other than any specified in Section 2(c) or (d) hereof, the Grantee shall forfeit any Deferred Shares that have not become nonforfeitable by such Grantee at the time of such termination; provided , however , that the Board upon recommendation of the Board Governance Committee may order that any part or all of such Deferred Shares become nonforfeitable.
3. Issuance of Common Shares.
          Except as otherwise provided in Section 7 hereof, the Deferred Shares granted hereby, to the extent vested, shall be issued to the Grantee in the form of Common Shares at the end of the Deferral Period, provided, however , in the event of the death or Disability of the Grantee or a Change in Control (but only to the extent that such Change in Control constitutes a “change in ownership or effective control of the Corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a Corporation” as so defined for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code), the Common Shares shall be issued at the time of such event.
4. Payment of Dividend Equivalents.
          During the Deferral Period, from and after the [Date of Grant] and until the earlier of (a) the time when Common Shares are issued in accordance with Section 3 hereof, or (b) the time when the Deferred Shares are forfeited in accordance with Section 2(e) hereof, the Company shall pay to the Grantee, whenever a dividend is paid on Common Shares (or at such later time as may be consistent with the Corporation’s administrative requirements), an amount of cash equal to the product of the per-share amount of the dividend paid times the number of such Deferred Shares.

3


 

5. Deferred Shares Non-Transferable.
          Neither the Deferred Shares granted hereby nor any interest therein or in the Common Shares related thereto shall be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution prior to payment.
6. Dilution and Other Adjustments.
          In the event of any change in the aggregate number of outstanding Common Shares by reason of (a) any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, recapitalization or other change in the capital structure of the Corporation, or (b) any merger, consolidation, spin-off, split-off, spin-out, split-up, reorganization, partial or complete liquidation or other distribution of assets, issuance of rights or warrants to purchase securities, or (c) any other corporate transaction or event having an effect similar to any of the foregoing, then the Board shall adjust the number of Deferred Shares then held by the Grantee in such manner as to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of the Grantee that would otherwise result from such event. Furthermore, in the event that any transaction or event described or referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall occur, the Board may provide in substitution of any or all of the Grantee’s rights under this Agreement such alternative consideration as the Board may determine in good faith to be equitable under the circumstances. Such adjustments made by the Board shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Agreement.
7. Compliance with Section 409A of the Code .
          To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement and the Plan comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, so that the income inclusion provisions of Section 409A(a)(1) do not apply to Grantee. This Agreement and the Plan shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent.
8. Becoming an Employee.
          If the Grantee becomes an employee of the Corporation or a Subsidiary after the Date of Grant while remaining a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, any Deferred Shares held by the Grantee at the time of commencement of such employment shall not be affected thereby.
9. Plan.
          This Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
10. Amendments.
          Any amendment to the Plan shall be deemed to be an amendment to this Agreement to the extent that the amendment is applicable hereto; provided , however , that no amendment shall adversely affect the rights of the Grantee with respect to Deferred Shares without the Grantee’s consent.
11. Validity.
          If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any provision hereof to any person or circumstances is held invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision in any other person or circumstances shall not be affected, and the provisions so held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal shall be reformed to the extent (and only to the extent) necessary to make it enforceable, valid and legal.

4


 

12. Governing Law.
          This Agreement is made under, and shall be construed in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Ohio.
          The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of an executed original of this Deferred Shares Agreement and accepts the Deferred Shares granted thereunder on the terms and conditions set forth herein in the Plan.
                 
Date:
               
 
 
 
     
 
[Signature]
   
          Executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation at North Canton, Ohio as of the ___day of                      , 200___.
             
    DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED    
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
  Title:  
 
   
 
     
 
   

5

EXHIBIT 21.1
 
LIST OF SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES
 
The following are the subsidiaries of the Registrant included in the Registrant’s Consolidated Financial Statements at December 31, 2008. Other subsidiaries are not listed because such subsidiaries are inactive. Subsidiaries are listed alphabetically under either the domestic or international categories.
 
             
    Jurisdiction under
  Percent of voting securities
 
Domestic   which organized   owned by Registrant  
 
 
Data Information Management Systems, Inc. 
  California     100 %
DBD Investment Management Company
  Delaware     100 %
Diebold Actcom Security Systems, Inc. 
  Delaware     100 %
Diebold Australia Holding Company, Inc. 
  Delaware     100 %
Diebold Enterprise Security Systems, Inc. 
  New York     100 %
Diebold Eras, Incorporated
  Ohio     100 %
Diebold Finance Company, Inc. 
  Delaware     100 %(1)
Diebold Fire Services, Inc. 
  Delaware     100 %
Diebold Fire Services (Virginia), Inc. 
  Virginia     100 %
Diebold Global Finance Corporation
  Delaware     100 %
Diebold Holding Company, Inc. 
  Delaware     100 %
Diebold Information and Security Systems, LLC
  Delaware     100 %
Diebold Investment Company
  Delaware     100 %
Diebold Latin America Holding Company, LLC
  Delaware     100 %
Diebold Mexico Holding Company, Inc. 
  Delaware     100 %
Diebold Midwest Manufacturing, Inc. 
  Delaware     100 %
Diebold Self-Service Systems
  New York     100 %(2)
Diebold Southeast Manufacturing, Inc. 
  Delaware     100 %(3)
Diebold SST Holding Company, Inc. 
  Delaware     100 %
FirstLine, Inc. 
  California     100 %
Maintenance Acquisition Company No. 1, LLC
  Delaware     100 %
Diebold Software Solutions, Inc. 
  Delaware     100 %
Premier Election Solutions, Inc. 
  Delaware     100 %(10)
VDM Holding Company, Inc. 
  Delaware     100 %
Verdi & Associates, Inc. 
  New York     100 %
             
    Jurisdiction under
  Percent of voting securities
 
International   which organized   owned by Registrant  
 
 
Bitelco Diebold Chile Limitada
  Chile     100 %(24)
C.R. Panama, Inc. 
  Panama     100 %(14)
Cable Print N.V. 
  Belgium     100 %
Cardinal Brothers Consulting Pty. Ltd. 
  Australia     100 %(9)
Caribbean Self Service and Security LTD. 
  Barbados     50 %(13)


 

             
    Jurisdiction under
  Percent of voting securities
 
International   which organized   owned by Registrant  
 
 
Central de Alarmas Adler, S.A. de C.V. 
  Mexico     100 %(23)
D&G ATMS y Seguridad de Costa Rica Ltda. 
  Costa Rica     99.99 %(41)
D&G Centroamerica y GBM
  Nicaragua     99 %(39)
D&G Centroamerica, S. de R.L.
  Panama     51 %(37)
D&G Dominicana S.A. 
  Dominican Republic     99.85 %(40)
D&G Honduras S. de R.L.
  Honduras     99 %(39)
D&G Panama S. de R.L.
  Panama     99.99 %(41)
DB & GB de El Salvador Limitada
  El Salvador     99 %(39)
DB&G ATMs Seguridad de Guatemala, Limitada
  Guatemala     99 %(39)
DCHC, S.A. 
  Panama     100 %(14)
Diebold (Thailand) Company Limited
  Thailand     100 %
Diebold Africa (Pty) Ltd. 
  South Africa     100 %(21)
Diebold Africa Investment Holdings Pty. Ltd. 
  South Africa     100 %(34)
Diebold Argentina, S.A. 
  Argentina     100 %(14)
Diebold ATM Cihazlari Sanayi Ve Ticaret A.S.
  Turkey     100 %(19)
Diebold Australia Pty. Ltd
  New Zealand     100 %(9)
Diebold Australia Pty. Ltd. 
  Australia     100 %(6)
Diebold Belgium B.V.B.A
  Belgium     100 %(20)
Diebold Bolivia S.R. L.
  Bolivia     100 %(38)
Diebold Brasil LTDA
  Brazil     100 %(14)
Diebold Canada Holding Company Inc. 
  Canada     100 %
Diebold Cassis Manufacturing S.A. 
  France     100 %
Diebold Colombia S.A. 
  Colombia     100 %(17)
Diebold Czech Republic s.r.o
  Czech Republic     100 %(7)
Diebold Ecuador SA
  Ecuador     100 %(22)
Diebold EMEA Processing Centre Limited
  United Kingdom     100 %
Diebold Enterprise Security Systems Holdings UK Limited
  United Kingdom     100 %(27)
Diebold Enterprise Security Systems UK Limited
  United Kingdom     100 %(28)
Diebold Enterprise Security Systems, Benelux B.V.
  Netherlands     100 %(29)
Diebold Enterprise Security Systems, Ireland Ltd. 
  Ireland     100 %(29)
Diebold Financial Equipment Company (China), Ltd. 
  Peoples Republic of China     85 %(32)
Diebold France SARL
  France     100 %(7)
Diebold Hungary Ltd. 
  Hungary     100 %(7)
Diebold Hungary Self-Service Solutions, Ltd. 
  Hungary     100 %
Diebold India Private Limited
  India     100 %(35)


 

             
    Jurisdiction under
  Percent of voting securities
 
International   which organized   owned by Registrant  
 
 
Diebold International Limited
  United Kingdom     100 %(7)
Diebold Italia S.p.A. 
  Italy     100 %(16)
Diebold Mexico, S.A. de C.V. 
  Mexico     100 %(4)
Diebold Netherlands B.V.
  Netherlands     100 %(7)
Diebold OLTP Systems, C.A.
  Venezuela     50 %(13)
Diebold Osterreich Selbstbedienungssysteme GmbH
  Austria     100 %(7)
Diebold Pacific, Limited
  Hong Kong     100 %
Diebold Panama, Inc. 
  Panama     100 %(14)
Diebold Paraguay S.A. 
  Paraguay     100 %(24)
Diebold Peru S.r.l
  Peru     100 %(14)
Diebold Philippines, Inc. 
  Philippines     100 %(36)
Diebold Physical Security Pty. Ltd. 
  Australia     100 %(9)
Diebold Poland S.p. z.o.o.
  Poland     100 %(7)
Diebold Portugal — Solucoes de Automatizacao, Limitada
  Portugal     100 %(7)
Diebold Security Systems Limited
  United Kingdom     100 %(26)
Diebold Selbstbedienyngssysteme (Schweiz) GmbH
  Switzerland     100 %(7)
Diebold Self Service Solutions Limited Liability Company
  Switzerland     100 %(18)
Diebold Self-Service CIS Ltd. 
  Russia     100 %(7)
Diebold Singapore Pte. Ltd. 
  Singapore     100 %
Diebold Slovakia s.r.o.
  Slovakia     100 %(7)
Diebold Software Services Private Limited
  India     100 %(11)
Diebold Software Solutions UK Ltd. 
  United Kingdom     100 %(12)
Diebold South Africa (Pty) Ltd. 
  South Africa     75 %(33)
Diebold Spain, S.L.
  Spain     100 %(25)
Diebold Switzerland Holding Company, LLC
  Switzerland     100 %(18)
Diebold Systems Private Limited
  India     100 %
Diebold Uruguay S.A. 
  Uruguay     100 %(14)
Diebold — Corp Systems Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia     100 %
J.J.F. Panama, Inc. 
  Panama     100 %(14)
P.T. Diebold Indonesia
  Indonesia     100 %(8)
Premier Election Solutions Canada ULC
  Canada     100 %
Procomp Amazonia Industria Eletronica S.A. 
  Brazil     100 %(15)
Procomp Industria Eletronica LTDA
  Brazil     100 %(31)


 

             
    Jurisdiction under
  Percent of voting securities
 
International   which organized   owned by Registrant  
 
 
SIAB (HK) Limited
  Hong Kong     100 %(5)
Sound Security Pty Ltd. 
  Australia     100 %(9)
The Diebold Company of Canada, Ltd. 
  Canada     100 %
 
(1) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Investment Company, which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(2) 70 percent of partnership interest is owned by Diebold Holding Company, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant, while the remaining 30 percent partnership interest is owned by Diebold SST Holding Company, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(3) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Midwest Manufacturing, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(4) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Mexico Holding Company, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(5) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Self-Service Systems, which is 70 percent owned by Diebold Holding Company, Inc. and 30 percent owned by Diebold SST Holding Company, Inc., both of which are 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(6) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Australia Holding Company, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(7) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Self-Service Solutions Limited Liability Company, which is 95 percent owned by Registrant and 5 percent owned by Diebold Holding Company, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(8) 88.89 percent of voting securities are owned by Registrant, and 11.11 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Pacific, Limited, which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(9) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Australia Pty. Ltd., which is 100 percent owned by Diebold Australia Holding Company, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(10) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Premier Election Solutions Canada ULC, which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(11) 99.99 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Self-Service Solutions Limited Liability Company, which is 95 percent owned by Registrant and 5 percent owned by Diebold Holding Company, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant, while the remaining .01 percent of voting securities is owned by Registrant.
 
(12) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Software Solutions, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(13) 50 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Latin America Holding Company, LLC, which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(14) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Latin America Holding Company, LLC, which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(15) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Brasil LTDA, which is 100 percent owned by Diebold Latin America Holding Company, LLC, which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(16) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold International Limited, which is 100 percent owned by Diebold Self-Service Solutions Limited Liability Company, which is 95 percent owned by Registrant and 5 percent owned by Diebold Holding Company, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(17) 21.44 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Latin America Holding Company, LLC, which is 100 percent owned by Registrant; 16.78 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Panama, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Diebold Latin America Holding Company, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant; 16.78 percent of voting securities are owned by DCHC SA, which is 100 percent owned by Diebold Latin America Holding Company, LLC, which is 100 percent owned by Registrant; 13.5 percent of voting securities are owned by J.J.F. Panama, Inc, which is 100 percent owned by Diebold Latin America Holding Company, LLC, which is 100 percent owned by Registrant; and the remaining 31.5 percent of voting securities


 

are owned by C.R. Panama, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Diebold Latin America Holding Company, LLC, which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(18) 95 percent of voting securities are owned by Registrant, while 5 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Holding Company, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(19) 50 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Netherlands B.V., which is 100 percent owned by Diebold Self-Service Solutions Limited Liability Company, while the remaining 50 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Self-Service Solutions Limited Liability Company, which is 95 percent owned by Registrant and 5 percent owned by Diebold Holding Company, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(20) 10 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Selbstbedienungssysteme GmbH, which is 100 percent owned by Diebold Self Service Solutions Limited Liability Company, while the remaining 90 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Self -Service Solutions Limited Liability Company, which is 95 percent owned by Registrant and 5 percent owned by Diebold Holding Company, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(21) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Africa Investment Holdings Pty. Ltd., which is 100 percent owned by Diebold Switzerland Holding Company, LLC (refer to 18 for ownership).
 
(22) 99.99 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Colombia SA (refer to 17 for ownership), while the remaining 0.01 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Latin America Holding Company, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(23) .01 percent of voting securities are owned by Registrant, while 99.99 percent of voting securities are owned by Impexa LLC, which is 100 percent owned by Diebold Mexico Holding Company, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(24) 1 percent of voting securities are owned by Registrant, while 99 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Latin America Holding Company, LLC, which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(25) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by VDM Holding Company, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(26) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Enterprise Security Systems, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(27) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Security Systems Limited, which is 100 percent owned by Diebold Enterprise Security Systems, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(28) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Enterprise Security Systems Holdings UK Limited, which is 100 percent owned by Diebold Security Systems Limited, which is 100 percent owned by Diebold Enterprise Security Systems, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(29) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Enterprise Security Systems UK Limited (refer to 28 for ownership).
 
(30) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Brazil Services Holding Company ULC, which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(31) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Brazil Servicios e Participacoes Limitada, which is 100 percent owned by Diebold Brazil Services Holding Company ULC, which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(32) 85 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Switzerland Holding Company, LLC (refer to 18 for ownership).
 
(33) 75 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Africa Investment Holdings Pty. Ltd., which is 100 percent owned by Diebold Switzerland Holding Company, LLC (refer to 18 for ownership).
 
(34) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Switzerland Holding Company, LLC (refer to 18 for ownership).
 
(35) 95.45 percent of voting securities are owned by Registrant, while 4.55 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Holding Company Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(36) 100 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold (Thailand) Company Limited, which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.
 
(37) 51 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Latin America Holding Company, Inc., which is 100 percent owned by Registrant.


 

 
(38) 60 percent of voting securities are owned by Diebold Columbia, S.A. (refer to 17 for ownership) and 40 percent owned by Diebold Peru, S.r.L. (refer to 14 for ownership).
 
(39) 99 percent of voting securities are owned by D&G Centroamerica, S. de R. L. (refer to 37 for ownership).
 
(40) 99.85 percent of voting securities are owned by D&G Centroamerica, S. de R. L. (refer to 37 for ownership).
 
(41) 99.99 percent of voting securities are owned by D&G Centroamerica, S. de R. L. (refer to 37 for ownership).

Exhibit 23.1
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors
Diebold, Incorporated:
 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 33-32960, 33-39988, 33-55452, 33-54677, 33-54675, 333-32187 and 333-60578) on Form S-8 of Diebold, Incorporated, of our reports dated February 27, 2009, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Diebold, Incorporated and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and the related financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, which reports appear in the December 31, 2008 annual report on Form 10-K of Diebold, Incorporated and subsidiaries.
 
Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to the adoption of the provisions Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 06-10, Accounting for Collateral Assignment Split-Dollar Life Insurance , and EITF Issue No. 06-4, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Post Retirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements, effective January 1, 2008, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Standard No. 109 , effective January 1, 2007, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, effective January 1, 2008, and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , effective January 1, 2008.
 
Our report dated February 27, 2009, on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, expresses our opinion that Diebold, Incorporated and subsidiaries did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, because of the effects of material weaknesses on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria and contains an explanatory paragraph that states material weaknesses related to Diebold, Incorporated and subsidiaries’ selection, application and communication of accounting policies; monitoring; manual journal entries; contractual agreements; and account reconciliations have been identified and included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A(b) of Diebold, Incorporated and subsidiaries’ December 31, 2008 annual report on Form 10-K.
 
/s/  KPMG
 
Cleveland, Ohio
February 27, 2009

EXHIBIT 24.1
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That the undersigned directors of Diebold, Incorporated, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Ohio, do for themselves and not for another, constitute and appoint Warren W. Dettinger, Chad F. Hesse, Kevin J. Krakora, or any one of them, a true and lawful attorney in fact in their names, place and stead, to sign their names to the report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, or to any and all amendments to such reports, and to cause the same to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; it being intended to give and grant unto said attorneys in fact and each of them full power and authority to do and perform any act and thing necessary and proper to be done in the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned by themselves could do if personally present. The undersigned directors ratify and confirm all that said attorneys in fact or either of them shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have hereunto set their hands as of the date set opposite their signature.
         
Signed in the presence of:   Signature   Date
/s/Chad F. Hesse
  /s/Phillip R. Cox   February 27, 2009
 
  Phillip R. Cox, Director    
 
       
/s/Chad F. Hesse
  /s/Gale S. Fitzgerald   February 27, 2009
 
  Gale S. Fitzgerald, Director    
 
       
/s/Chad F. Hesse
  /s/Phillip B. Lassiter   February 27, 2009
 
  Phillip B. Lassiter, Director    
 
       
/s/Chad F. Hesse
  /s/John N. Lauer   February 27, 2009
 
  John N. Lauer, Director    

EXHIBIT 31.1
 
DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
I, Thomas W. Swidarski, certify that:
 
  1)  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Diebold, Incorporated;
 
  2)  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3)  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4)  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
  a)  designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)  designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)  evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)  disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
  5)  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
  a)  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)  any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: February 27, 2009
 
  By: 
/s/   Thomas W. Swidarski
Thomas W. Swidarski
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

EXHIBIT 31.2
 
DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
I, Kevin J. Krakora, certify that:
 
  1)  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Diebold, Incorporated;
 
  2)  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3)  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4)  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
  a)  designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)  designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)  evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)  disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
  5)  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
  a)  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)  any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: February 27, 2009
 
  By: 
/s/   Kevin J. Krakora
Kevin J. Krakora
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
 

EXHIBIT 32.1
 
DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002, 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
 
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Diebold, Incorporated and subsidiaries (the Company) for the year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Thomas W. Swidarski, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that, to my knowledge:
 
  1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods expressed in the Report.
 
/s/   Thomas W. Swidarski
Thomas W. Swidarski
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
February 27, 2009

EXHIBIT 32.2
 
DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002, 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
 
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Diebold, Incorporated and subsidiaries (the Company) for the year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Kevin J. Krakora, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that, to my knowledge:
 
1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods expressed in the Report.
 
/s/   Kevin J. Krakora
Kevin J. Krakora
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
February 27, 2009